*>**$** - PF 3109 .338 Copy 1 1 LIBRARY OF CONGRESS. S m m ffl ■ — — ^ - £gd €l)ap., , ?f§\t>9 '■■■388 r*s 6*1 | -No. ,> ^P$ I P UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. $ THE E N G L I S H M A N ' S FIRST GERMAN BOOK, CONTAINING A GUIDE TO SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION, A PROGRESSIVE READER, AXD A CONCISE GRAMMAR, Arranged on an entirely new plan, calculated to facilitate the progress of the student, BY LUDWIG SCHWABE, PROFESSOR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. LONDON; LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS. 1842. Co A. Voge], Printer, High Street, Camberwell. PREFACE. The design of the present treatise is to point out and supply some very important defects in the methods hitherto pursued for im- parting to the student of the German Language, the capability of speaking and writing it, with facility and accuracy. However great the comparative merit of the very numerous publications on this subject, may be, it will be discovered, on a cursory examination, that there is not an elementary work extant, which contains a perspicuous and progressive developement of the elements of this language. Is it because there exists a desire in students to rush " in me- dias res, 1 ' in the hope of accomplishing so seemingly easy a task as the acquisition of German in a few weeks, that its first prin- ciples are overlooked ? The Author thinks not. Is it not rather the professor of the IC royal road," imagining that adult students will not take the trouble to turn their attention to the compo- nent parts of words, and taking advantage of the natural reluc- tance of the mind, to put forth the exertion necessary for the attainment of an object, that encourages such a hope? How- ever this may be, until the student is perfectly acquainted with the elements of the language, he will fail to attain a correct knowledge of German. The fame of a Schiller and a Gothe, of a Herder and a Klopstock, may attract students to the works of those celebrated authors, and to the literature of Germany, and they may conclude, if they have ultimately in view the speaking and writing of German, that these will easily follow from the practice of free translation; in this, however, they will discover that they have cherished expectations not to be realized; and this remark is fully justified by the fact which is of daily occurrence, namely, that students, who have applied themselves diligently, but in a desultory manner, or who as Dr. Johnson observes, " have dissipated their time in idle industry," cannot make themselves understood either in speaking or writing. IV PREFACE. The growing connexion between this country and Germany, and the facilities now offered for travelling from one to the other, independently of the increasing taste for the study of German literature, of which Bulwer has pertinently remarked, " that it is at least as necessary for a man born in the nineteenth century, as that of Rome or Athens/' render it highly desirable that some work should exist, by means of which students may be initiated in speaking and writing German, with a certainty that their knowledge will be practically useful as well as an accomplishment in reading the best German authors. During the course of his teaching, the author has searched for a text book which might render it superfluous for him to bring his ideas before the public, but he could find none ; and having a considerable number of pupils, whom, with the usual books, he could only lead to the same disappointment that he had witnessed in other students, he had no alternative left but to supply them with a text book, which would* ensure facility in speaking, writing and reading German, and that too at a much earlier age, than has hitherto been thought attainable. The plan on which the author proceeds is similar to the best methods pursued by Englishmen in the acquisition of their own language. Rules for the sounds and combination of the German characters are first given, with every attention to perspicuity and accuracy; these are followed by exercises in spelling words of one or more syllables, containing the vowels, and the same method is pursued with the diphthongs and triphthong. The different pronunciation of d) and g is next fully treated of and copiously illustrated by particular examples and exercises, and a list is given of those words which are nearly alike in sound, but different in sense and spelling 3 which it is expected will be found of the greatest utility. These, with a series of easy and pro- gressive reading lessons, illustrative of the previous rules, consti- tute the first and second part. The reading lessons, which progressively advance from easy to more difficult and classical subjects, are selected from the best German writers, and they will be found calculated, not only to engage the attention, but tend to the moral and religious improve- * The author is pleased to be able to add that his method has received the sanction of several eminent Germans as well as Englishmen, both in his own country and this. ruent of the student : to the greater part of these, notes are appended 5 whenever it has been thought necessary the gram- matical construction is explained, and this frequently with refe- rence to Ollendorff's method. The third part contains a concise Grammar, which may be considered as an introduction or companion to Ollendorff's new method ; an excellent system, well deserving the title of the Euclid of German, but in which the precepts of grammar are, for the sake of systematically arranged questions and answers, too much dispersed, or to save room, very often too briefly treated. In the earlier stages, it is needless to insist upon the pupil's having a full view of each part of speech, and that the rules should be clear 3 in using Ollendorff, however, for the reasons above stated, recourse must be had to dictation and explanation, a process which besides being tedious, entails a waste of time both on the teacher and the student; hence the origin of this grammar, in the composition of which, the author's experience has been guided by that of acknowledged modern grammarians, of whose works he has not scrupled to make use, when it suited his purpose, or when he thought their language preferable to his own — his aim, on the whole, being to facilitate as much as possible, the acquirement of the many difficult details of German grammar, by a clear exposition of each individual part, thus enabling the student to attain a speedy and, at the same time, a comprehensive acquaintance with its peculiar structure and or- ganization. The author has not appended exercises to each rule, thinking it desirable to keep his plan free from the confusion and inter- ruption which would ensue from such an arrangement, and because he considers that the exercises in Ollendorff's method are so well calculated for attaining a capability and fluency in speak- ing, since these exercises are written on ordinary subjects of conversation, and composed of phrases of common occurrence. If, however, it should hereafter appear desirable to append to the Grammar a book of exercises especially adapted to it, the author will cheerfully undertake the further labour. The declension of substantives and adjectives, as well as the arrangement of the irregular verbs, will be found entirely new, and, it is thought, much simplified 5 the division of the declen- sions of nouns into four, is warranted by good authority. There remains only to state how this treatise may be most effi- VI PREFACE. ciently used. The necessity for spelling- and pronouncing- words, previous to reading and translation, seems too obvious to require notice 5 this, however, has not been sufficiently insisted on, it is therefore recommended that the teacher should require his pupil to repeat the first part until he is proficient in it, taking care to make him write from dictation, in German characters, each word, after first spelling and pronouncing it; improvement in spelling, pronunciation and writing, will thus be simultaneous, easy and agreeable. It may be pertinent here to remark, that the self instruc- ting" student will find it very much to his advantage, in the earlier stages at least, to have the assistance of a master, for there are peculiarities of sound in German articulation, which cannot possibly be acquired without oral instruction. After the student has 'made himself master of the first part, he should commence reading aloud some of the selections, he will not, however, be able to translate them, until he has acquired some knowledge, at least, of the parts of speech ; it is therefore recommended that the Grammar should be studied progressively with the first part 3 he may then begin to translate, literally, the pieces which, he has read, after copying them in the German character, writing the English word over or under the German equivalent, he will thus observe the idiomatical peculiarities of each language, and find this method to be most efficacious in impressing upon his mind a knowledge of the genius of both languages; he may next parse the lesson selected, and then make a free translation. The author trusts that the plan and detail of the whole work will meet with the approbation of the candid reader and the im- partial critic, to whom he would say with Horace, " Si quid novisti rectius istis candidus imperti ; si non his utere mecum." LUDWIG SCHWABE. 5, Christopher Street, Finsbury Square, October, 1842. CONTENTS. PA GE PART I. Chap. I. German characters and their com- binations. Printed characters of the German alphabet 2 Consonants which differ from the English in their pronunciation if simple, and in their sound when combined with other consonants and vowels . . , 4 — 7 Sound and pronunciation of the vowels . . S Sound and pronunciation of the diphthong's and triphthong" • 9 Recapitulation of the alphabet, vowels, diphthongs and triphthong" 10 — 12 Chap. II. On Accent 13 The division of words into syllables 15 Chap. III. Exercises on Spelling — the vowels 18 — 34 Chap. IV. Exercises on Spelling — the diphthongs, &c. 34 — 47 Chap. V. Exercises on the different pronunciation of d) and 9 47—51 Chap. VI. Words which are nearly alike in sound, but different in sense and spelling 52— 60 PART II. A PROGRESSIVE GERMAN READER. PART III. A CONCISE GRAMMAR. Chap. I. Articles 2 Chap. II. Nouns 3 1 . Gender of nouns ib 2. Declension of nouns 5 — 9 3. Formation of the plural 10 — 13 4. Declension of proper names ., . . 14 Chap. III. , Adjectives 15 1. Declension of adjectives 15 — 18 2. Comparison of adjectives 18 Chap. IV. Numerals 20 1 . Cardinal numbers ib 2. Ordinal numbers 21 VUl CONTENTS. PAGE Chap. V. Pronouns 26 1 . Personal pronouns ib 2. Possessive „ 27 3. Demonstrative „ 29 4. Relative „ 31 5. Interrogative „ 32 6. Indefinite „ 33 Chap. VT. Verbs 34 1 . Auxiliary verbs ib 2. Moodal „ . 40 3. Regular „ 48 4. Irregular „ 55 5. Neuter „ 65 6. Impersonal „ . . 66 7. Reflective ., 67 8. Compound „ 70 Chap. VII. Syntactical part of the verb 1. Agreement of the verb with its sub- ject 76 2. Use of the tenses ib 3. Use of the moods 78 4. Use of the infinitive.. 79 5. Use of the participles . . 81 , 6. Of the government of the verbs .... 83 Chap. VIII. Adverbs 87 Chap. IX. Prepositions , 90 Chap. X. Conjunctions . 93 Interjections 96 Chap. XI. Arrangement of Words 97 1 . Order of words in sentences ib 2. Order of words 98 3. Arrangement of objects 99 4. Position of the adverb B 100 5. Position of the pronoun 101 6. Position of the pronoun with preposi- tions 102 7. Position of the adjective . .'. ib 8. Accessory sentences. ..... ....... ib 9. Inverted sentences 103 PART I. CHAPTER I. GERMAN CHARACTERS AND THEIR COMBINATIONS. ( 2 ) PRINTED CHARACTERS OF Letters, Large Letters. English. German. A % Small Letters. English. German. a a Pronunciation. ah B S3 b b bay C 6 c c tsay D 2) d b day E © e c a F § f f f G ® g 9 ghay H # h & hah I s i i e J 3* J i yot K £ k f kah L £ 1 t 1 M SK m m m * In printing as well as in writing, the Germans hare but one capital letter for the vowel i and consonant ) $— by this the student will understand that 3 before a vowel is a consonant, as in Scmuatf and before a consonant, a vowel, as in Snfel. ( 3 ) THE GERMAN ALPHABET. aSucfyftctben. Large Letters. Small Letters. English, Gerraau. English. German. Pronunciation. N ft n • n n P $ P P pay Q fc.t q fow W SH5 w tt> vay X 3E X V icks Y SJ y 9 ipsilon. Z S z 5 tset t £t is always followed by U j and has the same sound as in English. J The small § is always used at the end of words, or syllables constituting words. ( 4 ) CONSONANTS WHICH DIFFER FROM THE ENGLISH IN THEIR PRONUNCIATION IF SIMPLE, AND IN THEIR SOUND WHEN COMBINED WITH OTHER CONSONANTS AND VOWELS. ILLUSTRATIONS JUfD EXAMPLES* (a) On the Articulation of Simple Consonants. Consonants are called in German SQfMtlaute. German. English. (5 c like k, before a/ cut/ 0/ U/ 8/ U/ and before the con- sonants I and n 5 as, (Saccto/ cocoa ; (Sautel/ caution ; (So met/ comet; G>ur/ cure; (Shin, Cologne; guftrtn, Custrin; (SJaffe/ class; (Sreatut/ creature. „ „ „ ts, before 5/ ti, Zi it and t) $ as, £&far, Caesar; (5eHon< Ceylon : G>ere$/ Ceres ; <5iccro/ Ci- cero; ggpernj Cyprus; pronounce Sfcif at/ Sfetlort/ SfereS/ Sfitfero/ Sfypern. 2) b „ d, in the beginning and in the middle of a word; as, ber £)egeri/ the sword $ btc SSil- bet/ the pictures. „ 9 , „ t, when at the end of a word ; as, ta§ S5i(b/ the picture ; pronounced 33Ut. ® g „ g, in good, in the beginning of a word or syl- lable; as, ©unfit/ favour; ©ute/ goodness; and in the middle of a compound word; as, (gdjrtftgiefjer/ letter -founder. ., „ „ gh, in the Scotch pronunciation of night, when in the middle of a word, not compound, and at the end of a syllable or word if pre- ceded by ii i/ hi cut/ ei/ \Zi eU/ and i or r ; as, SSillicjIctt/ equity ; Sttafttcjf eit/ modera- tion; Ztaofttit, laziness; SGSecj/ way; enricj/ eternal ; 3«>etg/ branch ; ©iecj/ victory ; 3eug/ stuff; Sal9# tallow; groercj/ dwarf. Articulation, 5 German. English. © g like ch, in the Scotch word lock at the end of a sylla- lable or word, if preceded by a/ 0/ u 5 as, Za$r day ; £ro$/ trough; £ntg, deceit* When g is preceded by rt/ it is pronounced as ng in the English word king; as, £)ing/ thing; ginger/ finger; Gmt>arrungen# ex- pectations; #offnung/ hope; fang/ long* In words borrowed from the French, g is pronounced like the French g ; as, ©enie/ talent ; but in words which are taken from the Latin and Greek, it retains its original sound ; as, ©emu§/ plural ©emem genius, plural genii; ©eneral/ general ; ©eogtaptyie/ geography. £ ty „ h, in hat ; at the beginning of a word it is always pronounced with a strong aspiration ; as, £ctu3/ house; $uget/ nm "' Between two vowels the aspiration is less strong, some- times hardly perceptible ; as, 33rutye/ broth ; SSur)ne/ stage. It is mute if preceded by t and 1 5 and at the end of a word ; as, ©ctyuty/ shoe ; £uty/ cow. After the vowels a, ti i/ 0/ it/ and diphthongs a, 6/ U/ it serves to lengthen their sound ; $atytt/ boat; Gtyre/ honour; Sty*/ your; Ctyr, ear; Utyr/ watch; Sdtjnc/ teeth ; ^otyne, sons; gutyret/ leader. 3 j >> y, in the personal pronoun you ; as, Satyr/ year; Sugenb/ youth. & t „ k, but never mute. © f $ „ s, in so, J^is, when it stands before a consonant or at the end of a word or syllable , as, ©pte(/ play ; #al§/ throat. * It must be remarked that g at the end of a word is pronounced by many Germans, particularly by the Upper Saxons, like f , but this is inelegant. B 2 6 Articulation. German. English. © f $ like s, in desire, when it stands before a vowel or diphthong at the beginning of a word or syllable; as, (Salj/ salt; Sefer, reader; ©anfe/ geese ; @eife/ soap. 3> t like t, except before tort/ then it is pronounced like ts ; as, Nation/ nation, pronounced Sftatfton. 3$ t> „ f, in all original German words ; as, SScttet/ fa- ther ; SSolf/ nation ; SSoQcl/ bird ; pronoun- ced, getter/ golf/ gogel >r » ,> v, in words of foreign extraction ; as, SSanillc, vanilla ; SSenug/ Venus. SB w „ v, in vessel ; as, SBeirt/ wine ; SBMnb/ wind. 3 I „ ts, as, 3<*M/ number; gefyrt/ ten; 3urtge/ tongue 5 pronounced &faf)t/ tfeljti/ Sfungc. (b) On the Articulation of Compound Consonants. before a> au/ 0/ U/ and r/ at the beginning of words. See page 47. in shilling, in words derived from the French. See page 47. in the Scotch word loch, after at CM/ 0/ U. See page 48. in the Scotch word night, when before or af- ter e, x, X) t a, b, fi# cm/ CU/ tit and after (/ tt, or r. See page 49. d)5 chs „ x, in simple and primitive words, but when they accidentally meet, as is sometimes the case, in compound words and by the elision of e ; the d) and § must be articulated separately according to their particular rules. See page 51 (t ck „ ck, in stick, always pronounced like a double 1 5 as, £3acfer/ baker, pronounced, fSatht. t>i dt „ t, but written dt, tt/ in order to distinguish some particular words ; as, (latt/ place, in- tier, Eng. Eng. ch like k ? 99 J» „ sh, >> »> 9> ch, 99 >> 9, gb, Articulation. Ger. Eng. Eng. stead, from tie ®tabt, a city. It occurs also in words contracted ; as, gefanbt, sent, instead of gefenbet. $n gn } The pronunciation of these letters is best ac- fn kn i quired by sounding a very light e between the two ; as, @nabe, mercy, ©enabe $ £nabe/ boy, Menaf>t> But the less this e is heard the better. P v The sound of p must be heard before f and 3. pf psi pf) ph like f. fd) sch „ sh, in shilling; as, ©d)taf/ sleep; (Sd)e in, shine. When the two letters do not belong to the same syllable, as in diminutives, ©lctScf)ert/ a little glass; fRoZfytn, a little rose; the fi- nal g is used. fc sc „ sk, as, (Setose, slave ; except in the word (Scene, scene ; in which it sounds like a sharp s. ff ss in the middle of a word, between two short vowels, must be pronounced separately ; as, rotffen, to know ; SBSajfer, water. Obs. No words that are printed in german characters end in ff 5 they take £ 5 as, 9tuf$, nut. j$ sz „ s, in severe. f$ is always used after a long vow- el, at the end of words, instead of ff 5 as, ©rof if greatness. f$ never begins a word. % iz „ ts, these are generally used after a vowel, and are either pronounced separately, or as dou- ble 1 5 as, fe£en, to place or put ; ber ©et§, avarice; bte &a£e, the cat; pronounced ®i\t$, tfatfe. Remark.— ft, ff, U, mm, nn, Tpp, xv, tt f p, serve to shorten the syllables. ( 8 ) SOUND AND PRONUNCIATION OF THE VOWELS. Vowels or sounding letters, called in German Selbjllauter^ they are ; — Large Letters. Small Letters. Eng. Ger. Eng. Ger. A % a a like a in father. E @ e e ,, e in men when short, like ay in day when long. 15 l t ,, i in mzYA when short, like ee in /e* Some writers of the pres- ent day never use it in words which are originally German ; they write betfce, both ; S3tet, lead ; instead of bet)t>e, 33tev> §) is never used as a consonant except in foreign words; as, §)orf* Note. — Two vowels of the same sound joined together in one syllable, render its pronunciation fuller and longer. ( 9 ) SOUND AND PRONUNCIATION OF THE DIPHTHONGS. Diphthongs, or two vowels forming one sound or syllable, called in German £)oppeUauter> they are : — Large Letters. Small Letters. Eng. Ger. Eng. Ger. Ai 2Ci ai at Ay %\) ay at) Ei (Si ei ei Ey @9 ey et> Ae 3Ce ae a a Oe £>e* oe 6 o Ue Ue* ue c u u Au 2fu au au Ie Se ie ie Eu eu eu eu Oi t>\* oi oi } .1 pronounced like y mmy. like ae in air when long, as e in hell when short. like eu in the French /?ez/. „ u in the French plus. „ om in house. „ z> in ^JeM. and the Triphthong or the three \ , ri . . . 7 r & /pronounced like oi m so*/, vowels forming one sound, call- { ed in German £)mlauter, I Aeu 2teut aeu ctU 6u J * Some Germans, particularly the Upper Saxons, pronounce improperly — 6 like C (a), u like ie (ee), du and eu like et (i). t £)\? QX)r occur only in some proper names. ( io ) RECAPITULATION OF THE ALPHABET, VOWELS, DIPHTHONGS, AND TRIPHTHONGS. (a) The Alphabet reversed. 3 f) I 38 S U I m a y o si m £ a 3 ? £ @ ' ff « 8 6^1 $ ;.jl i j w ■■> u t f i r q p o n m I i i ^ g f e b c 6 a + (b) Tfte Alphabet mixed* 2ig2<£23©©3$£ I $ 3 « u S> a M ^ M M f M <) n ( " ) (c) Letters that are similarly formed. ^3 as* $♦ c e* f (♦ fit. r c $♦ m ttn t) f> p* (d) TVie simple and compound Consonants or Letters which do not sound alone. q r fi t \to tt> j >.* * f<£ Pf P& ft fc &♦ (e) JVte Vowels or sounding Letters. 21 <£ 3 D U. ( 12 ) (p) Diphthongs, or two Vowels forming one sound or syllable. He d a De o i Ue u « at or ap et or ep 5fu ats Di oi Cm ett 3e iu (g) Triphthongs, or three Vowels forming one sound or syllable. 2feu dti am ( 13 ) CHAPTER II. ON ACCENT. I. There are two accents: (a) The long, which is heard in the English words cold, hold, and in the German words (gcfyam/ shame; £oo§/ lot. (b) The short or acute, which is heard in pronouncing the English words bill, bed, can, or the German words 9Jlarm, man; SBufdE)/ bush, &c. II. Monosyllables which terminate in a vowel, diphthong, a single consonant, or ty f have the long accent ; as, jet/ yes ; tie/ the ; Mem, blue; ®aat, seed ; mtr, to me ; fRatf), counsel. Exceptions. — 2Crw on; ob/ if; ba$ f that; voa$t what; z%, it; in* in; son/from; urn, about; man/ one; (one says, man Ill, Monosyllables terminating in two consonants are to be pronounced with the acute accent; as, S3all/ ball; torn; comb; sfcarr, fool; SXann, man; £opf, head; ©cf)uU>/ guilt; <3tabt/ town, &c. Exceptions.— %$otxt t beard; §art, tender; 9>ferb/ horse; ©d)tt?ert, sword; tofct, dead; 9tta3b/ maid; in which the ac- cent is long. IV. Compound substantives generally have the principal ac- cent on the first syllable; as, ©ta'btty'or/ city-gate ; 4>au'6fr\Hi/ c 34 Accent, housewife; 2a'nbm\mrt, countryman; the following syllables when they are radical,* have in this case, a secondary (half) accent. V. In uncompounded words of more than one syllable, the principal accent is placed on the radical syllable, and the sylla- bles which are added to the radical, are to be considered as short. Examples.— fyau'Slt*/ fdja'mtyaft/ fi'nbifd?/ gra'uen $ (here the radical syllables are £au§/ ©d)cmi/ £inb/ grau. Exceptions. — Scbe'nbtg/ lively; ^inbere't/ childishness ; ©pie- lere'ti wantonness, JBrctuere't/ brewhouse. VI. Words derived from the Latin, Greek, or French, which have the terminations ax ( ter, ct/ at, at, et/ it/ ot/ ut/ anb/ cnb/ onb/ unb, ah ant, ent/ tnt# onr, unt/ ardfc/ ect# tct/ oct/ og/ ifMtt i^/ if/ have the accent on the last syllable. SBatba't, Officer/ fiitane't/ Zvacta'tf q)rafe f ct/ tyatvio't, @5enera'(/ (fonm'ct/ barbarian. officer. litany. tractate. prefect. patriot. general. refectory. Examples. Sfcott's/ notice. SOtoft'*/ music £ori§o'nt/ horizon. (Sanbiba't/ candidate. en, to write. Of two consonants, the former belongs to the preceding, the latter to the next syllable: as, (5$at4ert/ garden; Qv*blr earth; ttril4tg> willing; •Dttefsfer/ knife. For this reason the same consonant belongs, in some words, to the preceding, in others to the next syllable ; as, fcfyreisben/ to write ; unbefd)retb4tdv indescribable ; fa^gen to say ; unfagslid)/ unspeakable ; the final syllables beginning with a vowel cmb> atfy tit em tx f tdjt/ ig, trig/ inn, ifd), oib, ung/ ut^ consequently take the consonant of the root when the word is divided ; as, $et4anb> saviour ; £et=matr; native-land ; 2£r-mutf)/ poverty ; Sftetsgung, inclination. Note. — In compound words and derivatives that have been formed by prefixes, the syllables are divided as they are com- pounded; as, 2Cug*apfel, the apple of the eye; Gsrb-recfyt, the right of inheritance; £)onner§4ag, Thursday; bar^aug/ from that; §ev*eui/ herein; fyterstn, herein; uolkenbem to finish; beob-ad)teri/ to observe; (the two last are generally, though incorrectly, pronounced, t>ol4enben/ beo4>ad)ten). III. The double letters, d), $, pf), pf, fd), fp, ft, $ , ty and § f are considered, as one character, and are therefore never separated in writing. They belong to the preceding syllable when a consonant follows them, and to the next syllable when a vowel follows: as, ®fc&)tt thing, matter; fdd)4id)/ relating to things, not to words; fdjmestfen/ to taste; fflmafefyaftt savoury; fdnnvpfen, to insult ; fd)impf4td), insulting ; g)ro-pbet/ prophet; SOlcnsfdjcn/ men; menfd)4id}/ human; ($5esfpen=fter, spectres; trSj!4td)/ consoling; nu^en/ to be of use; nu£4id) useful; mUfyrit to whiten; roeifcitd)/ whitish; ra4f)eri/ to advise; rcitr;4td), advisable. Note. — $)f and fp (gp) may be divided when a short vowel precedes: 2Cp-fel< apple ; ftop=fert, to knock ; fBSc^pc/ wasp. IV. When a vowel is thrown out between two consonants, the division takes place where the vowel is thrown out; as, The Division of Words into Syllables. 17 xo\t fpeifstcn/ we dined, not fpeHUn* fte mf4em they tra- velled; or, fpeiWen/ ret§*ten. V. Also in the division of foreign words the pronunciation is taken as a guide: as, (§^an?ge4tum, gospel; Sta*t&fyx&mvi$t catechism; 9^o-nard), monarch; $Pro*fo*bte/ prosody; 2Cuc4is on/ auction; (Sfp/ £efp/ SKefp/ fp go over to the next syllable : as, 2C=fpecten, 6-fprit/ jDcflfpot/ be=fperat, 3fte*fpect. VI. When a word, for want of space in the line, must be divided, the hyphen is put at the end of the line, as in English, to conduct the eye to the next line. The hyphen was, in former times, frequently inserted between compound words : as, 3tafyz%a\x§f senate-house ; SSun-baum/ pear-tree. At the pre- sent day it is seldom used in this way, except in long compounds which consist of more than two components : as, £)beramtg* 2Cb£>ocat/ ©enerakgefbgeugmeijfcr. But it is always used when one determined substantive belongs to several determinatives : as, gelbs unb ©artensgrudjtc/ or, gelb* unb ©artcnfrudjtc/ the fruits of the field and the garden; ba$ £)ber* unb Unter(}au6, the upper and lower house; bet: Sftorb* unb ©ubpol/ the north and south pole. The above rules on the division of words into syllables, are taken from Dr. Tiarks's Grammar. c 2 ( 18 ) CHAPTER III. EXERCISES ON SPELLING. , TABLE I. ( fl ) The Vowels. Syllables formed with a consonant and a vowel. ab eb ib ob ub ba be bi bo bu ad) ed) id) od) Ud) ca ce ti CO cu atf ecf Id otf ucf *a dje *)i *0 d)u ab eb ib ob ub ba be U bo bu af ef if of uf fa fc ft fo fu <*9 e$ i9 09 U9 9a 9e 9i 90 m at) ef) it) Ot) ut) ^ $e t)i ¥ D* a! e! if ol uf !a !e It fo fu al el a ol ut la ie it io i» am em im om urn (a le u lo lu an en in 'on un ma me mi mo mu ap ep ^ op up na ne m no nu apf epf ipf opf upf pa pe Pi po pu apt) epf) tpt) opt) up$ • Pfa pfe Pft pfo pfu at a it or ur Pt)a pt)e vft ptjo pt)U af ef if of uf Pfa Pfe Pft pfo pfu a§ e§ t$ 0$ its xa ve rt ro ru af* ef* if* of* ufd) fa fe ft fo f« aft eft tft oft aft fd)a fd)e fd)t fd)o f*u ag eg if o§ ug fpa fpe fpi fpo fpu at et it ot ut fta fte ill fto ftu a£ el f* 0$. u£ ta te ti to t\X at) eo 10 00 uo Da ye tri DO tm am em im om urn ma me mi mo mu a* er tie or ur ra re TCt ro ru as n i* OS us ! Sa se Si SO SU ( 19 > EXERCISES ON TABLE 1. LESSON I. GERMAN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE, WITH THE ENGLISH SIGNIFICATIONS TO EACH WORD. a arm/ poor. matt weary. balb, soon. nag, wet. ba, there. rar. rare. fartb/ fouud. fatt, satisfied. gab/ gave. ftfjarf, sharp. *)art, hard. fforf, strong. \*f yes. roafyr/ true. fait, cold. hafymr tame. tang, long. Sart/ tender. Ubt, trembled. e me§r, more. berb/ coarse. netf, neat. ena./ narrow. red)t§/ to the right fern/ far. M* very. gem/ willingly. r stop. fee?/ bold. ttJCg, away, ie|t/ now. met'/ who. tebt lived. ge^n# ten. 20 Exercises on Spelling. bit till. nid)t/ not. btc£/ thick. Pftff/ whistled. ffng/ caught. xitt, rode. Sing/ went. ftnb/ are. (Sing/ hang. 1W1# pointed. iff/ is. fttU/ quiet. UnUf to the left. wiib# wild. milbf mild. wit/ we. bog. 1 bent. Oft/ often. tort/ there, yonder. ro&, rude, raw. fort, forth, forward. fonfr, else,otherwise, gof/ poured. fdbon/ already. $olb/ favourable. jioij/ proud. fomm, come. toll/ mad. morfrf), musty. W0§1/ well. nocr;, yet, nor. m> drew. bunt, 1 variegated. it nur, only. bumm/ stupid. runt/ round. fu^r, drove. fU*/ seek. gut, good. W)uf, created. t)UfCT;, hush. jlumpf/ blunt. lung, young. n?unb/ sore. tm> short. §u, to, at, in. muf, must. sum, to the. jfote. — These lessons should be dictated to the pupil after spelling and pronouncing them, and they should be written in the German character, so that he may also acquire facility in writing. Exercises on Spelling. 21 LESSON II. GERMAN WORDS OF TWO SYLLABLES. Ut$ all. paHeri/ to fit. bc^ben, to bathe. pfab'lo^/ pathless. ber^ben, to starve. raf'fetn/ to rattle. faMem to fall. fatten, to salt. gafcfen, to gaze. f$af*fen/ to create. fyaUUn, to hold. fpaMen/ to split. ja-gem to hunt. ftar^ren/ to stare. far-gen, to be parsimonious. tan-§en> to dance. lasben, to load. tt>ar=nen, to warn. ma=len/ to paint. jaH^n/ to pay* na=fd)en^ to nibble. Sabbat/ payable. beaten/ to pray. > pervert/ to drop. tensfcn/ to think. pfefeferni to pepper. ef=fen, to eat. ren-nen, to run. fe^gen, to sweep. fen-bert/ to send. ge^en, to go. fdjer^sen/ to jest. S)ei=fen, to help. fpen-ben^ to distribute. ic=bet. every. fter=bem to die. fen^nen, to know. ^ ted)=m[d), technical. Icsfen/ to read. rae=bem to weave. mel-ben/ to mention. ge=d)en, to carouse. ne^mem to take. §er=rem to tease ; to pull 22 Exercises on Spelling. bitten/ ftn4>en, tr=ren, tefrtg, mifsfen/ pUcfen> to bind. to compose poetry. to find. poisonous. passionate. to err. cunning. to miss. to pick. rin*geri/ fin-gem fdjim-pfen/ fpin-nen/ j!tm^men/ ttJtn=bert/ $u>tern/ sly. to wrestle, to sing. to insult, to spin, to tune, to extinguish, to wind, to tremble. bOX'UXtf fokgen, QQUbMf lo*fen, moreen/ nor-btfd^, to borrow, to dry. to follow, golden, to fetch, to caress. to draw lots, to murder, northern. po=tf)en/ roHen, forfeit, fdjo-nen/ fpot*nen/ frozen/ tosben/ n?of)=nen/ to knock, to roll, to take care, to save, to spur, to thrust, to rave, to dwell, wrathful. funsfeln, gur-geln/ funsbtfl, number/ mur^ren/ nuHo§ bushy. to suffer. to sparkle. to gargle. to cough. acquainted with. airy. merry. to grumble. useless. ptHen/ ru=fen/ fu=d)en, frf)ul=btg, fpu^cferw turt*n, wur-mtg/ Stiffen, to wipe, to snuff. to bungle. to call. to seek. guilty. to spit. startled. to dip. wormy. to pull. Exercises on Spelling. 23 LESSON III. GERMAN WORDS OF THREE SYLLABLES. aUltemal, barm=f)et'5ta, fcubel=baft, iamsmer^otl/ fattsftn-ntg, iarfler^aft/ mansgel^aft, nad[)=ben!=ltd)/ nacbsge^berw always, merciful, to camp. against that, fabulous, to halve, lamentable, frigid, vicious, deficient, reflecting, to yield. a | pa?rt=ren; to parry. pfaMen^aff/ priest like. pt)an s ta=1rtfd), fantastical. ta=ft=ren/ to shave. facf)4un-btg/ expert. fdxub en=fro!)/ malicious. fpar=ta=nifd^, spartan. fraf=ft^ren/ to furnish. ra=b*l4o§, blameable. oa=ter-(o§/ fatherless, roar^ne^mert/to perceive. 5a=fe=rtg^ fibrous, bHof^nert/ een=fi=ren, bc^vucrgeri/ entsber^retv ge^or=d)en, ge4er;*rtg, Vjit-btx^zn, jesbe^mal/ le^e^nfd), le*ben=big/ mesiosbifd), to reward. to censure. on that account. to do without. faulty. to obey. docile. to lodge. every time. heretical. lively, alive. melodious. rte-be=ltg perbanstifcr;, pfef=fe=rig, re=geHog/ fefcbt-ger/ fpe^bt=ren< ftenstosrifcr;, te^rert, oersbtn^beri/ ser4an=gert, tt>e=nig=jren§, §evsfre[=(en, pedantic. peppery,peppered irregular. the same. to send,todispatch stentorian. to leave a will. to unite, toconnect to desire. at least. to corrode. 24 Exercises on Spelling. biUlUgen/ tUtuvcn, bt$4e?rifd)j firuguren, gi^garutifd), i)in=ber=ltd}/ §in*ge*gen, ffosber^aff/ ium-ren, to approve. to summon. poetical. to invent, forge. gigautic. hindering. on the contrary. ironical. childish. to draw lines. mt-nesreri/ fid)t'bar=Ud), ftg*m*ren, jteifegen, fd)im=me4ig/ fpi|=ftrt*big, tin-gt^reri/ to mine. judiciary. visible. to sign. to civilise. mouldy, hoary. cunning, roguish. to tinge. violet-blue. disgusting. bo=bert4cs/ bottomless. not(5=tt>en=big, necessary. co;pt=rert/ to copy. or=bent4td}/ orderly, regular, boUmetsfdjen, to interpret. pofsfen4;aft, droll, ridiculous, fotfefe^geit/ to continue. rc=martsttfcr> romantic, gott^fcsltg, godly, pious. for^gen^otf/ sorrowful. ^ol=pe=rig/ uneven, rough. jlol'pe=rid)t, rough. fot)4en=fcr;tt?ar§/ black as a coal. to4e=rant/ tolerant. lo=bens=rrertr;/ praiseworthy. t)cr=ftcf)=ttgf cautious. mo^ra=f!tg/ marshy, fenny. vooty-btsbafyt, well considered , U bu^fer^tig/ penitent, cu^ri-reti/ to cure. burd;ibli-'c!en/ to peep through. QuUax-tiQ, good natured. ftun=ge=ng/ hungry. ju=genb=licr;/ youthful, f um=mer=octf/ grievous. lu=tf)e=rifcr;, lutheran. mu=fter4)aft, exemplary. nusmesrifd)/ pu=be*rig, pfusfcr^rig, run^e=ttg, ftu=bi?ren/ tu=genb4aft, rcunsber^id)/ ^fam-men, numerical. powdery. bungling. wrinkled. to study. virtuous. volcanic. strange, odd. together. ( 25 ) EXERCISES ON SPELLING. TABLE I. (b) The Vowels. Syllables formed with one and two consonants and a vowel. bla ble bit Mo b(u da cle elf do clu Pa tfe Pi flo flu o,la 9le Qii Qlo QlU fla lie lit flo flu pla pie Pit plo plu pfla pjXe pfli pflo pflu f$la f$le f.*« tf>lo fcDlu fpfe Tple fplt fpto fpltt EXERCISES ON THIS TABLE. LESSON I. GERMAN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE. a e i SBlatt/ leaf, blade. SBied), tin plate. SBlitff look, glance glad)§# flax. gletf, spot. SBlig, lightning. ©lag/ glass. Jtletfs, blot. $>flid)t, duty. ®ra$, grass. Klee, clover. lump, log. Ww> plough. @$lof / lock j castle. ®%i\xh conclusion. 26 Exercises on Spelling. LESSON II. GERMAN WORDS OF TWO SYLLABLES. gtam~me, ©la*fur, £la~ge, ©rfjlan-ge, bladder. class. flame. gloss. complaint. plague. plant. serpent. 3Slen=bung, gle-gel/ jtlep^per, ¥>ftege, spt)leg=ma/ aasre, tin goods. $Pf£esge=fof)n, foster son. $pie=ja=ben, Pleiades. (Sci)Ic-fi'cn r Silesia. S3lortsbt=ne> fair woman. glokttWe/ squadron. ©d)lojj -gar-ten/garden of a castle Exercises on Spelling. 27 U 23lu*mensto:pf/ flower-pot. 33lut~ge*rid)t/ criminal j ustice. glufctt>afsfer/ river water. ©fat$spfcm*ne/ fire-pan. spf(ug=mef=fer> coulter. jSd)lufjsfol=ge, conclusion. EXERCISES ON SPELLING. TABLE I. (c) The Vowels. Syllables formed with one and two consonants and a vowel. gna 9ne gnt gno gnu fna fne fnt fno fnu fd)na fdjne f*m fdbno jcfynu fcfyma fdjme fdjmt fdjmo fdjmu EXERCISES ON THIS TABLE. LESSON I. GERMAN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE. a e Sinallf clap, noise. @d)napS> brandy. @c$mad)/ ignominy. ®d)mal^ grease. ^ned)t/ servant-man. (Sdjnee/ snow. in?feh dusthole* ( 29 ) EXERCISES ON SPELLING. TABLE I. (d) The Vowels. Syllables formed with one and two consonants and a vowel. bra bre bit bro bru era ere eri cro cru d)ra d)re d)rt d>ro d;ru bra bre brt bro bru fra fre frt fro fru gra sre 9n gro grit fra fre frt fro fru pfca pfre pfri pfro pfru p^ra ptjre p(;rt pfjro pfyru pra pre prt pro pru fd)ra fct)re fd)rt fd)ro fd)ru fpra fpre fprt fpro fpru ftra ilre ftri pro ftru tra tre tri tro tru EXERCISES ON THIS TABLE. LESSON I. GERMAN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE. a Skanb/ fire ; brand. £)rar;r, thread, wire. £ran$j garland,wreath. ®^ranf/ cupboard, grant i drink, beverage. e S<tt, board. £)recf/ dirt. ^reb6/ crab, crawfish, ©djrecf/ terror; frights Steffi hit, blow. D 2 30 Exercises on Spelling. t SSrtgg, brig. 23rob/ bread. U SSrujt/ breast. grifl/ space of time grojii frost. £)rucf/ pressure. ©rimrm fury ► rage. ©roll/ grudge. grud)tr fruit. &rimm, Crimea. ^Ptobftf provost. ©ruft> grave. $Prin§/ prince. ©prof/ germin. $rug/ pitcher. (Sdjrtft/ writing. @cr)rot/ small shot. sptunt/ state, show ©d)ritt/ step. ©trorm stream. ©prurf)/ saying. ©tttdv stroke, dash. Sfyrort/ throne. ©trumpf/ stocking. Srttt/ step, pace. Sroft/ consolation Srumpf/ trump. LESSON II. GERMAN WORDS OF TWO SYLLABLES. 33ran-bung, breaker. SSresfd^e/ breach. £)rang*fal/ oppression. £)red)iHer/ turner. gra^e, question. gremb'ltng/ stranger. ®ra=mt, granite. ©ren^e/ boundary. ^ra^en, collar. ^rcfsfC/ cress. ^rafcler, boaster. ^refsfe/ press. (Scfyrarrume, scratch, slash. ©djrecf^ntf?/ terrific object. ©tra^ge/ street. ©tre-cf e/ tract, way. Sra-ge/ hand-barrow. £rep*pe/ stairs. <5&rUfta$# i Christ. (S^rosmf/ chronicle. grt*fcf)e, freshness . gro^ftnn, cheerfulness. ©ril4e/ whim. ©roMe"/ grotto. &rtp~pe/ crib. $ro~rte/ crown. sprite/ prize. sprosfa/ prose. 6<$tifef$u$/ skate. $Pfro=pferi/ cork. ©triple, strap. ©tro^bad^ thatch. &rin=fet, drinker Sro-pfen/ drop. Exercises on Spelling. 31 23rurterten, spring, well. ^ru-cfer, printer. ©tu=be# pit, hole. 5trti4fci crust. Sc!)rub=t)er/ a scouring broom. ©tru*bel# whirlpool. Srup^pen/ troops. LESSON III. GERMAN WORDS OF THREE SYLLABLES. (SxazvaUU, u cravat. S5rcnn=nefsfcl/ stinging nettle £)t*a~gosnet, dragoon. @re?bi~tor, creditor. gran-§o=fe, frenchman. Sret)-or=cjet/ barrel organ. £rart;fen=6ett/sick bed. gre-gat^te/ frigate. tet)'re r grammar. *Prc=bi=ger, preacher. Stra'pa^e/ fatigue. (Spted}=§tm=mer/ parlour. Zvan-fetot transit. &re=mu=tant/ trill, quaver. i brigade. SSrob=mefsfcr/ bread-knife. (SrUmunal/ criminal. @$ro*no4og# chronologer. (5f)ri=jlen=tf)u m? Christianity. Sro^mesbao dromedary. ©ri=mafcfc/ grimace. ©rof?~$a=ter, grandfather. £rt=tufer, critic. £ro=fo=btU, crocodile. ©prin§4>ruru men/fountain. SHn^cffffori professor. Sttt^na-bel t knitting-needle. ©tro^far^bc/ straw-colour. Stt-atisgel/ triangle. Ztom^Z'Ux, trumpeter. 1 £3nunetste/ X brunette. (Stunb^auUr prime-colour Strumpfcroe-bei : f stocking- weaver. Svun-fert-bolb, drunkard. ( 32 ) EXERCISES ON SPELLING. TABLE I. (e) The Vowels. Syllables formed with one and two consonants and a vowel. qua que qui quo qu fcfywa fdfowe fcfyttri fdjroo fdjttm Jtva ivot gtx>t SNO ,$n>u EXERCISES ON THIS TABLE. LESSON I. GERMAN WORDS OF ONE SYLLABLE. a £luaaf/ pain, torment. ®d)Wam, swarm. Sroancj/ constraint. fd)tDar§/ black. %\vaVf it is true ; indeed. £UteU, farcer, jwerd), I 3n?irn/ linen thread, fcfjttrimm/ swim. well, spring. sword. dwarf. heavy; difficult. across, askance. U (Scfytmng/ swing, fcrjumr/ swore. LESSON II. GERMAN WORDS OF TWO SYLLABLES. a £lua=bvat, quadrate. Scrjroal'be, swallow. 3tt?ang=red)t/right of compulsion quasfett/ to croak. fd)wam=mtg/ spongy. ixvan^f twenty. ZluttcMQt cross- way. (Sd)roer-mutfyi melancholy. 3n?et?(d)e/ prune. quet=fd)en/ to squeeze. \$)V0t*hzx\t to hover. §tt>ec?4o^ without design. Exercises on Spelling. 33 Sluitstung/ 3wilsling/ fcrjttriiuben/ jttritugert/ quittance. swimmer. twin. to vanish. between. to force. LESSON III. GERMAN WORDS OF THREE SYLLABLES. a £.uasb£U?pe{/ quadruple. ®d)tvaznmztyat§t swan's-neck. quctcfsfats&ew, to quack. SluecfsftU&er, quicksilver. ©d)»esfei4ol&/ match. fdf)rce~fe-lig/ sulphureous. Suututetsne/ quinterne. ©d)tt>tbsbosgen/ arch. 3»ings^crrsfd&aft/ tyranny, quitsttsreri/ to acquit, fd)tx)in-be'ltg^ giddy. ( 34 ) CHAPTER IV. EXERCISES ON SPELLING. TABLE II. (a) The Diphthongs and Triphthong. Syllables formed with Consonants, Diphthongs and Triphthong. 2Ce £e Ue 3e 2Ce De Ue 3e a 6 u ie a 6 u ie db 6b ub teb ba b6 bu bte ad) 6d> ud) ted) ca CO cu cte a* 6c! Act tec! ba b6 bu bte ab 6b u\) teb fa f6 ffi fie at 6f fif ief 9& 96 9* Qte aff 6ff fiff ieff &s F* t)fi fyie ag H «9 teg ia 16 ifi lie ab 6f) . fi$ tef) IS 16 ffi lie at 61 ul ie! la 16 Ifi lie at 61 fil iel ma m6 mu mte am 6m urn iem na n6 nfi me an on un ien pa p6 pu pie ap op fip tep pfa pf6 pfu pfie apt w fipf tepf pfa pf6 pfu pfie ar or ut ter qua quo quu qute a§ 65 u$ ie^ ra ro ru rte &f* 5W ft» te[* fa f6 ffi fie ait 6ft at* tejt fc&a Wo f*fi fdjte a§ 6£ fig teg P » n trie at 6t fit tet ta t6 tfi tie ai 66 4« te$ »a t?6 m cte ar 6* file igc »a n>6 urn roie h 6§ fi$ tes 8« 50 *fi 5te ( 35 ) TABLE II. (a)— Continued. Tfi, ax @t, et 2CU/ au %\, at @i/ ei 2£u, au aib eib aub hai bet bau aid) city aud) \ tax bei bau aib etb aub fat fet fau atf eif auf gai get gau m eig aug I w Ijci i)a atf eif auf fai fet fau ait eil aut lai lei lau aim cim aum mai mn mau ain cin aun nat net nau aip ctp aup pat pd pau ax$ etS au§ rat ret rau atfd) etfd) aufd) fat fet fau atjl etjt aufl fd)at fdjei fd)au aif eif auf tai tzx tau ait eit aut wax wet wan at* «8 aug gat S" gau Di/ ot duf eu lU\it du £)i/ oi (5u, eu 2feu, au oib eub aub boi beu bau oirf) eud) dud) boi beu bau oib eub dub foi feu fau otf euf auf got geu gau 019 eug dug t)oi l)eu l)du oil euf auf foi feu fau oil eul dul Cot leu lau oim eum dum mot meu mau oin eun dun noi neu nau otp eup aup poi peu pdu ot§ eu§ dug roi reu rau cifd) eufd) aufd) foi feu fau otf: euft dull fdjot fd)eu fd)du otf euf auf toi teu tau oit eut aut tt)oi rceu wait 0*5 eu* dug §oi geu Sdu ( 36 ) EXERCISES ON TABLE II. LESSON I. GERMAN WORDS OF TWO SYLLABLES, WITH THE ENGLISH SIGNIFICATION TO EACH WORD. anient, a to alter. 6|Mtd), eastern. bdt^ttg, bearded. bfrft base. bdm=pfen, to damp. bb&xtnt to make dry. fdi4tg, due. for^berti/ to further. garden, to tan. g&tMtd), godly. f)d*mifdy malicious *)5(4tfcr„ hellish. Idrg4ttf), sparing, poor. f6n=nert/ to be able. td^men, to lame. l6b4id), laudable. mdnn4td). manly. mog4td), possible. pdbtMtd), papal. yMtlrit to pickle. rd-djert/ to revenge. xhtfylid), reddish. fd)d=men, to be ashamed. fd)6spfem to draw (water). fpdr4ta> sparingly. fp6t4ifd), mocking. flatten, to strengthen. p^nen, to groan. tdg4id), daily. t6bt4tdf)/ deadly. wd^H; to choose. tt>6rt4td), verbal. Sd!)4en/ to count. ao=9em,- to delay. GERMAN WORDS OF THREE SYLLABLES. %i, a De, e ^et)n4id)=leit / likeness. 58bzfett)id)tt villain. SSd^en^a^ bear- righting. ^)6rrso=fen/ drying stove £)dm*mesrung> twilight. £)e=fe*nom, economist. gd^i^feit/ capacity. S6r'be=rung/ furtherance. ©drufemd), gander. ®6n=nezrtnn [/ patroness. v£dp4tfeit f politeness. Exercises on Spelling* 37 £amsmer*d)en/ little chamber. ^o-m-gin/ queen. £d=jle'rtmg, calumny. S6fcr>=paspier, blotting-paper $fla4&U\U moderation. 5X6g=Ucf)4etr/ possibility. ©d)anbsltd)sfctt/disgrace. @d)6nsfd)retsber/calligrapher. ©parslidHett, frugality. (Spotae-vet, mockery. ©t&tigsfcfr, restiveness. @t5csri0s€ett/ stubbornness. Sd*fel=mer!/ wainscot. Zbtep&Uii doltishness. fSdr^te-rtnn/ nurse. SBor^er^oud)/ dictionary. $axUl\tyMt t tenderness. 36-ge=vung/ tarrying. LESSON II. GERMAN WORDS OF TWO SYLLABLES. e u ie bfcfcifd)/ knavish. bie=ten/ to offer. bunsgeri/ to manure. bie*fcifd&/ thievish. 9fi» s fti9/ favourable. gterity greedy. guMeit* to cover, veil. t>ie=ftg/ of this place. Iftttflifyi shortly. ffefig# gravelly. lu=gen, to tell a lie. lte=gen, to lie. mfflHam* troublesome. mte^eto to hire. nud) S tem, sober. mefcftdj* neat. ru^m=lid)i laudable. rie*d)en, to smell. fub'Xidh, southern. jfefteiu to sift. fd^tcn, to stir. fcr>ie=f5en/ to shoot. fpu=ren/ to trace. fpic*len # to play. fftfeimffy stormy. piemen, to stare. tudj^ttg, apt, able. rxe=fen, to deepen. xvuxMq, worthy. ttfebet. again. aur^nen, to be angry. 5te=ren to adorn. GER MAN WORDS F THREE SYLLABLES. Ue U Se ie SSur^er-eib/ citizen's oath. I S3tcg*(am*fctt, pliantness. 2)firf*tt8*feit/ indigence. I SDienfts&ar*feit/ servitude. E 38 Exercises on Spelling, ©tUtigsfetf/ kindness. £ulfs=mtt4el, remedy. £um=mer^mfj, grief. 2usne=burg/ Luneburg. 59Zul)'fam=lett/ troublesomeness, SRudKernsfyeit, sobriety. $)unfHta>fett, punctuality. 9^uf)m=ltd)=leit/ laudableness. (3u~fngsfetr, sweetness, ©cfyud^tern^ett/shyness. ©pfiUffimsmc^ slop-basin. SBSiUt^rig, tyrant, ^ucr^rtsgurtg, chastisement. ©iesfesrci/ ^>te=rorpt)ant, £te=fel=jretn, £iesfe*rung, 9tteWiurrm ^dieinsbar-fett/ @pet=fe=faal> ©tcinsfo^le/ 2Betsge=rung/ et assent, consent. dike-master. clergy. holiness. chin-cough. passion. farm, dairy, cleanliness. silk- worm. appearance. dining room. pit coal. negation. refusal. chronology. THREE SYLLABLES. Se te 23tesbersmcmn/ £)te=be=ret/ @tef^be*cfert/ Stefcltcfcfett/ 5^tet^Ieu^te, ^teb-ma=d)er/ grf)tesfer=badf), ©ttcf^bru=ber/ §Bte=ber-=fd)aU, 3icr*lidr)*fett/ man of honour. thievery, theft. water-jug. hierarchy. pine torch. loveliness. lodgers. neatness. perfumed water. sieve-maker. slated-roof. toyishness. step-brother. echo. elegance. LESSON IV. GERMAN WORDS OF ONE AND TWO SYLLABLES. at at SSai, bay. $8aUwn f Bavaria. 4?aui, grove. &au\tx f emperor Said)* spawn. WtaUlatibt Milan. SOtoui, Maine. ©autc / string. SBBato, woad. fBaufe, orphan. LESS ON V. GERMAN WORDS OF ONE AND TWO SYLLABLES. an an bau-en/ to build, bau^euv to last, to rue fau4en, to rot. SSautri/ tree. £aum, thumb. gauft, fist. 40 Exercises on Spelling. ®awh horse, nag. gau=feltv to juggle. 4?au$/ house. f)au=en/ to hew. tfauf/ purchase. fau=fen/ to buy. £auf, course. lau-erri/ to listen. SittauS, mouse. mau-en/ to mew. Sfaum, space. tauten/ to rob. ©aum, hem, edge. fau-et/ sour. 6<$att) show. fd)au'berrt/ to shudder. ©taub, dust. ftaVL'MXlt to astonish. £aufa> exchange. tauten/ to duck. 3aum, bridle. gau-bern; to loiter. GERMAN WORDS 01 1 THREE SYI XABLES. an an Sktumeuftetv architect. 9ttau=re~ret/ masonry. gatHen^et f lounger. SRaustyfrUit, roughness. ©au-ne^rei/ cheat. @au*ber*fett/ cleanliness. *&aus«fyatoimg/ house-keeping. ©taubsbe^fen/ duster. ^)au=la=fug/ Caucasus. ZaufrlifaMt, fitness. 2aimg=Mr, lukewarmness. 3au=be-m* witchcraft. LESSC )N VI. GERMAN WORDS F TWO SYLI .ABLES. eu an cu=er/ your. au^etjr/ utmost. beu*gen, to bend. barmen, to prance. feumg, fiery, hot. fau^men/ to foam. i)eu=len/ to howl. 5*^Pj# frequent. feu^djen/ to pant, to gasp. lauHid)/ merchantable. ieucHen, to light. laW'Uxif to ring. mt-eti/ to regret. rdu-djern/ to perfume,fume feufoen, to sigh. fdu-men/ to hem ; to tarry fd)eu=d)cn/ to scare, frighten. fcf)du~men/ to skim. fteu-crn^ to steer, to contribute pdu=ben/ to dust. t£)eu=er, dear. tdu-fd)eri/ to deceive, illude. S«W'9^/ to produce. Sdu-nen/ to hedge, Exercises on Spelling. 41 GERMAN WORDS ©u, eu <5u=ro=pa/ Europe. S3eu--tel=frf)nur/ purse. string. #eUsd)Hew hypocrisy. Seu$t'!u-gel, fire-ball. D3leu*cf)e('morb/ assassination. S3e=tijeu=rurt0y protestation. 35e=$eu-9ung> attestation. OF THREE SYLLABLES. 2Ceu, ©e^bdusbe/ £du§=Itcrj4eu7 £du-re=rung, smau*fc»todS)/ £du=fd)e'tet, 83er*jdu*nung/ au utterance. building. husbandry. purification. mouse-hole, deceit, illusion. fence, inclosure. EXERCISES ON SPELLING. TABLE II. (b) The Diphthongs and Triphthong. Syllables formed with Consonants, Diphthongs, and Triphthong. a 6 u te et au eu an bid bio biu bite blet blew bleu bidu fid fX6 flu fite flci flau fleu fidu 01* fiU 9iu Site filet filau a/.eu Qidu ltd f(6 flu lite flei flau lieu lidu pld pi& pW plie pict plau picu pidu W& f*lo m fd)ite fdjtet fdjiau fdjieu fdjlau EXERCISES ON THIS TABLE. LESSON I. GERMAN WORDS OF TWO SYLLABLES. a bidden, to blow up. b!6=be/ bashful. fia-mtfdf)/ flemish. fio^tert/ to play the flute* gldt=ten/ to smooth. glfccftln* to tingle. fidgsitcr;, lamentable. !lop=pein, to weave. pidt'feijern/ to splash. pi6g=iici)/ sudden. 42 Exercises on Spelling. u te Mu^en, to bloom. Mte=ben, remained. flatten, to escape. Piemen, to fly. glucf4id>, happy. glte=bern/ to furnish with limbs> flu9=iid)/ prudently. flte^beTV to cleave. fcf)lfit:'fen/ to sip. fd)lt€=^en/ to shut. LESSON II. ei au btet4en, to remain. SStau^olS/ logwood. fleHtg, diligent. glau^eit/ dulness. gUUtcti/ to glide. ©(au^bc/ faith. ftet=ben, to dress. £tau*e/ claw. fcfyleHen, to whet, grind. Scfylau^eit' slyness* eu an fd)leu=bent, to sling, throw. I btdu=ttd)/ blueish. fdjleu-mg, quick, speedy. gl&U'btg/ faithful. EXERCISES ON SPELLING. TABLE II. (c) The Diphthongs and Triphthong. Syllables formed with one and two Consonants, and a Diphthong. a 6 u te ci au gna gn& gnu gnte gnet gnau fna fno fnu fnte fnex Inaix fdjna fdjnb fctynti ftfmte fdjnei fdjnau fcfyma fd)m6 fdjmS fcfymie fdjmei fctymau Exercises on Spelling. 43 EXERCISES ON THIS TABLE. fdjn&psptfdj/ LESSON I. a gracious, snappish, to revile. ft^pfen, made of bone, to button. scornful. LESSON II. m=gnugt/ fnfcpfen, fcfynu-ren/ U pleased, merry, to knit, tie. to lace, to adorn. et to pinch. fneHen, jcfyneUben, to cut. fd)met=cr;eln/ to flatter. Eme-en, fd)me=getn, fd)mie^ben, fd)mie-ren/ te to kneel. to dress smartly. to forge. to smear. an Jlnausfer; niggard, ^cfynau^e, snout. ©d)mau*fer/ feaster. ( 44 ) EXERCISES ON SPELLING. TABLE II. (d) The Diphthongs and Triphthong. Syllables formed with Consonants, Diphthongs and Triphthong. a 6 u ie et au eu au bra bxb brfi brie brei brau breu brau bra bro brfi brie brei brau breu brau |W fr6 feu frie fret frau freu frau gra gr& gru grie gret grau greu grau fra fro fru frie Irei frau freu frau pfra pfr6 pfru pfrie pfrei pfrau pfreu pfrau pr& pr5 pru prte prei prau preu prau fd)ta fd)r6 fd.rfi fcfyrie fcfyret fdjrau fcljreu fd)rdu fpra fpro fpru fprie fprei fprau fprcu fprau ftra firo ftru flrie firet jlrau preu prau tra tro tru trie tret trau treu trau EXERCISES ON THIS TABLE. LESSON I. GERMAN WORDS OF TWO SYLLABLES. c a 6 SSramsfe, gad-fly. bxQz&etnt to crumble. br&n=gen, to urge. bro^nen, to shake, groan. frattsfifd)/ Franconian. froHitf)/ joyful. grcumen/ to grieve. grob=tid)/ somewhat coarse frafctig, powerful, strong. fr6-neiv to crown. fdjra-ge, oblique, awry. ftf)r6=pfen, to scarify. ©e^fprdd^^ discourse. fpro=be, brittle, friable. ftraf4icf), punishable. ftro-men/ to stream, gush. tra-ge/ lazy. trS-ften, to console. Exercises on Spelling. 45 U to roar, to squeeze, spring, to greet, salute, to crook, curve, benifice, prebend, to try, examine, to sprinkle, to deceive. briefed), brtHeln, grieve, frie=d)em trte=fen/ te written. to whirl. peace. greek. to creep. awl, puncheon. praised. to sprout. to drop, trickle. LESSON II. et thirteen. certainly. to seize. to praise. to write. to dispute, to fight to drive. brausdjett/ grau=ert/ grausfam, fd)rau*fcem frrau=a fd)tt>6 fdjwfi fd)tt>ei fdjmie jwa irvb &wfi &wet ymti EXERCISES ON THIS TABLE. GERMAN WORDS OF TWO SYLLABLES. e e a o qud-ten/ to tease. fd)mdr^men/ to swarm ; to riot. §ro driven, to force. fd)n?6-ren/ to swear. gw6lf=tert§/ twelfthly. U fd)tt>utjftg, swoln, bombastic. te et quieten, to squeak. i fd)tt>ei~gen, to be silent. fd)»te s rig/ hard, difficult. | jwcufcin/ to doubt. GERMAN WORDS OF FOUR SYLLABLES. 2£uf=mer&fam4eit/ attention. 23e=rt>urt:=be^ung, admiration. (§§QztQsta~te, chocolate. Si-trosnen^baum, lemon-tree. ©e*gen=frf)ei'be, scabbard, ©r^a-ten-^cit/ elevation, grie-ben^rtcfy'terv justice of peace. Exercises on Spelling. 47 ®esfd)id)tsfci)reisfcer/ historian. £et'au§=ge=ber, editor. 3n=fu=la=ner/ islander. ^tn=ber=fru'be, nursery. SUmo^nasbe/ lemonade. SKttstaggsefsfcn/ dinner. Sftotbsruensbtgsfeit/ necessity. £)Men=ba=ntng, revelation. s 7>anstcsmUme/ pantomime. £iuacf'fal'be=ret, (gd)ee^ren=fd)let=fer* Srcm-meUfd:td=ger; Unstersfdjeisbung^ 23er=tf)et=b^gung/ S£te=berstdu=fer, 3er?glte-be=rung, quackery. restlessness. grinder. drummer. distinction. defence. anabaptist. dissection. CHAPTER V EXERCISES ON THE DIFFERENT PRONUNCIATION OF d) AND Q. d) is pronounced like f before a, 0/ U/ and r, at the beginning of words. (5f)aog/ chaos. (5§arafteD character. (5t)arte, card, chart. @f)or, chorus. Q>r>otal, choral. 6$orift# chorister. u r Gr;urfurft, prince elector. | G>r;riflu3, Christ. d) is pronounced like s h in shilling, in words derived from the French. Charlotte,' Charlotte. (Sfyampagrter, champaign. G>l)aluppe/ shallop, sloop. Chocolate, chocolate. G^arabe/ charade. Charlatan/ charlatan. 48 Exercises on the Gutturals. d) is pronounced hard guttural, as in the Scotch word loch, after a, a\x, 0/ and u. mu eight. ad)ten, to esteem. SSad)/ brook. fradjen, to crack. £>acfr, roof. tadfjem to laugh. gad), compartment. madden/ to make. %tad)t f freight. 9tad)en, boat. SQtadjr, power. SRafyzt vengeance. 9tafy, night. ®a<$)tf thing. spxatyt, splendour. facfyte, soft, slow. 3)ad)t, farm. ad), weak. tracfjten, to endeavour. Srad)t, load. roadmen, to wake. SBad&f, guard. fBadjtel, quail. a U aud), also. Saud), leek. Saud), belly. SKaudf), smoke. SSraud), custom. (Schlatter;/ leather bag or pipe #aud), breath. ©traudj, bush, shrub. bod)/ yet, however. ) £odf)/ cook. 2)od)t, wick. Sod)/ hole. fod)t, fought. nocfv still, yet. f)od), high. $0d), stroke, blow. Exercises on the Gutturals. 49 S3udf), book. ®ud)t, passion. SBrud), break, breach. ©d;lud)t/ hollow way gtud&t/ fruit. ei, n\t au, and after I, m and r. SBlefy plate, tin-plate. S?ed)er/ goblet. fred)/ impudent. ©efedbt/ fight. &<§t f pike. 4?ed)etf heckle. £ned)t> farming servant. sRecfynung, account, bill. £ed), Lech (a river). H&ig, sixty. $e$, pitch. (£pred)er, speaker* ^cd)t, right. ftedjcn# to sting, prickle. fd)led)t, bad. Seamen/ to arouse. bi*/ thee. i China. Std)t, light. gi*te, pine, pine-tree. mid)/ me. sRid)te, niece. md)tr not. t)erptd)t/ bent upon. $flid)t, duty* ©eridjt, justice, court. ltd), one'sself, himself. (Std)el/ sickle. €5tid), prick, sting. ©ejtd&r, sight, face. @trid), stroke, line. Snd)ter/ funnel. f03idE)t/ wight. <55en>idr)t, weight. e a e u ad)ten, to proscribe. fBii^er, books. ssadje, brooks. 1 Sfrudje, breaches; ruptures 50 Exercises on the Gutturals. ©&d)ClV roofs. grudge, fruits. guw&e, flat; surface. gtucfjtling, refugee. gadfjer, fan. Mtyf kitchen. VRadjU, powers. nucfytcw, sober. m$u f nights, ®erudf)t, rumour, report 3>ad)ter, farmer. fufyig, crazy. Stacker/ avenger. ©ptficfye, saying. @d)tt>ad)ef weakness. tud)ttg/ able; strong. fOSSd&ter/ watchman. afi^tifl/ chaste. £5d)e; cooks. | SSd&er, holes. i It bUifyr pale, wan. 8kify, bleaching ground. £)ti$, dike. 8$tid)tt, confession. §U\§, equal. Qifytr oak. UidjU easy. Mtf)e f dead body, corpse. xzi§, rich. $Ketdf)tf)um, riches, wealth. @tmdf)/ stroke; trick. fdr)Xeid)cn/ to sneak, slink. feufct, shallow. ©dfymeicfyler. t flatterer. n>ctd)f soft. 3etdi)cn/ sign, token. eu at t fetter^, damp. SSaufyt, bellies. ^>cu^lec, hypocrite. raudjent/ to incense. 2eud)rer, candlestick. (§d)laucl)e> leather pipes. SReud&ler/ caballer, assassin. <&tta\xd)t f bushes, shrubs. \, r\ i * Soldi), dagger. manner/ many a (person or burdj/ through. 9DMndf)e, monks. [thing). §ord)/ listen. ^anndfjerif Jenny. ^eldt). cup, chalice. 2Dta|)rd)en, tale; fable. SRttdii/ milk. £wd)e, church. fotffte, such. n?ct$«, ox. SOSacfyfen/ to grow. ®t$$, six. DGBcd^fet/ change. SGBadj)«/ wax. SBetd&fel/ Vistula. But when d) and £ accidentally meet, as is sometimes the case in compound words, as Sfcadjftd)!/ indulgence. | Sftodftud&t/ vindictive dispo- nacfyfefyertf to review, | \va$\am, vigilant, [sition. and by the elision of c 5 as, beS SSudjg, of the book, for beg S3ud)eS. beg £od)g, of the hole, „ beg £od)eg. er fprad&§/ he said it, „ er fprad) eg. the d) and g must be pronounced separately, according to their particular rules. EXERCISE ON THE PRONUNCIATION OF 9. ®a$, the universe. liaUt bte/ (plural of ber 2CaI) the eels. 20)le/ bte. the awl. Xa$ f ba$, the carrion. %$ / ba$, the ace. 2Cbfclafen/ to blow off. TOaffen/ to let off. 2Cblefert/ to recite. 2CM5fen, to loosen ; to ex- TOee/ alley. TOe/ all, [change. 20)nen, to forebode. ^rtberi/ to resent. lizfyxz, tie corn-ear. (Sfyre/ honour. 2Cenbern, to alter. (Snterrt/ to board a ship. 2Ceu£ent/ to utter. ^iferrt/ of iron. s 3 S3ann/ ber. the bann. SSa^t/ bte/ the path. banner*/ to banish. SSafyrtert etnert 28eg/to beat a path S5at)/ bte, the bay. SSet/ by, near. SSdveri/ tie/ (plural of bet: Sdr) SSeeren/ bte/ (pi. of bte 23eere/) the bears. the berries. S3eet/ bag/ the bed in a garden SSett/ ba$, the bed. 93eete/ bte/ beet. SS6te/ tie/ (pi. of ba$ £oot> the boats. S3etbe/ both. £5eute# tie/ the booty. but different in sense and spelling. 53 SSeile/ Me/ (plural of ba§S3etl) the hatchets. SSeufe/ Me/ the bile. S5ein/ ha$f the leg. spetn/ bte/ the torment. beifien/ to bite. bet|en, to etch. S3erdud)em/ to besmoke. 25ereic!)em/ to enrich. Sftefcfytreren/ to complain. 23efcf)it)6ren, to confirm an oath S3efen/ ber/ the broom. SSofen, bte, the wicked. SBeffer/ better. SSofer, more wicked. 25eren/ to pray (to God). 33etten, Me/ the beds. 23tenc/ tie/ the bee. SSufyne/ Me/ the stage. S3i$, till. 351?/ ber/ the bite. Staffe, the paleness. SSt6?e/ Me/ the nakedness. S3raute, tie/ (plurofbteSSraut) the brides. SSreite, bte, the breadth. SSricfe/ Me, lamprey; trencher SBrucfe/ Me, the bridge. SSritlert/ bte/ (pi. of Me SSrtUe) spectacles. 23rullen/ to roar. SSunb ber/ alliance. SSunt, variegated. 3 5 £)arf)/ ba§/ the roof. Sag, ber/ the day. ©acfys, ber, the badger. £ar, ber/ the yew. £)eid), ber, the dike. Setd)/ ber/ the pond. ben, the; to thee. benn/ for ; then. benen. (dative pi. of ber) to those; them. be^nen/ to stretch. £)icfe, bte, the thickness. Sucfe/ bte, malice. bienen, to serve. £>unen, bte, the downs. Mngen, to hire ; to haggle bungen/ to manure. £ogge/ bie, the bull-dog. £)oc?e/ bte/ the doll. £orf/ ba$, the village. Sorf/ ber, the turf. ©rang/ ber, the throng. Sranf, ber, the potion. brei/ three. treu, faithful. ©ritte/ ber/ the third. Sritte, bte/ (pi. of ber Zxitt,) steps. bruber, (instead of barfe truber/ (from trube) clou- fccr) over it. dy; dull; sad 54 Words nearly alike in sound, a @cfe/ Me, the corner. (S99C/ bte/ the harrow. <§td)en, oaken. (Stgen, own; particular. ditet bte/ haste* (Sute/ bte/ the owl. (Suter/ ba§/ the udder. Grttet/ beo the matter. (Stber, bet/ the eider-duck. (Stltg/ quickly. 4?etttg> holy. <5nbe, ba$f the end. <5nte/ bte/ the duck, [cence. @t)rlid)fett/ tie, honesty. #errtid)fett, glory ; magnifi- <3;tmaf)nen/ to exhort. (Srmannen/ to regain strength @.t$eigeri/ to show ; exhibit. (Srseugen/ to produce. g&tfe/ bit* (plur. of bee gall) getfe, bte/ (pi. of bag gaU)the causes. skins, [verses. gerfe/ bte/ the heel. SSerfe/ bte/ (plur. ofbetSSerS) fittt, en (from fatten) he falls. gelb/ ba$f the field. mh fallow. fflafyh bet, the pale. fft&tt/ et, (from fasten) he drives the horses spferb, H$, the horse. fanb/ id)/ (from ftnben) I found. ^fanbz t>a$t the pawn; pledge geter/ bte/ the celebration. geuer/ ba$ f the fire. getfe/ bte. the file. spfeile/ bte/ (pi. of be* 3>fe») ftet/ id}/ (from fatten) I fell. Bfeli much. [arrows. fteten, rotr, we fell. fufjien/ to feel. glicfen, to mend. ^fruc^en, to gather ; pluck. gtfegcn, to fly. 9>fX&9en/ to plough. Slug, ber, the flight. $PfIug, ben/ a plough. greten/ to marry, woo. freuen, fid)/ to rejoice. gur, for. S3ier, four. gunb/ ber. the thing found. . *Pfunb, ba$/ the pound. but different in sense and spelling. 55 © dktng, tie/ the goose. ©an§, whole. geftel, id), (from gefatfen) I pleased. ©efu#j bag, feeling. ©eifitg, spiritual. ©eigtgi avaricious. ©eidute, ba$ , the ringing of bells (Metre, ka$f retinue. ©eteert, emptied. ©elefctf, learned. ©eiiebte,bie, a sweetheart. ©etubbe, bag, the vow. @ericf)t, bag, court of justice. ©erud)t, bag, report 5 rumour. ©ett>anb,bag,the garment. ©ettanbf, agile. ©Ummert, to glimmer. Jtltmmen, to climb. ©ram/ ber/ grief. £ram, ber, trash. ©retg, ber, the old man. £reig, ber, the circle. ©riedjen, tie/ the Greeks. £ried)en. to creep. ©unft, tie/ favour. ^unjlt, bie, art. & £afen, tie/ (pl.ofber£afen) the ports. £efen, bte, barm. £dufer, bie/ (pi. of bag £aug) houses. heifer, hoarse. £dute, bier (pi. of tk £>aut) £eute, to day. the hides. [the caverns £er;(en, to conceal. £6r;len, bie, (pi. of Vit £6r;ie) ^)etbe^ tie/ the heath. #etbe, ber, the pagan, gentile. £ei(ert, to heal. £euleri/ to howl. £elle, tie/ clearness. £6Ue, bie, the hell. #6r;te, bte, the cavern. £err, ber, the master. #eer, ba^ f the army. £utdjen,bag , the little hat. £uttd)en, bag/the little cottage. 3ad)t, \>k, c yacht. 1 SaQb, tU f chase. ift er, he is. 1 iptoriffet, he eats. 56 Words nearly alike in sound. £ iam, id), Mufer/ betv $etle> bte/ Stixtyt bte/ JStffeit/ bag/ £tjre, Me/ $rterf)ert/ (from fommen) I the buyer, [came, (pi. of bee «ett) the wedges, to know, the church, the cushion, the chest, to creep. Ramm, ber, the comb. [bier, heifer/ bet/ the scolder, grum. £eule/ bte^ the club; pestle. ^onnert/ to be able. ^irfd)C/ bte/ the cherry. $uffeti/ to kiss. Mfte/ bte/ coast, ^rtegeri/ to war ; to get. « Satym/ Sate/ ber/ lauten/ Seere/ bte/ Seidjter/ Setben/ Sefen r £td)t/ ba6/ fiteoien/ Hefeft/ bu/ lame. layman. to ring. emptiness. (from letcfyt) easier. to suffer. to read. the light. to lie, to be situated thou readest. fiamm/ ba§r the lamb. £eue/ ber/ the lion. Uittxit to guide. Se^re/ bte/ the doctrine. Seudhter/ ber/ the candlestick. Settert/ £ofert/ Itegt et/ £ugen/ lief eft/ &u/ to lead. to loosen, solve. he lies. to lie, to tell a lie. thou lettest. $R sfitaalt ba$, 3DM)en/ $Xad)t, bte/ aXaUeti# SDftatri/ ber/ the mark, to make, the power, to grind, the Maine, me, one, they. ®lat}h ba$, SOlagen/ bte/ sfilagfc, bte/ 9Men, Sttein/ SRanri/ ber/ the meal. the stomach. the maid-servant. to paint. my. the man. but different in sense and spelling. 57 Sttanbel/ tie, the almond. SDtontel/ ber r the cloak. barber/ bet/ the marten. barter, bte/ the torment. SDlauje/ bte/ (pi. of bit SKauS) the mice. SKetfc/bie/ the titmouse. SKee*/ ba$, the sea. S»c^/ more. SJttene/ tie/ the mien. 50line/ bte/ the mine. 5E^iet^e/ bit. the hire. 9Jtytye/ bte/ mythos. Stiffen, to miss. SOlftffcn/ to be obliged. SOtofyr/ ber ; the Moor, negro. 5D^oot/ bag/ the fen, marsh SKufe/ bte/ the muse. 9ttu?e/ bte/ the leisure. 0J 9tad)en/ bet/ the cockboat. §?ad)t§eite, bte (from bet: Stocks tfyeit) the disadvantages. Sftadjttfci)/ ber/the dessert. SKeui, no. SRcffel, bte/ the nettle. Sftacfen/ bet/ the neck. 9^ad)teule/bie/the night-owl. 9^ad)tttfd),beV/toilet,night-stand. S^eun/ nine. Sftof el/ ba$f the pint. Ofen/ ber/ the stove. | £)ffctt/ open. ^reifen/ to praise. | ^reupett/ Prussia. Sftaabe/ bet/ the raven. fRabt ba§, the wheel. m SRctppe, ber/ the black horse. 9fot$/ ber/ the advice; the counsellor. 58 Words nearly alike in sound, SRatyt, tie/ (pi. of ber matt)) the counsellors. fRityc/ bkf redness. diaubin, to rob. SHaupert/ (pi. of bit Sftaupe) caterpillars. SKaumen, to clear away j re- move. Sfteimen/ to rhyme. SKebe/ bkf discourse. SJ^ebe/ bit. the road. mtbWt hon e stj sincere. mttyity, reddish. SKetfen/ to travel. S^eigcn/ to tear. ^Hetgcn/ to tear. SKei^em to irritate. 3?ei$, bet/ the enticement. SKeiS/ the rice. £Kein/ pure. Sftyett!/ ber-/ the Rhine. fftyeiti/ ber. the Rhine. SKairt/ ber/ the ridge. SKei^e/ tie/ the row. SKeue/ ber/ repentance. Piemen/ ber, the strap. S^u^men/ to praise. fKinbctT/ bit, (pi. of t>a$ Sfanb) S^unber/ (compar. degree the oxen. of runb) rounder mifa ber/ the cleft. SKief^ ba§/ the ream. Sflu^m/ ber. the glory. SKum/ ber/ rum. @ &aal, ber/ hall ; saloon. 3at)l/ Me, the number. (Sagert/ to saw. (Segen/ ber. the benediction. @atte/ bte/ the string. (Seite, bte/ the side. n* ten. @etbc/ bte/ the silk. @eite* bte. the side. fepb/ i$r, you are. ©ett, since. 3ett/ bfe/ the time. §tii\ f his. (Se^n/ to be. ®ityt, sure. a§r, true roar, er/ he was. SGSaibr ber/ the woad. SBeit/ far; wide. SSaife/ bit, the orphan. ffiSetfe/ ber/ the wise man SBdgen, to weigh. SQSegen/ on account of. fSatte/ tie, (pi. of bet $$ati) the ramparts. SBeile/ bie/ the billow* 2Bafytt/ ber* an erroneous opinion §ffi>arm# when. [words. ^Barter, ber / the waiter. SSorter/ bie/ (from SBSort) the heifer, wiser. SBeifier/ (from SBeif? ) whi- fSetStid), wisely. SBeifK^/ whitely. [ter. IQSen? whom. SGBenn/ if, when. SfBerg, ba§/ the tow. 2Berf, ba§/ the work. ^Sieber, again. SBiber/ against. SBfijie/ bie/ the desert. tt>fijfte# id)/ I knew. 5 3%/ tough. 3ef)e, bie/ the toe. 3eigen, to show. 3eid)en/ba§/ the sign. Siege/ bie/ the goat. guge/ but (pi. of ber Sua) the feature. 3iegel/ ber* the tile. 3ugei/ beo the rein. 3eigert/ to show. 3eugen/ to procreate. PART II, A PROGRESSIVE GERMAN READER, CONTAINING A SELECTION OF AMUSING AND INSTRUCTIVE PIECES, IN PROSE AND VERSE, FROM THE BEST GERMAN AUTHORS " Let words be so uttered, that each letter may denote its appro- priate sound." u Ut expressa sint verba, ut suis quseque litene sonis enuntientur." Quintilian Inst, Or. I, 11. CONTENTS, PAGE SBfcf ungen (Sophie ©fitting 1 Sefyrfprud) . , . 1 £ebrfprud) Sauarer 2 &a$ 9ttard)en gr. SRficfert 2 £)ie flud)ttge 3ett .©letm 3 £)e§ ,ftnaben #eimat§ * «. . .£rug 4 getter unb 2Cuen £rug 4 SebenSregung. ... «> . ^arntfd) 5 £)a§ 20 S3, <5 2Cu6 be$ £naben SSunber^orn 6 Ser f&tebertjatt 6 TOeS §um ©uten &vummad)et 7 £)te wee Safyre^etten - * (Sampe 8 2)er SSogelfMec Berber 10 £)a§ foffbare Jtr&uttcin 11 S&aferlanbsitebe $uftfud)en=@(an§ctt> 12 £er £eutfd&e . . . . „ 2. g. £. ©df;ubart$ 13 £a3 gute £eiimittet #ebel 13 £)er granjofe unb ber (Sngtcmber, ober ba§ ISiuat bee £6mgtnn ^ebel 15 £)te grau nut bem $orbe 16 £>te fpamfdjen Sftamen 17 £)er ©cfyoojfyunb unb ber ^etten^unb #. ^djmabe 18 Set Sorce unb ber ^>afe , Sefitng 19 #er§og Seopolb con SBraunfdjmeig 19 (Sine (Sterbefcene SSaron be la Sttotte gouque 21 £>ret greunbe , . , Berber 24 CONTENTS. PAGE Sic wufte Snjel Berber 25 £>a3 £tnb ber 23arml)ersigfeit Berber 31 S>te bret Sftnge Sefftng 32 ©d)6ne3 SSeifpiel RnbKd)et Siebe spujt£itd;en=©lan50tt> 35 greunbfdjaft ©ellert 36 g£ad)terruf £ebe( 37 £>er *Dorffd)uXmciftcr Sbuarb Sutfer 37 S>er gute !»at^ 2(u6 ben tyalmblatuxn 42 Ste ©anbufyren £td>tenberg 43 Sec Setter unb bee @d)uler £)aoib gvteblanber 43 £>te 9?eujal)r§nad)t cine§ Ungtucflid)en ..3. 3>- St. Sttdjier 43 Sonbon #. £e$)ne 46 £>a3 SSaferlanb Sanl= unb @§rentempel 50 (5f)ara!tevtftil ber £)eutfd)en unb tl}re£ 2anbe§ Soulier 51 £>eutfd)lanb/ \vh c3 jc|t tft £♦ Suben 52 ©cutfd)lanb unb bie SDeutfdjen »or 2000 Sa'^rcn . . S3rcbo» 55 £)er gretl;ettsf ampf ber ©eutfd&en gegen Napoleon . . SOlanfo 65 Sftyeintteb sfttclaS SSecfer 66 The German Rhine (English Translation) 67 £er$og ^on 2Clba bet einem grityjrucf auf bem ©cfylojTe Satfceljtabt tm Satyre 1547 ©fitter 68 Sludger in ber ©d)lad)t bet Signt) &. 2C. SSarn^agen van ffinfe 70 griebrtd) son ©duller SB. 9tten§el 73 ©tyatfpeare ©djlegel 76 Ueber ©fcaffpeare'S £amlet ©6t&e 77 ©IM unb ©r6fle beS £idjter$ ©6t$e 78 23eiblid)e S3ilbung it g. @l)renberg 82 grcunbf rf)aft Berber 83 Senffprud) , • ©tretffttjj 84 READING LESSONS. £ugenb lofynt, ©rofmuttt) fcfyont. v§od)mut!) roafynt, SrSgfyett gdbrtt. (Sbre ftu|t/ £tugr;ett nftfct. Stemutf) gtaubt? SSo§t)eit raubt. Arbeit fdjenft. 28eigf)ett benlt. greunbfdjaft fjergt/ getnbfd;aft fdjmerjt grotyftnn lad)t/ 2Cr9wot)n tt)ad)t. ©ute giebt/ SKitletb Itebt. Unfcqulb txantf S3orftd)t fdjaut. u— SBBtrf ungetn £cetd)t§um fdjeint/ 2Crmutf) weint- greube fufjt, <2efynfud)t mtft. eKui)e trauma £ibnung raumt. Seidjtftnn fprtnQt/ (Siacvftnn girtngt, Unmutr) ^efert/ (Sorge tr-ebrt. M&nfcett txjagt* gci^eit gagt. Saifymfud;! fampft, griebe bampft. Srcue xoaf)tt t Ctebe nafyrt. #off nung fpridjt : Sag mid) ntdjt!— (© o p § i e © d) i U i n g } 2Ber fott SJtaftev fein ? SBer tt>a§ erfann. 1 SSer fell ©efette 2 fein? fOSei* n>a§ farm. SBet fott Sealing fein ? Sebermann. 1 Infinitive, "erjttUien/" to invent. 2 Journeyman ; the word " ©efette" is now often used contemptuously, as " ber £)teb6* gefelV' the thief's accomplice, &c. Progressive 3*— Sef) r f p rud)* @ter;e tnel— bettmnbre roent'g? #ore tnel--glaube roenig! SBtffe »tel— fprtdfo rcentg! s)Jletbe DteX — - furdbte rcemg! ©teb otel— < nimm rcenig! 2Crbette triel— -beftefjt roemg ! (Sao at er.) 4,— £>a§ SDldr d) en. 1 The following piece from Dr, Bernstein's selections will be found a profitable exercise on the pronunciation of the gutturals. 3$ ttet£ 2 em fd)6ne§ Sft&rdjen. ©3 war etn fcfyoneS $)ard)en/ 3 ' £tej3 4 vf>anfeld)en 5 ttnb (Slatcrjen/ £)te pflucften Slum' tmb 2Cer;rd)en. 6 $a§ GIard)en l)att' etn jbaxfytnr £>q§ #dnfeid)en etn @d)eerd)en$ £)a§ tear etn golbne§ £ard)en, Unb ba§ etn ftlbern ©d)eerd)en. £>a§ v^dnfeldjen nafym 8 dldrctjeri/ emgr it then throws its tonic accent upon the following substantive. 4 r;etj?en/ to be called. 5 Jacky. 6 from liztytt ear of corn. 7 from <$aaVf neuter gender. s ne^men/ to take, 9 fd)netbcn, to cut. 10 In the nom. and ace. neut. sing, the ter- mination " eS" of the adjective is frequently dropped, this takes place, chiefly when the noun referred to is a name of materials. German Reader. 3§r in ba$ golbne £drd)en £)a ging 11 bag golbne ^dt:d)en (£nt$tt>ei am ©tl&e*fd)eerd)em £)a gtng ba3 ©t(berfcJ)eerd)cn (Sntjwet am goibnen £drd)en. 25a wetnte iaut ba$ G>ldtd)en Urn t§s sertorneS £dt:dien, Unb £dnSd)en mit bim (§ld*d)en Urn fern §evbtod)ne§ ®d)eerd)en$ 12 Saut rceinete ba§ ^pdtdjen Urn £drd)en unb urn ©djeerdjen ©at: 13 stele stele ^dijrchen 14 Saut weinten SBlum' unb 2Ce|)r-d)en Sufammen mit bem *pdrd)en Urn (2djeet:d)en unb urn Igaxfym. ©a fajF im SBufd) ein <£tdrd)em 16 £!a§ far/ 7 bte tnelen garden, ©a fprad) 18 ba$ Huge (Stdrcfyen ; IJBaS wetnt t|>r benn/ tyr Sftdrrdjen ? 19 £)a§ ^)drd)en unb ba$ (Scfyeerdjen, £)te gdfyrdjen unb bte SCe^djen, 2>te Seevdjen 20 unb bte spdrdjen, Unb id) ba§U/ 21 ba$ (Stdrtyen, @tnb allcs nur etn 2Q?drd)en. (gr. Sfcfitfest.) 5*— £)i e fl u d? t i g e 3 e i t* SHofen pfXucfe/ ruenn ffc Hu^n ! Sttorgen tft ntd)t f)eut\ &eine (Stunbe lap entfltefyen! glfidfottg ettt bte Sett. 11 ging entgwet/ broke in two. 12 @djerd)en is generally spelt with one " e." 13 Very. 14 diminutive from gd£)re. 15 ft'£en, to sit. 15 from ®taav. l7 fe^en, to see. 1S fpredjen, to speak. 19 from $taw. 20 from SSeerc 21 too. Progressive 3u ©enug unb 2Crbett iff £eut' ©eXegen^eit. SBeift bu, roo bu morgen bijl? gffidjtig ctit Me &it tfuffdjub etner guten S^at #at fd)on oft gereut. Sfyatig leben ifl mem SKatf)$ glud)tig c«t Me 3ett. ( © I e i m . ) 6*— D e § $ n a b e n £etmatf)* SQtein Stater tyat *$au£ unb £of/ ©arten, gelb unb 2£tefen» £)a$ #au$ liegt t»oi: tem £ofe. 2Cn ben #of ftijjt ber ©arten; £>er ©arten ftSfft an ba§ gelb. Winter bem gefbe Uegt tie SBiefe* fiber Me SSStefe f)tn gef)t e$ in ben HBalb. £)er 2£alb liegt an etnem SSerge. $3om S3erge fyerab f ommt SBaffer, ba$ fturgt gercalttg mtt SSraufen fytnab. £)a6 Bafter Ifiuft lange htm SBalbe, burd) tie SBtefen, baZ getb unb ben ©arten fytn. Sm Staffer finb gtfdje, £rebfe unb gr5fd)e. £)er 2Balb tfe^t Doll grofer 33aume, SDRooS/ tauter unb gpttse. SBor bem SBalbe finb ©ebfifd)e unb ©traudjer. 3n bem 28albe finb £trfd)e, 9fM)e unb £afen. (&rug.) ?*— % elber unb 2C u e n ♦ 2Cuf unferm §elb* tji's aud) gar fd)6n$ grun ftefjt man im Sen^e Me tfuSfaat fl:ef)n. SBSte munter fie wadjjl unb fdjofit unb blfifyt, fo baf* man nur Sufi unb greube ffe^t. ©a gety' id) fcfyauenb oft fytn unb fyer, ba§ §elb burd)ftretf id) freuj unb quer. SDfe Sfaine laufen burd) getber lang fytn, ba§ tjt fo redfot nad) metnem <5tnn. 2Cuf SKatnen lann id) fpafcieren gefyn/ lann alle gurd)en unb SBeete befetyn. Sort fatten writ UtjKge <&fymzU terttngsiagb $ im grilling un§ ba$ befonberS befjagt. ©a tau- ten unb fpieten mtt #afd)en unb Sail 5 bie SSSflletn f)5rt man bort fiberatf. #od) fiber mir Me Serdjen fid) fd)ttringen$ id) fef)e fie taum, unb fySr' fie bod) fingen. £te muntern <3d)tt>alben finb aud) babet, fie Ireifen umfyer mit fetnem ©efdjret. ©n fd)rcarmenbe§ SRftcfd&en Uef't mand)e fid) au§, ba§ fd)nappet fie German Reader, 5 reeg unb tragt e3 nad> #auf\ Cft ruft bee £ucM ttom SSaume mfc §u 5 id) rufe bann: vftucfuf/ tro ftectft benn bu? £)a fltegf er rccbl fort unb laft mid) in 8hi|*. S3om ©ebufdje loc&t bic ^acr-tigail/ balb Xuffcfg/ bait traurig erfltnget ber aU 5 man t)6rt el aud) reajt im 3Bteber$aH. £)te £2ad)tel tm ©rafe raft : SBacf mact" bawac! $ £om Sumpf l)cr tonet ber gc6fd)e: £lua quact. £>ie ©anfe/ tie (snten fdjrein munter: ©a gacf. 3m 23ufd)e XocBen tie gtnfen: pnf pinf$ bit ©olbammern rufen: Zxinl ttinf trinf $ grob fdretn tie £ra§en# tie ©perltnge fan- bie ©ra§mucfen ftngen bajtrtfdjen i)inetn 5 tdj f)5re bas aHeS auf unferm S^catn unb fann mid) beS ISalbeS unb getbeS erfreun- brum mag id) am Xiebften im greten audi) fetn. (Srug.; 8»— 2 eb e n S r e 3 u n g* £te $cgel fiiegen in ber Suft gar ^errltdj unb frS^itd), (jftpfen au[2tefren unb 3raeigen unb eintge fd)tr>immen gierlid) unb munter tm Staffer umfyer. £)er £trfdS) tfr ein fdmeUer Saufet/ t&n fann nid)t bee 3&get burd) feme gu£e .gettrinnen* ba$ @td)fafcd)en fdjrotngt fid) r-on einem SSaume sum anbern unb alles ©et^tgr auf ber (Srbe, bas reget unb berceget fid) ecu bem erften @d}0* pfungstage an big auf \^k tyeutuje Stunbe. Unb trivb bieS Scire- gen unb frci)lid)e Scben aud) fortbauern bis an§ (Snbc berfBelt* benn el tfr ©ctt bieS Seben angenet)m, unb rote tie greube bas vpet's ben 5Dlenfd)en fyupfen mad)t, fo fyupfet ber (Sngcl (£d)aac bet bee greube ber (gd;cpfung. (go tft benn uberall fre£lid)es Ztbm unb SSewegen, unb atfeS, roaS fid) reget in tracer greube, ta$ reget fid) ©ctt 5U (Sfjren unb barin tft feine (Sunfce. £arum irefenet aud) barin fetne ©unbe/ rcenn Sungen nut etnanber lu? ftig finb unb tm frozen unb muntern Spiel fid) tbreS Sevens evfreuen. (§3 1ter)et bem &naben »ol)l an, roenn er auf blanfem ?5ife rate ein SSogel fca'gtn fltegt, roenn er muting eine ^6^e er= fiettert/ uber glfiffe fd)mimmt unb ruftig fict) tummelt. £em alien SfJtanne nur gejtemt eo, biiucr bem Cfen fid) gu ^egen an SBtnteri aber ber £nabe foil ftd; an Mitt ge»5|)neni bamit er al§ 5$ann aud) im Winter ein SDlann fei ( vg> a r n t f d) . ) b 2 Progressive 9.— £a6 %, S3, G, S^at^C/ tt>a§ td) tyabe semommen: & ftnb ad)t§ei)n frcmbe ©efellen fas 2anb gefommen, 3umaten f d)5n unb fauberltd) $ £)od) feiner einem anbern glid). 20T ofme getter unb @ebred)en/ 9tur fonnte feiner ein SGSort fprecfyen, Unb bamtt man fte follte tterftefyn, fatten fte funf £)oIImetfd)er mit fid) gefm. £)aS roaren fyodjgeletyrte Seut' ! £>er erft', erjlaunt/ teif t'S SttauX auf weit# £>er ^weire itrie ein ^fabiein fcfyreit, £)er britte rote ein SKduSletn pftff/ £)er trierte roie ein gutjrmann rief/ £)er ffinft* gar roie ein Uf)u tfyut* £)a§ roaren ifyre Mnjle gut, £)amit erfyoben fie ein ©efdjret/ guilt nod) bie IffieXt/ iff md)t t>orbeu (2Cu$ beS &naben 2Bunbert)orn.) io«— ©er SBteber&alL 1 £)er Keine ©eorg roufjte 2 nod) nid)t§ 3 son htm SKebertyaUe. (Sin SDfjaX fdjric 4 er nun auf ber fSStefe 5 : " £o, tyopl" <5og*eid) 6 riefs 7 im na^en £8dlbd)en 8 aud): " %o, X)op !'* @r rief f)ierauf t>errounbert 9 : " SBer bift bu?" ©te ©timme 10 rief aud): " 2Ber Bift bu P" <$r f dfctte : " £)u bifi ein bummer 11 3unge !"— « £um= mer Sunge !" Xjattte e§ 12 ie£mat fjaft bu bid) redjt oerratfyen 22 unb bid) felbjl angef (agt ! 23 — fOStffe/ bu ^aft nid)t3 sernommen 24 al§ beine eigenen SCBorte. £>enn trie bu bein ©eftdjt fd;cn cftec im Staffer gefetjen fyaft, fo fcaft bu je$t beine (Sfimme im SSafte geb;6rr. £atteft 25 bu ein freunbXic^eS SSort rjinetngerufen, 25 fo rodrc 26 bir nad) ein freunblicr;e§ §B3crt surucfgefommen.''- 6 ; '©o getjt eS abet immer. £a§ SBetragen 27 2Cnberer 23 ift metftens 29 nur ber SBteber^all be§ unfrigen. 23egegnen 30 rctt ben teuten 31 fceunbXid> fo roerben fie aud) 32 un§ freunblid) be? gegnen. (£inb toit aber gegen 33 fie raub; unb grob, fo burfen 34 wit aud) ton it)nen md;t§ SSeffere6 errrarten," 34 5Ba§ bu ntd)t »tttft# bafs man bir tfju'/ 35 £>a6 fug' 36 aud) leinen 2Cnbern §u. 36 ll. — 2C II c 8 sum ©uteru 1 Smmer getr-ofyne fid) ber Oftenfd), 2 ju benlen : " 2£a§ ©ott fdjtrtt/ ift gut* eS bunfe mir 3 gut ober bofe," (Sin frommer SSeifer !am oor eine ©tabt/ beren Sfjore ge- fdjtoffen rcarenj niemanb tr-ollte fie ifym 6ffnen$ fjungrig unb burftig mufte er unter fretem £immel 4 ubernad)ten. (§r fprad): c ' 28a$ ©ott fd)ic!t/ ift gut 5" unb legte fid) nieber. 9ceben ifym ftanb fein dfel, §u feiner ©ettc cine brennenbe Saterne, unb ber Unficr;err;eit rctllen in berfetben ©egenb. 2Cber ein (Sturm entftanb, unb Iofd)te fein Sid)t au3$ ein Scree leant unb jerrif? feinen Gn'el. @t enradite, fanb fid) allein/ unb fprad) : 50 laufeilj to run. 21 hidden. 22 betrayed, "accused. 24 cer? netjmen/ to hear. - 5 if you had called in. 26 would have been returned. - 7 conduct. 25 of others. 29 mostly. 30 if we treat. 31 people. 32 also. 33 towards them. 34 we must or can expect. 35 to do. 35 aufugen/ do. 1 2CUe§ gum ©uten/ all for the best. 2 lei man accustom himself always. 3 whether it appear to me. 4 in the open air. 8 Progressive " 23a§ ©ott ftybftj tjl gut." <5r ertt>at:tete rufjig Me 5)3lorgen= r6i$e. 2CIS er an§ S^or lam/ fanb er Me Sfyore offen/ tie ©tabt uerwujtet, beraubt unb geplunbert. (Sine ©d)aar dauber war etngefatlen, unb ^aitt zUn in biefer Sftadjt bie (Stnwofjner ge* fangen gcf&jftct ober getobtet. gr war wfdjonet. tt ©agte id) md)t," fprach cr, "ba£ TOeS, it>aS ©ott ftytft, gut fet) ?"— 9tur feften wir meiflenS am SKorgcn erjl, warum er un§ etwa§ beS 2(benb§ t>erfagte. 12,— £>ie v^ier ^a^reSjeiten* 1 2Cd), wenn'S bod) immer Winter bliebel fagte (Srnft/ 2 al3 er einen $ttann son ie S85einfi8cfe waren mit reifen Srauben be^angen* auf ben SDftftbeeten fa§ man wofylfdjmecfenbe SDtelonen liegen/ unb bie 3weige ber SSaume wurben son reifen gtucfyten nieber-ge^ogen. 20 £)a§ warerfi 21 ein redjteS geji fur unfern (Swjt/ ber 9ttdjt§ lieber 22 afi, ats Dbji. £>te ferine 3eit, fagte fetn SSater, wtrb baib soruber fetn/ ber Winter ifl fd)on sor ber Zfyfct urn ben vf>erbft §u aertreiben. 2(d)/ fagte (Smfiv id) woffti bap er weg bliebe/ 23 unb ba$ e£ tmmer 4?erbft ware? SQSolIteft bu ba$ wirfttd)? fragte fetn Setter. SBirfiidfo \ war feine ttntwort. 20>er/ fufjr 24 fein £ater fort/ inbem er tk (Sdjreibtafel au6 ber Safdje gog/ 25 ftef) 26 bod) etnmat/ wag &ter gefdjrieben ftef)t$ BeS^ bod). "3d) wollte/ ta§ e£ immer Winter ware!" Unb nun lies etnmat fjfec auf biefer ®titt, tva§ fle^t benn ba? " 3d) wotlte/ baf? e3 tmmer grunting ware P Unb was auf biefer @ette tyier ? 13 frisked about. H effen/ to eat. 15 liefen fein/ enjoyed themselves the whole day. 16 is it not so ? 17 in returning, separ. compound. 1S I wish. 19 jubringen/ to spend. 20 Sftie= bergte^ert/ to weigh down, separ. 21 really. ** liked nothing better. * weg=bteiben/ to stay away. 24 fortfar)rert/ to con- tinue. 25 jie^en/ to draw. 26 just look here. 27 read, imperative from tefen/ to read. 10 Progressive u 3d) ttjolfte/ baf? e§ immer (Sommer it>5rc?" £ennft bu/ futyt er fort/ bit #anbi bte btefe6 gefd)rieben §at ? S)aS fjabe id) gefd)rieben/ antroortete (Srnft. $ a t e *: . Unb rca§ ttftn[df)teji bu jetftt eben ? @rn{t. 3d) nmnfdjte/ baf? eS immer #erbjt fein m6d)te! £>a§ iff bod) fonberbar genug/ fagte ber SSater. 3m SStntes rofinfdjteji bu ba$ e$ SBStntet/ im grubtinge, baf* e§ grfibtfng, im ©ommer ba£ e£ (Sommer, unb im £erbfre, bafj eS ^crbjl fein m5df)te. Senf einmal nad), 2S was foXflt 29 . wotjl barauS? - @ m ft. £5af alle Sa^rcSgettcn gut ffnb. S3 a t c r . 3a> bap ffe atfe reid) an greuben, tctd) an manmg* fattigen ©aben ffnb, unb bag ber liebe grofe ©ott met beffer feine fffiett eingeridjtet 30 %at f ais »fc armen 3Dtenfd)en wrjiebn. (Sampe.) 13.— 25 er aSogeljleller. 2Cuf einem (Spa^iergange 1 lam £ung=£fee mit feinen @d)fi(ern an etnen SSogetberb* faben bem SSogelftetfer au ; rote er bte itn 5Rc^ gefangenen SSSget in Mftd)te ttertfyeitte. 2 @$ 3 waren iunge S36get$ SngjlUd) fudjten ffe ibren greibett, abet sergebiidr " 3d) febe lauter 4 junge ©efangene, 5 fprad) £ung=£fee gum SSogellietfer* wo ftnb bte TOen ?" 6 2S imperative, from nad)benfen/ to reflect. 29 what conclusion do you draw. 30 etnvid^ten/ to arrange, separable. Separable verbs take the augment ("ge") between the particle and the verb. 1 2Cuf einem aU tyz $fybxt, &>a£ biefcr -DJlann fagt? fSSte bet ben SSbgeln, fo bet ben Sftenfdjeiu 2Cn= mafjenbe Mlmrjetr, ungemejfeneg 3utrauen auf ftd)/ ©tolj auf Me Heine 2£iffenfd)aft, auf ba$ roenige SSetbtenfi/ roa§ fte erlangt r)at tretbt 13 unoorftd)ttg bte 3ugenb tn§ SSerberben. ©te oerfterjt 2£tte3/ fte iff uber nidjts tferlegen. £etnen 2CeIteren barf fte §u SRaty in- tyxi, ta fte OTeS bejfer »etji aid Me 2Clten. @o fliegt fte iljren eigenen SBeg, ins erftc befle $lt§, ba§ fte auffangt" " Gnnige 2CUe beumnbern bte auffpruljenben gun! en ber Sugenb, sertrauen ftd) ifjr/ folgen t^nen fogar, reben unb rjanbeln rote fte/ unb ftnben am (£nbe ftd) mtt ifynen In (Sinem 9?e§ gefangen : be§ t!)6rid)te 2CXter neben ber tfyortdjten 3ugenb. Senft/ metne greunbe/ an ba§, roa§ ber SSogelfMet fagre." (£erbev.) 14.— £a§ fo jib are tfrdutiein* 3tt>et 9Jtagbe, SBrtgttte unb SSalbburg, gingen ber &tabt §U/ unb jebe tvug etnen fd)roeren &orb coll £)bjl: auf t)tm £opfe» SSrtgttte murrte unb feuftte bejtanbig$ SGSalbburg aber ladjte unb fd)er§te nur. SBrtgitte fagte ; fSSie magft bu bocfy lad)en ? £>ein £orb tjt ja fo fd)n?er ; it>te ber meinige, unb bu btfl urn md)t§ ftarfer/ al§ id). 7 demonstrative pronoun — the latter, as jener for the for- mer. 8 than to allow themselves to be caught. £ie£en/ subjunctive of laffen. 9 entgel)en< to escape, gov. the dat. 10 fangen. to catch. u perhaps. 12 fly after, see Observ. Ollen- dorff 49th lesson. 13 treiben/ to drive — hurry — although here are three subjects to the verb, it is placed in the singular, which is frequently the case in German, when the various subjects are considered of equal effect. 12 Progressive SMbburg fpracfy : 3d) $abe em gettJtffeS £rautlem §ur 8a|l gelegt, unb fo ful)le id) fie faum* mad) e§ aud) fol @i! rief SSrtgttte, baS mug cin foflbareS £rautlein fern. 3* mod)te mir meine £aji bamtt aud) gern erletdjtem. eut : f$e. g>er biebtrc SDeutfdfoe fprtdjt nid)t siel 5 £ur& ift fetn ££ort/ ftarf few ©efutyl- bew treu SBSie ©olb— unb bod) fetn ©tftft)' bat;eL ©erab' unb ef)rltd) ift fetn £3raud&. @o nne er fpridjt, fo benlt er audt). ( 8. g. a 8 d) u b a r 1 f). ) 17*—© a § gute £ e i I m i ( t e I ♦ ^atfer Sofepty in SBien mar ein meifer unb wofyttfcattger SOfto* nard)/ roie jebermann rceig 5 aber ntd)t atfe £eute triffen, trie er einmal ber doctor geroefen ift unb eine arme grau gefyeilt fyat. (Sine arme franfe grau fagte §u ttyrem SBubletn: " £inb/ |>oX* mtt einen doctor/ fonft lann tcfy'S nimmer au$l)alten oov (Sdjmersen P £>a§ SSubletn lief §um erflen doctor unb §um gtreiten 5 a ber fei= ner rcollte lommen/ benn in £3ien foftet ein ©ang §u cinem ftranfen einen ©ulben/ unb ber arme jtnabe fyattt nid)i3/ a(§ Sfyranen, bie n>ot)X im #immet fur gute SKunje gelten/ aber nicfyt bet alien Seuten auf ber (5rbe. 2XX6 er aber gum britten doctor auf ttm 2£ege wax, fu§r langfam ber £atfer in einer offenen £utfd)e an tym rorbei. £)er £nabe fytelt ttyn rcofyl fur etnen retdjen £errn/ cb er gletd) ntd)t trupte/ bag eS ber ftatfet fet/ unb bad)te: 3d) will's uerfudjen. "©nabtger v£etr," fagte er, "rcolltet tfyr mir nid)t einen ©ulben fdjenlcn? ©etb fo barm= $er&tgr £)er £aifer bafyti: £>er fact's furj unb benlt/ rcenn id) ben ©ulben auf einmal befomme, fo braud)' i(i) ntdjt fed)gig= mal urn ben £reu§er p bettelm " Shut's ein 3n?an§tger nidjt aud) ?" fragt i$n ber £aifer. £>a3 SSubtetn fagte : " Sfcein I" unb offenbarte tynt/ n>o§u er be§ ©elbeS benotfngt n>are. 2C(fo gab tt)m ber &atfer ben ©ulben unb lief? ftd) genau son i^m befdjret* ben/ nrie feine Gutter tyetft# unb wo ftc rcolmt, unb roafyrenb c ' ■* Progressive bag SBuMetn aum britten doctor fprtngt, unb tie franfe $rau bafjetm betet, ber Uebe ©ott rootle ffc bod) ntd)t t^erlaffcn, fdfjrt ber £aifer m i^rer 2£of)nung unb Dcr^flUt ftd) cin roenig in feinen SKantel/ aifo bag man tfm nidjt red)t erfennen fonnte/ mi tfyn nid)t barum anfab. 2Ug er aber §u ber Iranlen grau in tyt <3tub* lein Sam— unb eg fa!) redjt leer unb betrubt barin aug— meint fte, eg fei bee doctor unb ergfityrt tf)m tfjren Umjlanb, unb wie fte nod) fo arm babet fei unb ftd) nidjt pftegen ISnne. £)er £aifer fagte : " 3d) will eud) benn jefct ein SKecept i>erfd)reiben," unb fie fagte tym, wo beg SSubleing (Sdjreibjeug iffc. 2C(fo fdjrieb er bag SKecept unb belefjrte bte grau/ in roeld)e 2Cpot*)efe fte eg fdjtcfen muffe/ roenn bag £inb fyeimfommt, unb legte eg auf ben Sifd). 2Cig er aber faum erne SOlmute fort roar, lam ber redjte doctor and). £)ie grau serrounberte ftd) ntdrt roenig, alg fte b5rte, er fei aud) ber doctor, unb entfdjulbigte ftd), eg fei fdjon fo etnev fca geroefen unb fyabe itjr etiuag uerorbnet, unb fte tyabt nur auf ii;r SBfibletn geroartet. 2Hg aber ber doctor bag SKecept in bit £anb natym unb fe^en roollte, roer bei tfjr geroefen fei/ unb roag fur etnen Zxanl ober roag fur bitten er tf)r serorbnet tyabe, er* ftaunte er aud) m$t roenig unb fagte §u tfyr : " grau, tyt fetb etnem guten 2Cr§te in tie #dnbe gefallen 5 benn er fyat exvfy funf unb §roan§tg £)ublonen serorbnet, betm gafylamt gu erfjeben, unb unten bran frefyt : 3 f e p § , roenn ifyr tlm fennt. (line f old>e 2lr,^ net l)dtt' id) eud) nid)t Derfdjreiben fonnen." £)a ttjat bte grau etnen SSlicE gegen ben £imme( unb fonnte nid)tg fagen oor £)anf* barleit unb Sprung, unb bag ©eXb rourbe fyernad) ridjtig unb o$ne tfnftanb son bem gafylamte augbe^afylt, unb ber doctor t>er= orbnete itjr etnen Zxanl $ unb burd) hie gute 2tr5nei unb burd) tie gute spflege; tie fte ftd) je|t oerfd)affen fonnte/ jtanb fte in roemg Sagen roieber auf gefunben Semen. 2Clfo $at ber Doctor bit Iranle grau gefyetlt unb ber £aifer bte arme/ unb fte lebt nod) unb t)at ftd) nadjgetjenbg rcieber Derbetrati)et. ( s& e b e ( . ) German Reader. 15 is*— £>er g-ranjofe unb ber (gngianber, cber ba§ SSi^at ber itonigtn* (Sin granjofe unb etn (Sngldnber trafen 1 etne§ £age§ in einem SBtrtr^aufe jufammen. £)er (Sngtanber fa? fdjon uber etne tyaibe (Srunbe ftumm unb pill in etner (Stfe, unb rcartete mit Ungebulb auf einen @§trurgu§$ benn er §atte einen 3atm, bet tfjrt fc^r fdf)mer§te/ unb ben wolltc er ausretjien laffen. £)et granjofe/ etn $Perructenma<$er/ roottte ben SBritten etn trenig §um Sejlen fatten $ 2 benn er glaubte/ 3 t>crfeXbe fet) bumm/ mil et: nt$t§ fagte. 2C(fo ftng er ein tangeS ®efprad) mit t§m an, njorin er tym bit ©rojjmutr; unb tie Sapfecf ett feiner fccmbSIeute/ fo rate aud) ben ffteid)tf)um unb bte @ro£e granfreid)§ xtymU, unb rate er fdjon etn guteS *Pferb fyaben muffe/ roewt er e3 in brei SSiertelja^ren burcfyretfen woilte. £arauf hat er tyn, etn @la§ auf t>a$ gB>o# feineS £bnig$ auSjuleeren. 2CW fie auS= getrunfen fatten/ *errt£ ber granjofe bte £embfraufe feiner alten/ abgettagenen £embe6/ unb.fagte: "@S lebe ber ^onigT' 4 " £err," fefcte er ijtnju, " 3|>r mfigt (Suren SSuf cnjlcctf aud) serreif en/ meinem £6ntge gu (Styren .— " ©et)t sum #enf ec#" entneberte ber (Sngtanber 4 " (Suer £emb ift laum gut auf bte spaptermufyle $ ba$ metnige 5 fyabe idt) nod) ntd)t brei SUtot auf bem Seibe gefyabt." 2Cber ber perructenmadjer t>erfe^te : " £>aruber tterjtelje td) I etnen (Spa? $ entroeber jerreif t 3tyr (Sure v^embfraufe/ ober 3*)r ntfijjt mit mir fedjten auf Seben unb Sob." ©a §errifj ber (Snglanber alfobatb bte #embfraufe, nmrbe 1 3ufammentreffen/ to meet. 2 §um £8ej!en Ijaben or fatten/ to joke at any one. 3 After glauben/ and similar verbs, (be? forgen/ bitten/ bebingen, befefylen/ erlauben/ etmatynen/ furtf)ten/ ^offen/ mcinen/ ratten/ fdjetnen/ roollen/ gweifein/) the sub- junctive mood is put. 4 long live the king ; eg/ always with the subjunctive mood, opens a sentence to convey a forcible sentiment, therefore when a wish is to be expressed. 5 the pos- sessive pronouns, mine, &c. are absolutely used in German with the definite article ber metnige/ (the mine). 16 Progressive freunbltd) imb rebfelig, unb er§ar;fte tern gran^ofen SRand&eS son (Sngfonb unb eon bonbon/ son ben #af)nengefed)ten unt> bem ^Pferberennen, bis enblid) ber GfytrurguS anfam. 2Cr§ btefer gefcagt rjatte, \va$ ber ^>err $u befefjlen $abe : 6 " @et)b fo gut," fprad) ber S3rttte, "unb rcift mtr biefen 3a$n t)ier au§, §um tfnbenfen an bte sertforbene ^rin^cfitn Charlotte* £err," fagte er, inbem er ftd) $u tem grangofen wanbte, " 3*>r bletbi ftfcen, unb rfi^rt 6ud) rrfd&t." 2CIS ber 3a$n SjerauS war, uberreidjte er bem 3ar;nar§t erne ©utnee, unb fefcte r;ingu : (C &f)ut mtr nun ben ©efatTen, unb *ier;t btefem #errn ba ebenfaUs einen §af)n auS, §u (Styren meiner £onigin.' 5 £)er $PerrMenmad)er aber wurbe ernftljaft, unb serftdjerte^ bte ©acfye fer/ nid)t gXeify £)od) ber gngMnbcr erwiebsrte: "(Sntweber la£t 3£)r,(£u$ fogtetd) ben 3a^n aus&ie&en/ ober id) bof)re (Sud) alfobaib mit metnem £)e$en an bte SBSanb." £abad)teber£aarfrau§ter: "3d) !)abe gu £au[e neun £inber, unb mein £cben ijl bod) fojtbarer, al§ etn 3af)n." 2Clfo be* quemte er ftd), ber Operation fid) §u untergiet)en, unb bte betben gremben fdjteben 7 al§ greunbe Don einanber. 2lber crfs bcr (Snglanber fort war, fagte ber gran&ofe §u ben 2Cn* wefenben: "3n 3u!unft will i^) feinen Sftutfymllen mefyr treiben mit einem Unbefannten. $bxt mir nidjts an, 8 wenn i^ rebe?" (3. 3>. *cbel.) 19,— 2Me S*<*u m-f t bem JSorbe* ©in SDtutterdjen, ba$ auf bem frummen SRficfen SGflit etnem fdjweren $orbe feudjf, ©aty einem gufyrmann nad) mit fefynfud)t§t>ollen SSltcfcn. ©ie i)att' tf)n trimmermefjr erretd)t, 6 After fragen, fagen, ergarjlen, and similar verbs, by which we quote our own words, opinions or thoughts, or those of another, in the oratio indirecta or obliqua, i. e. with ba$ f or but baf* understood, the subjunctive mood always follows. 7 fdjeiben, to part. s Do you not perceive in my pronunciation, that I have lost a tooth > German Reader, 11 £ielt er md)t felber an. « 2td)! n fprad) fte# "Xteber guter Sfltomi! 9Ufym' er mid) wo&l auf fetnen SBagen? (5c pe^t'S/ »te fel)r id) mid) mu£ platen 5 3d) roollte gem erfenntlid) fein, OTetn id) |)abc mdftts !"— " £ommt/" pel ber gut)rmann ein, "^ommt/ jleigt tjerauf^ bod) madbt gefd)tmnb$ (53 bldft mic ber fatale SStnb Unb auf ber meinen Jtorb nad) £aufe fat)ren ?" 20«— ©panifcfye SJtamen* (2£nefbote*) (5$ tfi bei 1 ben (Spaniern nid)t^ ungemeineS/ 2 t^rcn £inbem ■ mele teamen gu geben/ weldjcS tynen btStreilen 3 nad)tbeilig 4 ge= rcefen. £)aoon 5 folget 6 fyier ein sprobe: 2Cl§ ein ©panter, ber auf einem ber 5^ad)lommen 7 beS S^ofnnante ritt/ roeld)e§ $ferb/ nad) beffen 9ftagerfeit 8 §u urt^cilen, 9 bie gaften 10 md)t tremg beoba^tete/ 11 aid ba3 berutymte SReit* $)ferb be§ £)on tluifdjotte 5 1 bet/ by. 2 ungemein/ unusual. 3 biswetlen/ sometimes. 4 nad)t$etltg/ disadvantageous/ 5 baoon/ of which. 6 folgen/ to follow. 7 sftad)! ommen/ descendants. s Sftagerfett, leanness. 9 ju urt^eilen, to judge. 10 bte gaften/ fasts (abstinence.) 11 beobad)ten/ to observe. c 2 IS Progressive aU biefer ©panier/ fa^e id)/ aUexn in einem £)orfe in gran! retd) fpat in ber 9tad)t angefommen war/ 12 wotfte er barinnen t)er* bergen, 13 weil fein $ferb bie $rafte nid)t fyatttt tt)n wetter $u tragen. £)a er nun an ber S&fit beS SBtrt^g^aufeg, 14 fo an biefem £)rte 15 war/ angeflopfet/ fragte bee §83ttt$ burd) bie Stmr: was man fo fpat Don if)m serlangte ? 16 SSorauf bee sftetfenbe antwortete: 3$r follt 17 befyerbergen £>on ©andjes 2C I p l) o n f e= ERamire= 3 u a n= $ e b r o~ (Sartor grancifque- ©omtntgue be SfcoicaS/ be ©tuniga be la§ guenteS. tfls ber SBirtl)/ ber nur ein $8zttt §u geben 15 t>aitc, biefeS gel)6ret/ 19 ging er wieber nad) feinem S5ette §U/ nad)bem er mit einer Ijarten 20 unb unt)6flid)en 21 ©timme ge= fager. 9Mn ^ au § ijj ffo j- ^{ c j e g ro ^ e £erren t>on (Spanien 22 mel %\x flein. 2K-£)er ©d)oopf)unb unb ber jtettenfounb* (Sin liebeS £unbdjen war gtnettc/ Jttetn/ niebltd)/ weijkr alS ber (Sd)nee$ rt/ place. 16 t)evlangen ; to want. ^ 3§r fottt, you must. 18 geben/ to spare, (give). l9 fyoren/ to hear. 20 ^arfen/ rough. 21 un§6fXid^/ uncivil. 22 grope ^erren son ©pantett/ Spanish Grandees. German 'Reader. ;c #m!" fprid) ber greunb/ "ba§ m$V id) tange,* ©§ §u ergttinben/ tft nid)t farcer ; £aS fommti metn greunb, com SDKtfnggange Unb con ben guten Sagen t;er." ( (S d} w a b e . ) 22*— S5 er £on)e unb ber # a f e ♦ (gin S6tre rcutbtgte 1 einen brolligen £afen feiner na£)em j8efamttfdja.fi 2Cber iff es benn toatyi fragte tbn einfr ber 4?afe/ baS end) Soiren em etenber frabjenber £ab;n fo ieid)t cerjagen 2 tann? 2CtIerbing§ 3 ijr e§ ivaty, antwottete ber S6roe$ unb es ift sine atfgememe 2Cnerfennung, ba$ rcir grogen Sbjiere burd)= gangig 4 etne gettriffe fletne ©dbwa^eit an uns 5 tyaben, ©c rotrft bit/ jum drempei, con bem (Slcpfjanten geb-crt ^aben/ tag tfym ba$ ©runjen eine§ ©djroeinS dauber unb (Snrfe^en errcecfr. 6 fS5ai;rr;aftt9 ? unterbrad) tr;n ber #afe. Set/ nun begretf 7 iber ftieg ndmiid) im gru*)Unge biefeS 3af)re$ fo fef)r/ bag tic SSorffabt unerrcartet fd)netl unter SBaffer ftanb. 2)a baten tie f)ierburd) fe§t bebrdngten SBn&o^nei: beg 2)ammeS/ bag man §u tyfcet Settling einen £)urd)brud) madjen mod)te$ ber £erjog unterftu^te if)r ©efud) unb madjte Me bringenbften SSorjMungen/ aber er fonnte e§ ntd)t burd)fe£en. @r fud)te atfo auf eine anbere 2Crt gu $etfen. (3d)on m frufyer Sftorgen* bdmmerung tilt er an tie gefdfyrttdjften |)lS|e/ fd)tcft £di)ne fort/ Idgt feine ^ferbe anfpannen unb arbeitet felbft fo/ bag ifym ber ©dtjroetg oom ©effete ftrSmt. (Sdjon roollte er in einem £af)ne sur SRettung ber Unglficfltdjen/ bk iammerooll in ben SQStnb ijtnein tyultttt, fyinuber fatjren $ aber man t)ielt itjn su- rucf/ tnbem cben tie glut*) ©tabt unb SSorfrabt burd) einen furd)terlid)en £)ammrtg uon einanber trennte. SRun xvixb ber Sammer nod) grofkr* benn me^rere SSogen ber SSrucfe reigen fid) Io§. £od) bdumen fid) tie er§urnten £Bogen$ tie Siefe offnet ftd)/ unb bte fSMen fd;lagen mit tobenber ®zxvalt an3 Ufer. £>er £eraog ffetyfS unb trill fort 5 umfonjt— er finbet feincn/ ber tyn fdfyri ©cfyon rcar er/ migmutfytg unb tiefge* beugt burd) ba§ glenb/ rceldjeS er/ otyne §elfen §u !onnen/ mit anfefyen mugte/ nad) £aufe geeiltj aber ein neuer EKuf ergretft it)n bort (Sine Gutter jtfirji in fein Simmer unb bitted bag ber $prin§ einen Sofyn §ur SRettung tfyrer £inber fdjaffen moge. (St fonnte nid)t tyelfen.— 3e£t fcfylug btc ©lotfe sn>5lf/ unb bie §£ot§ in ber £)ammttori!abt rcar aufs l;6d)jTe geftiegen. 2Bie letdjteS 9Xoo§ fdjraemmten bk §tutf)en bte #aufer fyinroeg 4 ^Bdurne/ tie ben §eftigften (Sturmen ttuberftanben unb Sabr* i)unberten getro^t fatten/ nmrben mit ber 2£ur$el fyerauSge- rtjfen/ unb bag ganje £anb war eine roette wogenbe (See. $ter 1 d)reit ein ©rets auf bem §erfd)metterten S)ad)e feineS ^)aufe§ 5 oort ringt ein anberer mit htm taufenbarmigen &obe$ l)od) in bem bunleln ^etfyer t)inein ertont bag 3ammergel)eul bee urn £ulfe gleljenben. Seopolb ocmimmt'S mit ©d)aubern/ unb langer t)dlt e§ fein German Reader. 5>1 ebieS ^er^ nid)t auS$ benn Me £tage be§ SammerS Hang bretmal fd)recflid)er barin. " 3d) uriH fte rcttcn/ biefe ttngtuc^ iid)en, menu anbere SD?enfd)enf)anbe gu furd)tfam ober §u f^ilafttg finb ! 3d) bin em 5DZenjd)/ trie fte/ bin fdjulbtg* meine SSruber §u retten, unb settraue bee 23orfe!)ung ! " (So fprad) er, jlteg in bem £a§n unb fufyr ab/ gefufyrt Don einem alten, erfaf)renen ©djtffer. ©djort ftnb fte bem Sanbe na!)e$ aber ein treulofer SSeibenbaum/ ber feine 3rceige unb £8ur§eln unter bem Staffer um^erjlretfte, jremmte ftd> gegen ben £abn$ baS Sorbertfyetf be§ tfafyns fttef an eine Clipper ba$ gafyr^eug fd)lug urn, unb sprtnj unb ©d)iffer Dctfanlcn in ben tobenben gluten. £)ie @d)iff§leute ttmrben eine tyatbe (Stunbe nad$er gerettet* abcr bet 5>rinj tsarb has £>pfer fetneS eblen £elbenmurt)e$. (£ein So^n tft bie £od)ad)tung unb Siebe alter ©uten unb ein fd)6neS £enfmal bet granffurt, roeldjeS feinen Sftamen seretrigt. 24*— g ine © t e t b e f c e n e* 3d) rcatb sor einigen 3at;ren, erj&^tte mir ein alter etyrtt&y btger, dd)t esangettfefyer ^prebiger au§ einer preufsifd)en ©tabt/ fpfit 2Cbenb§ ju einem alien ^ufarenwadjtmetfter 2 gerufen/ ber son mir Srofr auf bem SobeSbette 3 unb £armd)ung 4 beS tyeitigen 2Cbenbmaf)t§ begefjrre. (S$ rcaten gelbprebiger 5 tm £>rte an- rcefenb, unb id) rcanbte ein/ 5 bag id) §tt)ar oon #er§en berettmitlig \iX), bem ^ranfen gu bienen/ aber feinen tf)m serorbneten ©eiffc* tfdjen nid)t »of>l eorgrofen I onneJ @r ^abe aber, fyiejj e$, 8 ein gan§ befonbereS 23ertrauen §u mfc# feitbem er mid) etnigemai prebigen gef)6rt partes unb fo mad)te id) mid) 9 benn &u bem mir 1 ^ferbefcene/ death-bed scene. 2 £ufarenrcad)tmeifter, ser- geant of hussars. 3 Sobesbette/ death-bed. 4 £>arreid)ung/ ad- ministering. 5 gelbprebigeo chaplain in a regiment. 6 roanbre ein, einwenben/ to object, reply. 7 aber feinen fym Der* orbneten ©etftlicfyen nid)t sorgteifen fonne, but could not well interfere with the duties of the chaplains appointed for him. 3 f)iefi e3/ it was said. 9 fid) auf ben £Seg madjen^ to set out, to proceed on one's w r ay, 22 Progressive gan£ unbefannten Marine auf ben SOSeg. 3m fpaten 2Cbenb* bunfel 10 fdjritt id) burd) bte ^ornfelber tec SSorjlabt 11 t>tn/ unb fragte einen mir begegnenben (SfyirurguS/ ob er oteUeid)t v oon bem 2£ad)tmetjrer fommc/ su bem man mid) fo eben gevufen fyabz. 3a tpojl/ tt?ar bte 2Cntwort. £)er 50^ann ro'fcb morgen nrieber befferfegn* e§ tfHfym etn ©efdjrour tm Seibe aufgegangen/ unb fyat bte drifts glucfttd) entf crjteben. 12 3d) gtng bann met ne§ 2Bege3 wetter/ unb f am in Um fCetnen £aufe an/ trat in bte ltd)tleere 13 ©tube Jnnein/ wo mir ber £ranfe au$ einem grofen ©arbtnen* bttti fo enrgegen rodjelte/ 14 bafj id)— mtt ©terbetagern sertraut 15 — bte SKctye bee tfuflofung 16 serfpurte/ aud) ber JpauSfrau/ in bem fte mir £td)t beforgte/ 1 ? fret §erau$fagte/ bafj rjter nur wenig ju Soffcn fer> 18 ba§ Sidfot lam, unb ^eigte mir Me 3uge be3 tangem etjrrcfirbtgen SDcanneS tm SSorgtanse ber tolbtgen SSerliarung. 19 ©e*)n ©te mir ttrillf ommen/ fagte er tm tiefen SBaf?/ 20 unb brutfte meine £anb. #err SBadjimetfter/ fagte id), wie alt ftnb ©ie ? ©ed)S unb ftebenjig 3af)re. SBie tange btenen ©ie ? 21 @r nannte eine mir entfaUene §fo$l con Safyren. 22 £)a tjaUn ©ie ja ben 10 3m fpaten tfbenbbunfel/ late in the dark of the evening. 11 SSorfrabt/ suburb. 12 entfd)eiben/ to decide. 13 itd)t(eere/ dark. 14 too mir ber ^ranle/ &c, where the rattling in the throat of the sick man met me. 15 mit ©terbelagern sertraut/ familiar with death-beds. 16 bte SKarje ber 2Cuflofung/ the approaching dissolu- tion, v gid&t beforgen/ to fetch a light. 1S ba$ r)ier nur roentg §u Ijoffen \iX)t that there was but little to be hoped ; the passive infini- tive after the verb " to be" is rendered in German by the active infinitive 5 as, e§ tft ttenig %\x f)offen, there is little to be hoped. 19 unb §etgre mir bte 3uge be§ langen etyrrcurbtgen 9Xanne§/ &c. and shewed me the features of the tall, venerable man, lighted up by the splendor of a glorification that was soon to come. 20 tm tiefen $8a$, in a deep bass voice. 21 £Bie lange btenen ©ie/ how long have you served ? the present tense is used in German, in this and similar instances ; but if he were no longer in service, we should ask, g£te (ange fyaben ©ie gebient. ^ er nannte eine mir entfaUene Satjl son 3a$rem he mentioned a number of years which has now escaped my memory. German Header. 23 gangen ftc ben ja^tigen £riegrmtgemad)t? 23 Satt>o$L Unb ftnb in mand;em bebeutenben d5efed)te getrefen ? §8crjie$t ftd). 24 $at ©ie aud) mo^l grtebrtd) felbft etnmat angefu()rt ?- 5 3a 32 »ier# funf junge £ufaren traten in bit Srube. (£§ mod)ten »o$ fonfr nrilbe 23urfd)en fepn r 33 aber fter an i^es alten ££affenmeifrers 34 SobeSbeite rceinten fie bitterlid). @r gab il;nen alien bte £anb, feinen (Sprue!) uneber^clenb : furdt)- let ©ott/ unb serlaffet tyn nimmer, fo nnrb aud) er eud) nid)t rerlafjen. 3fyr fe^ti fe|te er binju, 35 bag @c mid) fogar in metner Sobe^unbe mdjt ueriafit. — 5)ann reidjte id) ifym ba£ beiltge tfbenbmafjt,* er empfing e§ mit f)er§inntger 36 Sprung, unb betere frafttg. 3 " £)a3 §R5d)eln nabjm 5U5 33 n;at)renb id) uber 33 £a ^aben Ste \a f Sec, why then you have been in the whole of the seven years war. 24 SSerftefyt fid)/ to be sure, of course. - 5 Jgat Sie aud) wefyh &c, has Frederick himself per- haps once led you to battle. 26 rcenn e3 r)tej?/ when the word of command resounded. 2 ~ 9?un, well. 2S ©ott Sob/ God be praised. - 9 nat)ra- toofyti tt>af;rner;men, to perceive. 30 bfc ^terbenbe/ the dying man. 31 fyief / ^eifen# to bid. 32 Stir a/ about. 33 (g§ mod)ten/ &c, they might otherwise be wild fellows. J4 £3affenmeiftetv instructor in arms. ffi fe|te er ^tnjU/ ^inju? fe^en, to add. 33 fa^inma, heartfelt. 3 " frdftig/ fervently. 38 nafcm §u/ sunebmen^ to increase. 24 Progressive tyn Mtizi fd)Xtef er ruf)ig em. 3* ubergab tyn ben jangern £rieggteuten gur 23ejtattung 39 2£er fo {rirbt, bet: jHrbt wofjU 25.-2) ret g r e u n b e ♦ Sraue lemem greunbe, worm 1 bu tfyn ntd)t geprufet §a|t $ an ber Safe! beg ©ajtmafytg gtebf g mefyrere berfelben, alg 3 an ber Sfyure be§ ,£erferg. (gin 9Jtann fyatte brei greunbe/ gtr-et berfelben liebte er fefyr, ber brttte mat tfym gtetd)gultig, 4 ob biefer eg gtetd) am reblid){ien mit tym meinte. 5 (Stnjl marb er ttor ©ectd)t geforbert/ 6 too er un[d)ulbig, aber tjart serflagt war. rt SBer unter eud)," fprad) er ; " will mtt mix gefyen unb fur mid) §eugen ? 7 £)enn id) bin tyart serftaget worben unb ber $5mg §urnet." £)er erflc feiner greunbe entfd)ulbigte ftd) fogteid), bag er nid)t mit ttym gefyen !6nne tt>egen anberer ©efdjfift. 2)er §weife be= gleitcte ifyn big 8 §ur Satire beg SKicfytbaufeg 5 ba rcanbte 9 er ftd) unb ging $uruc£ aug gurdjt 00c 10 bem gormgen 9ttd)ter. £)er brttte/ auf t>zn er am wemgjten gebauet 11 ^attc/ ging tyinein, rebetc fur it)n unb §eugete Don fetner Unfdjulb fo freubtg, bag ber SRtdjter i^n togitefs 12 unb befdjenfte. £)rei greunbe fyat ber SKenfd) in biefer S&elt, rme betragen fie ftd) in ber (Stunbe beg Sobeg/ wenn tfjn ©ott »or ©erid)t forbert? &a$ (Mb, fein befter greunb, r-ertaffet 13 tyn suerjr unb ge&et md)t mit tym. ®eine SSerwanbten unb greunbe be= . 39 SBeftattung, burial. 1 wherein. 2 there are. 3 than. 4 the third he was indifferent about. 5 although he had the sincerest affection for him. The subject or case of the verb may be placed between " ob " and its component conjunction. 6 fobern or forbern, to summon. 7 geugen/ to give evidence, verb neuter; geugen, to beget, verb active. 8 to the. 9 wenben, to turn back, active irregular ; used here as a reflective. 10 of. u upon whom he had least relied. 12 to acquit. 13 t>erlafj"en, to forsake. German Reader. 25 gfctten i^n bis m $&&* ^ ©ra&e$ unb fetyren uneber tn U)re £au[er. ©er trtttei ten er im Sebcn oft am metfren m'ga§, 14 flnb feine wo^lt^dtiflcn SBcrle. @ie atlein bcQlctten ifjn &t§ pm Sfyrone be$ evid^terg/ fie getyen ooran/ fpred;en ffin t^ri/ unb finben SSarm^ergtafett unb ©nabe. (Berber.) 28.— Sic roujie SnfeU Gnn reid)eiv gutt^atiger 1 9)cann jrollte etncn fetner (gflauen gXucBXid) mad) en 3 er fcbenfte il)m tie gretyeit, unb tteg t$m ein te !cfrlid;cn fOSaaven oerfanfen im Sfteer, al(e feine ©efafyrten famen um, 14 unb er felbft erreid;te mit genauet Siotl) 15 bk Ufer einer Snfei. Jpungrig, nacct unb ctyne £iilfe gir.g er rtefer tn6 £anb, unb tretnte 16 uber fetn Ungluct", g16 er "ccn fern erne grope &tabt erfclicEte, aus ber 17 tfym etne 9Dfcena,e ls (stnroorjner mit lautem ^reubengefd;ret 19 entgegen lam: 20 "£etl unferm £6niger rtefen fie ifjm ju, fe$ten ibn auf einen pradjtigen 21 SBagenr 2 unb fu^rten- 3 t$n in bie &;abt. (St lam 24 14 ttergejfen, to forget. 1 guttl)atiger, charitable. 2 gemanben ein (Sdjtff ausrujten, to have a ship fitted out for one. 3 frembeS 2anb/ foreign country. 4 wudjern, to trade. 5 ®mim, the gain, e tein fetn, thine own. r abrcifen, to depart, a e ( n {g e 3^ a s ]- j0rt time, s auf/ at. 10 erfeeben, to arise. « £ltppe/ rock. 12 trerfen, to ..throw, is fcr-eirern, to wreck, 14 umfommen, to perish. 15 genauer 9lofy, great difficulty. 1 6 treinen, to weep, v au $ ber, from which, is 3Jt e ngc/ number. 1 9 greubengcfd)ret, ac- clamations. 20 entgegenlcmmen/ to come forth to meet. n prad;= tig, splendid. 22 &£agen, carriage. 23 fubren, to conduct. 24 fommen, to arrive. D 26 Progressive in 25 ben foniglid)en spaUaft/ too man ifym einen spurpurmantel anfegte/ 26 em £)iabem urn feme ©time toanb/ unb ifyn einen golbenen Ztycn beftetgen 27 iieg. 28 fete £3omer;men 29 traten urn tfm fyer/ fteien sor tfjm meter, unb fcfytouren/ im SRamen te§ gan^en SSollS/ ben (gib ter Sreue. 30 £er neue £6nig glaubte anfangs, 31 atle ttefe #errttd)t"eti 32 fei ein fd)oner 33 Sraum/ bi6 tie gorttauer 34 feincS @tuc!6 tyn nid)t met)r 35 gtoetfeln 36 tieg/ 37 bag btefe tounterbare IBegebentjeit nrirt> lid) unb xocfyt fei. 3d) begreife md)t, fprad) er bei 38 ftd) felbft, roaS bie tfugen tiefeS rcunterlid)en 39 SSolfeS be$aubert ijaf/ einen natften grembltng §u ifyrem Jlontge &u mad)en. ©ie toiffen gar nid)t, 40 wee td) bin* fie fragen nid)t, too td) fyerfomme/ unb fefcen mid) auf ttyren Sfyron. S(£a3 fur eine fonberbare 41 ©ittc tyerrf d)t 42 bod) in bief em £anbe J (So bad)te 43 er unb toutbe fo neugterig, bie Urfacfye feiner (Ste fyebung 44 junriffen, bag er fid) entfcfylog/ einen oon ben $ornef)men an feinem *g>ofe/ ber t$m ein rseifer 9Jlann p fein fd)ien, urn 45 bie 2Cufl6fung 46 biefeS SftatfyfelS ju fragen. 57 "£k§ier" 38 rebete 4 " er tfyn an/ "toarum rjabt tfyr mid) benn gu eurem ^onige gemad)t? 2£te lonntet ityr totffen bag id) auf eurer Snfei angefommen fet)? 50 unb toa£ reirb enbttd) 51 mit 52 mir loerten ?" 53 u £err," 54 anhoor* teteberSSe^ier, " biefe Snfei fyeigt 55 ba$ Sanb ber ^prufung 56 unb toirb oon 57 ISSefen eignet 58 2Crt betoo^nt. 59 ©ie fyaben »or tangen 60 25 in/ at. 26 (Stnem einen spurpurmantel anlegen/ to clothe one in a purple robe. 27 befteigen/ to ascend. 28 laffen, to cause. - 9 bie SSornefymen, the nobles. 30 ben &\b ber Sreue fd)moren/ to swear aliegience. 31 anfangg/ at first. 32 $errltd)fett/ mag- nificence. 33 f d) 6 n / agreeable. 34 gortbauer/ continuation. 35 nid)t metjr/ no longer. 36 gioetfeln bag etxva§ totrftidfo unb loafyt fet)/ to doubt the truth and reality of a thing. 37 laffen, to allow. 3S bet/ to. 39 tounbertid)/ strange. 4C ©te toijfen gar nid)t/ they have no idea. 41 fonberbare singular. ^ tyerrfdjen/ to prevail. 43 benlen/ to meditate. 44 Gfrrjebung/ elevation. 45 urn/ respecting. 46 2luflofung, solution. 47 fragen, to interrogate. 43 $e$ier/ Vizier. ^ anreben, to accost. 50 fei;, had. 51 enbltd)/ eventually. 52 mit/ of. 53 roerben/ to become. 54 $err> Sire. 55 tyeigen, to be called. 56 $>rufung/ probation. 57 oon, by. 5S eignetv peculiar. 59 beroo^nem to inhabit. m (ang, remote. Germo/a Reader. 27 Seiten ben 2£Umad)tigen gebeten/ 61 upnen jabriid) etnen ©ofpi 2tbamS ; 5 u fenben/ bafs er fte regiere. 62 £er Mmddittge Ijat ir>re SBitte angenommen/ 93 unb lafit alle 3a£re/ an tern namltdjen Sage/ etnen 9ttenfd;en an ifyrer Snfel lanben. £)fc (Stmr-cfcner eiteir 4 tym, rr-ic ha gefe^en tyk% freubig 65 entgegen/ 4 unb erf ennen 65 if^n fur ibren £berf}errn j 6 * aber fetne fftegterung bauert nid;t langer alS ein Satyr. 3ft btefe 3ett serfloffen/ 63 unb ber bcftimmte 79 Sag uneber er~ fd}tenen/ 70 fo roirb er fetner SSurbe 71 entfe|t v 2 man beraubt ityn be§ !6ntglid}en (Sd)mucfe3/ unb legte 73 U)ra fdbled;te £leiter 74 an. (Seine SSebtenten tragen t^n mtt ©eir-alt an3 Ufer/ unb legen 75 i$n in ein befonbers" 6 baju gebautes 77 S$iff< ba$ tfjn auf eine anbere Snfel bringt. 73 £ie[e Snfel ifl muft 79 unb cbe 5 50 ieber ber nod) cor sl n?emgen Sagen ein madniger &onig rear/ I cmmt 32 fym nacft an/ unb finbet treber Unterttyanen ncd) greunbe/ niemanb mount an feinem Unglucf Sfyeitr 3 unb er mug in biefem rcujren 2antc ein trauriges 34 unb fummeroolles 8 * 5 Seben fufjrcri/ rrenn er [ein Satyr nictyt Hug angetrenbet tyat $la$) ber SSerbannung be§ alten £Smg§ getyt ba§ SSolf bem neuen/ ben tfjncn bie SScrfebung 55 tc5 ^Cllmaotytigen jebeS 3af)r ctyne 2CuSnabme fenbet/ aur 7 bie geiretyn^ Uc^cSGSeife S3 cntgegen/ unb nimmt tf)n mit gtetcr;er S9 greube/ mte ben ocrtgen auf. Stfefr ^ertv ift bas etrige @efe£ biefe€ 9teid}e€< ba$ fein &omg u?atyrenb femcr SRegierung auftyeben 90 faira." " same. 90 aurlebcn/ to abrogate. 91 -SSorgdnger/ predecessor. Q- fragen/ to ask, enquire. 28 Progressive ter, 93 " son biefer f ur^en £auer unterrid)iet gewefen ?" ft £einem uon Sfynen," antwortete bee $e$ier, " war biefeS @efe£ bcr SSer= ganglidjfeit 94 unbefannt* aber eintgc lie£en 95 [id) son bem ®lan*e, bet' tljren Sljron umgab, serblenben* ftc wrgafien tie traurtge 3ufunft, unb serlebten 96 tyr Satyr ofyne weife §u fein. 2Cnbere, betaufdjt 97 son bet (Surfeit i^rcS ©tucte 93 getrauten 99 fid) nid)t an ba§ (Snbe tfyrer #errfd)aft 100 unb tljren funfttgen 2£of)nort 101 auf bee wuften Snfcl §u benfen, au$ 102 gurd)t, bic 2Cnnei)mltd)= Mt m be§ gegenwarttgen (55enuffe6 ^u oerbittern > 104 unb fo tau~ melten 105 ftc wte Srunlene 106 au$ 107 etner greube in bte anbere, 105 bi§ tfyre Sett urn war, unb fie in bag on btefem fur^en Satyre uerftoffen waren, unb ba$ er eiten mufte,, bte ubrigen 115 Sage fetner SRegterung befto beffer 511 nu£en. 117 " heifer Skater," antwortete er, " bu tyaft mir mein I unfttgeS ©d)ttf fat unb bte f ur§e £auer metner f oniglicfyen SDlad)t entbedt $ aber x^) bitte bid), fage mir aud), was id) tfcun muf , wenn id) ba§ (Slenb meiner $organger oermeiben will." 118 130 fceffen dimvo^mt bid.) nad) beiner SBerbannung mit greuben aufnefymen. 131 libit ctte^ lag letnen 2Cugenblicf unge- nufct 132 r-orbeigerjen 5 benn bie 3eit ift fur* unb }e rncljr bu §um 2Cnbau 133 beiner funftigen 28o§nung tbjufr/ befto gtucflicr;er witb bein 2Cufentt)aXt 134 bort fegn. (Denfe bein Satyr fei morgen fd;on um$ unb nu|e betne grei^eit/ »>ie etn fluger glucrjtltng, 13 ' 5 ber bem Skrberben entgetyen will. fSenn bu meinen fKatt) terad)tefr, cber gauberjr unb fd;ldfrig rmrft/ fo bip bu uerloren/ unb langes (Slenbifr bein £ooS." £er &omg mar etn fluger sfllann, unb bte EKebe beg SUtfntfrerS gab feiner (sntfcfyltefjung unb Sfyattgfett gtugel. dt fanbte fo* gleid) cine Sflfcenge (Stnroofmer ah. ©ie gingen mit greuben unb griffen ba$ SBerf mit (Stfer an. 1 ' 66 £ie Snfel ftng an/ fid) in oer= fd)6nern/ 137 unb erje fed}S 93?onben ttergangen rcaren, jranben fdjen (Stable auf ityren blufyenben 2(uen. £>emungead}tet 13S lief; 139 ber £6nig in feinem (gifer nid)t nad)* er fanbte tmmer metyr 140 Grin= 119 l)inau6gel)en/ to depart from. 120 (g§ ift alfo nur ein ein= gige§ SOHtrel moglid}/ therefore only by one expedient is it pos- sible. l21 Mangel/ want. 122 sorgubeugen/ to provide for. 123 befe|en/ to fill. 124 eine ?>J?enge/ a number. 125 tyintiber/ thither. 126 gelb/ plain. l2 ' rerfeljen/ to provide. 123 nottyburfc tiq t necessary. l -$ bereiten, to prepare. l3 ° SKetd)/ kingdom. 131 aufnetymen/ to receive. *32 ungenu^t, unemployed. 133 §um 2TnbaU/ for the improvement. & 2Cufettttyalt# abode. 135 glud)t= ling/ fugitive, ^ bag SBerf mit (Sifer angretfen/ to set zealously to work. 13 ? t>erfd)6nern/ to improve. 13S bemungead)tet/ never- theless. 139 nadjlaffen/ to abate. 140 tmmer mfyxi more and more. 30 Progressive wotyner tymuber/ 141 unb Me folgenben waren nod) freubiger alfi hit erften/ ba fte in em fo rcotyl angebauteS 142 fianb gtngen/ bag ttyre greunbe unb ^Cnoerroanbten beraotynten. Unterbeffen 143 lam \>a$ (Snbe beS Satyrs unmet natyer. 144 £>ie t>origen £onige fatten sor biefem 2CugenbUtf ge^ittert/ an bem fEe ityre t>ergangtid)e 144 £errUctyf eit ablegen muften. 146 liefer 147 abec fat) itym nut (Setynfuctyt 148 entgegen: benn er gtng in cm £anb/ mo er ftd> burcty feme etgene Stydtigfett eine bauernbe 149 £8otynung 150 gebauttyatte. ©erbefiimmte Sag erfcfytenenbltdf). £5er£6nigtt>urbe in feinem ^aUajle ergttffen* 151 fetncS £)iabemS unb femes fbnigti- ctyen ^tetbung beraubt, unb auf ta3 uertydngntfwolk 152 (Sctyiff ge- bractyt/ bag ityn nad) feinem SSerbannungSort futjtte. £aum war er aber 153 am Ufer ber neuen Snfel gelanber, al§ 154 itym bte (§in= rootyner mit greuben eingegeneitten, ityn mtt grower (Styre empfmgen' unb fein £>aupt 155 flatt JeneS £)tabem§, beffen £err[ctyaft nur (£ t n Satyr wdtyrte 158 mit einem unmwelflidjen 157 SStumenlranje fctymfe cften. £)er OTmactyttge belotynte feine SBei§t}ett5 er gab tym bit Unfterbltd}! eit feiner Untevttyanen unb mactyte ityn ju ityrem enrigen ^onige. *fi % ^ ^J* •'F 5p 2)et vctd)e motylttydtige 5)J*ann iffc (5$ott$ ber ©flase/ bee fein 4?err forifenbet; tjr. bee Sftenfd) bet feiner @eburt$ bt€ Snfel, wo er anlanbet 158 ift bk SBelt 5 bte (ginwotyner, vreldjc itym entgegen f ommen/ ftnb bte (SUern 159 bte fur ben nactten SBeinenben 160 for- gen. 161 £)er ^esier, ber ityn son bem traurigen (Sctyidfale, ba§ itym betorjtetyt 162 unterrtd)fet, 163 tjt tie SSkiStyett. 25a3 Satyr feiner S^egierung ift ber £auf 163 be§ menfdbU^Kn SebenS/ unb bte ttujle Snfel wo er tyingefutyrt ipirb/ bie funftige SBSelt. £>ie 2Crbetter, 141 t)tnuber, over. l42 anbauen, to cultivate. 143 Unterbeffen/ meanwhile. 144 immer ndtyer, nearer and nearer. 145 ttergdng- lt$, transitory. 146 muffen/ to be obliged. 14 ? biefer/ the present king. 148 ©etynfud&f/ longing. 149 baucrnb/ lasting, 150 SBotys TiUng/ habitation. 151 ergreifen, to seize. 152 oertydngnif&oU, fatal. l53 aber, however. 154 alS, when. 155 |>aupf/ brow. 156 roatyren/ to last. 15 ? um>erwelf rtcty/ unfading. 15S bet, at. 159 bte (Sltern, his parents. 16 ° SBetncnben, the weeping one. 3C1 forgen/ to provide. 162 besorfletyen/ to await. l63 ber 2auf; period. German Reader. 31 ben et bd)in fenbet, ffnb bte guten SSBecfe/ bie er roS&renb fetneS 2eben§ t>errtd)tet. 164 £)ie £ontge abet, Me i>or u)m ba^tn gegangen (inb, ol)ne ubet ba$ Unglucf bag irjnen btofyte, nadjgubenfen fttvb bev grdptc £§eil bet SOtenf^env 165 bte jtd) bloS 166 mit irbifd)en gteuben befcfydf itgen 167 ofyne an tf)t Eeben nad) bem Sobe §u ben* fen s fte werben mit Sftanget unb (Stenb gejlraft, roett ffe sot bem S^ron be$ TOmadjugen mit teeren £dnben erfdjetnen. (Berber.) 27,— £)a§ jtinb bet IBarmfjerjt gf e it* 2U§ ber 2Cttm&d)tia,e ben Sffienfdjen crfd)affen rtollte, »etfam? meltc er ratfyfdjlagenb 1 bte oberftcn 2 (Sngel urn ft'd). '• (Srfdjaffe tyn md)tl" fo fprad) bet @ngel bet ©e ted) tig- ! e 1 1 5 3 " et n?irb unbtlltg gegen fcine 33tubet fcin/ unb i;att unb graufam gegen ben ©djrcSdjern 4 (janbetn." " ©tfdjaffe t(;n mct)t !" fo fprad) bit Gsngcl be£ griebenS. " (St mitb bte @rbe btingen 5 mit 9Tcenfd)enblut $ bet (Srjl* gebotne feineS ®efd)(ed)t§ tratb fetnen SBruber motben." " £>etn v^etltgtt)um 6 nrirb et nut Sugen enti?eir;en," 7 fo fptad) hex @nge( bet $3 a i) r t) c 1 1 / s "unb ob bu tfym bein SSilbnif* felbjr, bet Steue ©tegel attf fetn 2Cntli§ prdgte|r." 9 9£od) fptad;en fie/ al$ bte S5armf)er$tgfeit/ be$ eungen 25aterS KmgjreS liebjieS £inb, 511 feinem Stjtone trat, 10 unb feme £niee umfafjte. 11 a ^iib' tyn," fprad) fie/ " 23ater, &u bctnem SBtibe felbjr, ein £tebltng 12 betnet ©ute. SSenn atle beine SMenet tfyn tKrlaffen, mitt id) tyn fudjen, unb tym ttebenb beiftefyen unb fcine gefylet felbjr gum ©uten lenf en. £)e3 ®&)\va* djen £et§ will id) mttleihig mad;en unb $um (Stbarmen gegen ©djwadjere netgen. 13 SGSenn et 00m gtieben unb bet IQSa^rrjeit ittet, n>enn et ©eted)ttg!eit unb SSilltgfeit betetbtgt, 14 fo foilen 164 eerridjten/ to perform. 165 bte 20£enfd)en, mankind. 166 bios, merely, w befdjaftigen, to occupy. 1 consulting, considering. 2 supreme. 3 righteousness 4 etn (Sdjroadjet/ a feeble man, 5 to manure. 6 sanctuary. 7 to profane. 8 truth. 9 prdgen, to stamp, imprint. 10 jutteten/ to step to; in another sense, to assist. n umfafjen, to embrace, favorite. 1S to incline. l4 beleitigen, to offend. 32 Progressive feineS SrrtfyumS golgen 15 felbjt gurucf tyn futjren unb mit Stebe beffetrn." 16 £)er SSater ber SWenfdjen bilbete ben SDtenftiben. Sin fetylbat* fdm>ad)eS 17 @efd)cpf$ after in genera felbft 18 etn 36gttng 19 feiner ©ute, ©ofyn tec £8armfyerftigfeit/ ©ofyn etner Siebe/ tie nimmer ifyn oerldgt/ tmmer beffernb. (Srinnere bid) beine§ UrfprungS, 20 5DZenfd)/ roenn bu tyart unb unbilltg btfts son alien ©orte^(£igenfd)aften 21 §at SSarm&er* ^ t g f e i t gum %rtm bid) ertrafytt, 22 unb lebenb relate Mr ©rbarmung nur unb Me Si e b e tie mfitterlidje Sruft. (Berber.) 28*— 25 1 e t> r e i JR i n q e ♦ SSor grauen Saljren lebf ein SSttann im £5ften> £)er einen Sfttng Don unfd)§£barem Sffierif)' 2£u6 Kieber £anb befafii. £)er (Stein war etn £)pal/ ber fjunberi fd)6ne garben fptelte^ . Unb §atte bte gefyeime £raft Dor ©ott Unb SSJJenfdjcn angenefym §u mad)en, tt>er 3n Mefer 3uDerftd)t t$n trug. £Ba£ SSunber/ £)afj ifyn ber SJftann tm £)jten barum nie £som ginger tie? unb Me SSerfugung traf 2Cuf etrig ifyn bet feinem ^)aufe §u Sr^atten. 9Um!id) fo : er iiep ben SKing $on fetnen ©efynen bem ©eliebtejten Unb fe£te feft/ bag Mefer tMeberum ©en 2tfng Don fetnen ©ofynen bem t>ermad)e, ©er tym ber liebfle few unb frets ber liebfte/ £5*)n' anfetyn ber ©eburt, in Sraft attein ©eS Sftng'S, baS £aupt, ber gfirjl be§ £aufe3 roerbe. (So lam nun Mefer SRtng ^on ©or)n §u ©ofyn 2Cuf einen SSater enblici) Don brei ©otjnen/ £)ie atte brei tf)m gleid) getyotfam roaren, £)te alle brei er fotgltd) gleid) ju lieben ©id) nid)t entbredjen fcnnte. 9tur Don 3eit 15 Me golgen, the consequences, eerTcts. 16 to amend. l7 fail- ing, weak. 18 but even. 19 pupil. 20 origin. 2l divine at- tributes. 22 erroafylen/ to choose. German Reader. 3u 3*ir fdnen ii)m balb btx, balb biefer* balb £er brtitc— fo rote jeber pdj mtt tl)m TOetn befanb/ unb fetn ergtefsenb £et^ ©ie anbern jtuet ntd;t t^eilten — trurbtger £c$ SFungeS/ ben er bcmn aud) etnem jeten Sic fromme ©d&road^ett fjattc ju oecfpre^en. £)ae gtng nun fo/ fo Xanqf eg ging. 2£ttein (5§ lam sum ©terben, unb ber gute &ater £ommt in SScrXegen^ett. SSoflfommen gtetd) ^u mad;en. £aS geltngt £)em Mnftter. £>a er $m bte Swinge brtngt, £ann felbft ber Skater fctnen SDRufterring 9li$t unterfd)etben. grc$ unb freubtg, ntft di fetne (Sofcne/ jeben inSbefonbre 5 ©tebt jebem tnSbcfonbve fetnen (Segen— Unb fetnen Seeing/ unb fttrbt.— £aum wax ber Stater tobt/ fo fommt etn jeber Sfttt fetnem SKtng', unb jeber win ber gutjl £e§ $aufe§ fetn. 93tan unterfudjt/ man janft/ SOfam flagt. Umfcnft; ber red)te SRing rcar nidjt (Srrretsltd;/— raft fo unenreisltdv al§ VLi\$ je|t— ber red;te ©laube.— £>te af)r.— £er Slater/ SBetbeuerte jebeo fonne gegen il;n 9ttd)t falfd) geroefen fetn $ unb ef)' er btefes Stan tbnt/ uon etnen foXdjen lieben Stater, 2Crgn?6f)nen Talf', eb' muff cr fetne SBruber, 34 Progressive (So gem erfonft son tynen nur ba$ SSefte 23ereit *u glauben |et/ be§ fallen (Spiels Sejci^en * unb er roolle tte SSerrcittyer (5d)on au^uftnben ttiffen, ftd> fd)on rad)en.— £)er 5Kid)tet fprad) : rcenn it)r mir nun ben SSater 9ttd)t balb #ur ©telle fd)afft, fo weif id) eud) SSon meinem ©tu^le. £)enft t$r, bag id) SRattyfel 3u Ibfen ba bin ? £)ber garret tl)r, S8i§ ba$ ber red)te SRing belt $tunb eroffne?— £)od) Ijatt ! 3d) l)6re |a# ber redjte Sfang SSejt^t bie SSunberfraft betiebt §u mad)en/ fGox: ©ott unb 50£enfd)en angeneljm. 2)aS mug (Sntfdjeiben $ benn bie falfdjen Sftinge werben £)a§ md)t Ibnnen.— Sffcttttj wen Ueben gwei SSon eud) am meijlen ? — ^djneU, fagt an! 3^r fdjweigt ?- £)ie SRinge nrirfen nut gurucf unb nid)t SR:ad) 2Cugen?— Sebec tiebt ftd) felbcr nur 2(m meijlen?— D, fo fetb t()r alle brei SSetrogene SSefrugcr. (Sure Swinge (Sinb alle brei nid)t ed)t £)er ed)te SKing S5ermutl)lid) ging serloren. S)en SSerluft 3u bergen, ju erfefcen/ Itefj ber Stater 2)te brei fur einen madden, Unb alfo/ fu§t ber Sfadjter fort, n>enn il)r 9tid)t meinen Sftotty ftatt memeS ©prunes roollt,— ©ef)t nur!— SOtein ^ a ^ j| a ^ cc ter: tt)r neljmt SDtc or biefen ©tutyl. £a wfrb ©in treif'rer 50*ann auf biefem ©tu$le |t$«t# 2Cls i$# unb fpredjen. @e$t! or bem (Sdy(afgemad) beS £6nig£ wadjem urn biefem aufjutrarten, roenn er etiraS mlangte. 50^and)en irar btefeS gu befdjroerlid)/ unb fie ubertrugen bafyer, roenn bxe SRettye fte traf/ ifyre ^Bad^en gem an anbere. £er arme $)age (b. t. ©belfnabe) ftng an/ biefe 23ad)en fur anbere ju ubemebmen 5 fte ttmrben ifym cergutet/ unb ba6 ©elb/ ireld)e§ er bafur er^ielt, fdjtcfte er bann feiner Gutter. ©tnfr fonnte bet &cnig be£ Stfacr;t3 ntd)t fdhlafert/ unb ir-otlte fid) etwa§ ocrlefen lajfen. (Sr fltngelte/ er rief 5 attetn eS !am niemanb. Grnblid) jianb er felbft auf unb ging in ba$ 9teben- dimmer/ urn §u fel)en, ob fetn |)age ba tofire. £ter fanb er ben guten bungling/ ber bie ?£ad)e ubemommen tyattt, am Stfdjc ft|en. -23or it)m lag ein SSrtef an feine Gutter, ben er 5U fd)reiben angefangenj allein er tr-ar uber bem (£d;reiben eingefdjlafen. £er £6nig fd)ltd) Berber unb la£ hm 2Cnfang be§ SSrtef e$/ it>eld)er fo lautete: Ci 5Dcetne befte/ geliebtefte SDluttcr! 3e|t ift eg nun fd)on bie britte $tatyt t ba id) fur ©elb $&afyt ^abe. 36 Progressive SSeina^e fann id) es md)t mefyr aus^attcn. Snbep freue tdj mid), bag id) nun roieber serjn Scaler fur ©ie oerbient ^abe, rceldje id) S^ncn fyierbet fd^tcBe." ©erutyrt fiber ba§ gute ^er§ btefcg Sungtings lift bet £6ntg tfcn fty!afen# get)t in fein Simmer/ f)olt %mi Swollen mit Sufaten, frecBt t&m in iebe Safdje cine, unb legt fid) rmeber §u SSettc. 2Cl§ ber Gsbetfnabe erirad)te unb ba§ <55eXb in feinen Safdjen fanbr fonnte er n?ol;t benlen, xvo e§ t)ergef ommen fet. St: freute fid) ^rcar baruber/ roetl er nun feine SKutter nod) befjer unter* jru§en tomtit, bod) erfdbraf er aud) gugleid), tnetl ber £6nig tfjn fdblafenb gefunben tyattt. 2Cm ?))corgen/ fobalb er sum ^onige fan:/ bat er bemutfytg urn SSergebung tregen feineS £>ienf:fef)lerl/ unb banfte i|m fur ba§ gnabige ©e[d>ent\ £)er gute &onig tobte feine ftnbltctje fite'be/ ernannte tfjn fogletd) sum .Officier unb fdjenftc tytn nod) eine etgt * SOfad) freunblid) trarnt/ mi^ fyerslid) fd)tlt/ 2Senn id) mdji meine spfltdjt erfftllt, £>er i|l mein greunb/ @o roenig er'S aud) fdjeint. Sod) roenn mtd) einer fd)meid;elnb preifet, SDfctd) immer (obt/ mir md)ts serrceifet, 1 3u Severn gar bie $anbe beut' 2 Unb mir sergiebt/ el)' i^t) bereut/ 3 £)er tji mein getnb, ©o freunblid) er aud) fdjeint. ( © e U e r t . ) 1 reprimands me for nothing ; infinitive, aencetfen. 2 bieten/ to offer. Poets sometimes use beut (being a monosyllable) in the present indicative, instead of bUUt* 3 supply l)abe. German Reader. 37 29,— 23 dcfyterruf. %bxtt, wa§ id) eud) will fagen I tie GHocT f)at 3e^n gefd)iagen = 5e£t bctet unb je$t gel)t qu S3ett$ bod) Ibfdjt bag £id)t au§, e&' it)r ge§t$ fcfylaft fanft unb wol)l$ im ^)immel tt>ad)t em flared 2Cug' bie gange Vtafyt. Qbxzt, was \§ eud) will fagen ! btc ©locr> %at (Stlf gefdjlagen, Unb tret* nod) bet ber 2Crbeit fcl)tt>i%t/ unb wer betm £artenfpiel nod) ft|t ; bem fag' idb'S laut unb beut- ltd) nun : '3 tfl t)ot)e Sett/ nun au6§ururjn. £oret/ wa© id) eud) will fagen! bie ©locf* l)at gwolf gefd)lagen* 2Bo nod) bet filler SKittcrnadjt ein franfeS £*m uoll Summer wad)t/ ©ott geb' i$m Srcjl/ uerleir/ t^m Sftur/ unb fufjr'S bem fanften ©djtummer $u. £6ret/ wa$ id) eud) will fagen ! bk ©locT r;at GstnS gefd)lagen. Unb wo burd) (Satans Sift unb SKatb ein £)teb rjtnfdjletctyt auf bunllem spfab, id) tt>ill 9 d nid)t tjoffen/ bod) gefdjterjt'S: jo get)' ec fyetm/ fcin §Etd)ter fte$t'§. 4?6ret/ wa§ id) eud) will (agen ! bie ©locf' t)at §ta>ei gefd)lagen. Unb wem bk (Sorg 1 fd)on/ er/ eS ta&i fd)wer an bem wad)en v§er^en nagt: bee arnte Sropf/ fetn ©d)laf ijl fort5 ©ott forgtr Derlag btel) auf fetn 2£ort! ^>6ret, was id) eud) will fagen ! bie ©lotf' fyat £)rei gefd)Iagen. £)ie SQcor* genjiunb' am #tmmel fd)webt 5 wer fviebeoott ben Sag erlebt/ bet: battle ©ott unb faffe Sftutfy, get)' anS ©efcfydft unb fyalt' fid) gut. (9?ad) £ebel.) 31,— 25 cr 25 r f f i) u I m e i fi e r. £>a3 war ein ttberau^ 1 fluger SDlann, bet: $err ©d)uimei|fec SBeiftrid), 2 gelefyrt unb belefen in alien feltenen £)tngen/ unb fo fpt^finbig unb fdjarfftnntg tag eS gar md;t §u fagen ober §u befdjreiben war. 2Cuf 3 §wet (Stunben in ber Sftunbe lannten Me SBauern fetnett weiferen SOfcann/ al3 4 ben %txxn Quintet jrer SSeiftrid?/ unb bafytx fonntc eg aud) gar nid)t feblen, 5 bag in feine (Sdjule Me Sungen oon 5 weit unb brett tyer-famem urn was 7 SKecfytfdjaffeneS §u lernen. greiltd) war er ein ferjr ftrenger Sftaroi/ fo ba$ Me 1 very. 2 proper name. 3 within two hours walk around. 4 than. 5 bafycx fel)len, it was no wonder that. 6 oon breit/ from all parts. ' something proper. 38 Progressive Sungen eigentlid) 8 memger tf)n Xtebten, alg feme SSir!enrutt)e furdjteten, unb menn etner oollenbg gang 9 unb gar tternagelt mar, fo fdjtdftc er ibn balb nad) £aufe. 20>er audi) mand)er son benen, bic eg bet tym auggebalten 10 fatten, jMten 11 ftd) su £aufe, menn fte allenfallg ben *Pf(ug f%en follten, ober fonft cine notywcnbtge Arbeit rreiben, nod) ungefdjitfrer an, alg bettor fte in bk ©djulc gcfdntft morben maren, unb ba fagte aud) einftmalg etn SSater gu fetnem ortreffItd)ten roeifen Un= terrtd)i beg v£errn (Sd;ulmeijTerg *Setjirtd) in ber niebem, nid)t alfyu reinlid)en, mit groben SB&nJcn unb einer fctyr jcrfrifctcn fdjmaqen Safe! serfel)enen 14 £)orffd)ule genoffen,* unter alien, ob fte nun btcffopfig ober cutmuttng, faul ober lembegierig, etjrltd) ober auf mag immer fur (Sdjelmereien erptdbt maren, ob fte, menn ber wcife £crr (Sdiulmetjler SSetjInd) an fd)6nen (Som* mernad)mittagen t>or fetnem Sifd)e cinfdjUcf, 13 tym bk S3trfen= rutt)e tjeimltd) aug bzm ®a& fjeraug prafri$irren, 16 ober bic 3npfel= mii^e 17 tief uber bic Ofyren bjerabsogen, 18 ober unter ber Sftafc mit itienrufj einen flattlidjer (Sdjnaujbatt malten, ober fein S3ilb mit gmet ungcburjvltd) 19 langen £>r;.ren sielfad) an bte tretben SBanbe ber (gdoulfrube fyinpinfettenr unter alien ben (Scfyuljungen mar f einer in alien (Sattungen Don luftigen ©pt^bubereien gemanbter 21 unb £um Semen bttrdjaug ungefd)ictter unb lappifdjer, alg ber Heine SBurft, con feinen ^ameraben gemetntglid) blog SBurjrd)en 22 genannt, mit Saufnamen £ang, meftyalb i§n ber #err <3tyuU metjler SBeijtrid), menn er ii;m megen grofen Unfugeg, oermittelfl etner gemiffen SBtrfenrutrje ettr-a fanfte (Srmafynungen §u geben gebacfyte, 23 immer anrtef* 24 " 4?anS S&urjl, bu f mein lieber s in reality. 9 gan§ mar, was a regular blockhead. 10 augs gebalten fatten, had remained with him. " ftellren ftd) nod) ungefd)id'ter an, were still more clumsy. 12 1 say, Jackanapes. 13 and you saved your back. 14 provided with. 15 einfd)lafen, to fall asleep. 16 aug -prafttgirtcn/ took out of his bag. l ~ a cap with two ear-flaps. 18 l)erab§iet)en, to pull down. 19 tre- mendous. 20 daubed. 21 more dexterous. 22 little Jacky. 23 gebenlen, to intend. 24 anrufen,to call to. * geniefen, to enjoy. German Reader. 39 @o$n ! lomm bod) ein bt6d)en ndr;er &u mir i)cr, betn £Rocf ift etwas 25 bcfd&mugt/ id) will tyn bit auf bem SKucfen f)ubfd) au$= ftopfen." 2Cber ba§ nu§te 26 bod) atfe§ md&ts, unb £an§ fffiurft blteb immer bee aXtc @$elm/ fo 27 oft i^m aud) ber £err ©cfyuZmetjrer bie ^leiber auf bem Setbe au§pu|te. Unb menu ber £err ©d)ulmetjto ben 3opf fctner ncuen ^evuefe abfd)eu(td) Dcrftciftcrt fanb, ober feinen bretten ©tu$l r;etmiid) mtt sftabeln t>oH gefpicft/ ober wenn eineg SageS atte £reibe im gan§en fannf udhen $ ba$ bk @rbe f ugetvunb fc€/ unb bie 9Jtenfd)en bloS rate bk gliegen barauf fpaf 2 teren gingen/ mil 32 ben gfifjen §u oberji unb mtt bem £opf unter fid), unb ttrie man ben #aget son ben gelbern abwenben fonne, unb warum bk $lafyt etgentltd) ftnjfor fei/ ndmlid) barum/ wett bie ©onne nid)t mefyr leud)tet/ unb warum etnen 33 in einem fatten 3immer friert/ ■ nSmltdf) barum/ wei! bk Mite ber Mangel 34 an SSSdrme fei/ unb bap ber ©djtranj be$ gro&en SSdren eben 35 fo gut aud) bie £etd)fet am £8agen genannt werben lonm, fur§ 36 tauter 37 getefyrte unb ttnjTensrofirbige Singe. $ftacf)bem fid) nun ber #err ©djulmeifter SSetftvtd) tange genug geplagt, 3S ben bummen 3ungen 2Ctfe§ t)aatftetn 39 beutlid) §u madjen, be- 25 rather. 26 ba£ ntd)tg/ all that was of no use. 27 fo oft aud), how often soever. 28 greased over. 29 in. 30 sortragen/ to explain. 31 now. 82 mtt ftd), with their feet up, and heads down. 33 etnen— friert/ one is cold. 34 Mangel an/ want of. ^ eben fo gut/ just as well. 36 j n short, 37 nothing but. 38 tange genug geplagt/ had been at some pains. 39 as plain as possible. 40 Progressive garni 40 er aud) einen nad) Um anbern au^ufragen, 41 urn §u fe(;cn/ ob Me SSenget aud) 2CUeS gefyorig 42 begrtffen 43 fatten, "SBte'triel gibt 44 eg (Stemente?" fragte er einen Don £anS SBurfrS 9tad)barn. "SKun! Seufel 45 Element nod)mal! rate met gibt eg benn (Stemente, %am ©urg?" fdjrie 46 er, unge= butbig baruber, bap ber Sunge, ber inbeffen red)t 47 fug unb fell gefd)tafen t)atte, mit ber 2Cntmort ^ogerte. £5er arrne $an$ ©urg war in grower SSettegenbeit, ba fluftert tfym aber nod) 5u 48 redjter 3ett fein greunb £an3 SBtarft, btenfrgefattig, wie etn treuer &amerab§u: " SSter dtemente, #err or SButt) 40 beginnen/ to commence. 41 auSfragem to examine. 42 pro- perly. 43 begreifen, to understand. M are there. 45 Seufet (Element nod)mat, the Deuce. 46 fdjrctem to roar. 4 ? red)t t)atte> had taken a sweet sound nap. 48 in good time. 49 natf)? fpredjen, to repeat after. 50 aerjtefyen/ to understand 51 fag t\x einmal/ just tell me. 52 wugte SSefdjeib, could also not an- swer. 5 3 fab ftd) urn, looked around for. 54 au§ ber Safcfye §ie!)en, to pull out of the pocket 55 2Cnftt>ort gab/ answered, 56 lannte— — fSSut^)/ could not contain himself for passion. German Reader. 41 uber fetne uernagetten Sunken. " 3d) gtaube," fdjrte er ^t^id/ tie 2CIbernt)eit bc$ 23ont)afen, beg £ang SGSurft/ &at eud) OTe fammt unb fonberg angeftetft. 5 ? ^cnrni/ $an§ SSurfr, ber 5S bu jtetg ber £lugjie son Allien bift trenn eg etnen (gdbelmenfiretd) gilt/ 59 lag bod) fel;en, ob benn aud) bu mtr auf 60 atte graven tie 2lnrmort trirffc fcfyulbtg bletben. (gag' mtr einmal/ trie »tcl Sterne fannft bu garden?" " (Sinen etr^tgen :" erirtebe\:te £ang 2&tH# fcfynett befonnen/ bet: fteljt mit einem fd;cnen gctbnen @d)»etf auf bem (Sdnlbe t>or ber (Sdnapgcube 61 meiner grau SDtit||tne." £)ann fragte ber ©djulmetjier rafd) setter : " SSoraug I a fit fid) ber SKegen propr^eien?" " 2Utg ben (£d)afmotfen/" »er* fefetc £ang gBurji. " Unb aug metd)em ©runbe?" fragte tec 9Jtagijrer lretter. M SBeil eg tmmer 5)rugel regnet/" antmortete £ang fffiurjl/ ct rcenn fid) auf beg £errn <§($u!le$rer6 ©time ££olfen jetgen." u S)ag i(l nidjt ber ©runb/' etferte ber &t*z ©djulle^rer/ " bag tfl blcg tie -Strfung, mit btr tfl nid)tg cm- jufangen/ 63 $ang 23urji! roenn bu ntdjt einmal trgenbmo hm bertifymten 9curnberger £rid)ter ftnbejt/ burd) meld)en man Mr bie SBct^ett betbrmgen famt/ fo bteibft bu ein bummer Sur^e bem Seben lang/' " 9cun," fprad) £ang 2Bu*ft/ " id) mill mir sfltutje geben, 63 bag td) ben 9curnberger Srid)ter ftnbe, ©aS gebt w 3£)r mir/ menn id) tfjn (Sud) ttnrf lid) cringe ?" "Sfain! bag (aft fid) b;6ren," 65 rief ber Sd)uUet)rer^ "fe&e 6 * mir einmal einer ben Sengcl ba an. ^)ang £Burft ! menu bu mir nrirflid) ben 9curnberger £rtd;rer brtngft/ fo will iq tl;un, mag btr gefdtlig ift/ unb mufte id) auf bem £opfe tan^en." " 9£un ! Sfer follt fe^en," fprad) #anS 2Bur(i §ut>erftc^tlid; 5 '• id) mill $ett rjeifsen, menu ifyc mir ntd;t nod) eine 93lenuerte auf bem £opfe tan^en follt." (G£ b u a r b duller.) 57 fammt angeftecft/ has infected you all, without excep- tion. 5S ber b\Xr thou who. 59 menn gilt, when any trick is to be played. 60 auf — — bletben/ will be unable to answer all my questions. ^ gin shop. 62 mit — — an^ufangen/ there is no good to be done with you. 63 1 will take pains, 64 mag mtr/ what will you give me. 65 bag — — b;6ren, very fine indeed. 66 j^ e — — an , j^t look at this fellow. E 2 42 Progressive 32.— Ser ®utt Rati). (Sin 3artar=(S()cm ritt etnfr mtt fetnen @ro£en auf tie Sagb, Unterrcegg begegnete tym em 3>erraifd), weld)e etnmal nad) bcm anbern tout ausrtef: "g£er mir fytnbert (Mbfructe gtebt, bem will i$ etnen guten 9fatt) geben ! " £5er (Sfcan war neugtertg unb fragte ben £entnf#, irortn fein guter SRafy bejrefje. "£)u fotlji tyn f)6ren, £err," antmortete bee £erwifd), " roenn bu SSefc^l ertijeiift, ba§ mit bte $unbert ©olbfrMe auggesafjlt tr-erben." £5er (Sftan Kefj tym tie ©ummc retd)en, unb bcr £ertt>t|d) fagte mit warnenber ©timme: "Umermmm nid)t&, otyne sorter ben 2Cuggang retfitd) §u erwagen!" SDarauf 309 er feme ©trafje. £a$ ©efofge beg (S^anS lad&te unb fpottete uber ben Sftaty beg £)eritnfd)eg, meldjen er fid; fo tymtz beaten lief. Snbef* fen ber (5^an auferte baruber etne gan$ anbere ^etnung, "£)er gute SKatfy," fagte er/ "welc^en mir bet* £>ertr>t[d) ertl;cttt §at/ tfr freitid) etne fet>r gen?6t)nttd)e £lug§ctt§regel$ altetn cUn tr-ett fie fo atlgemem ift/ roirb fie am wenujfren befotgt: unb Meg war eg melleid)t# weswegen fte ber SDentrifd) fo f)od) an[d/(ug. Sn sktunft foil fte mir me aug bcm ©ebadjtmf* tcmmen. <§\t foil uber aUe &l;uren metneS ^allafreg, an alte SBanbe metner ®emdd}er unb auf metne fdmmtlidjcn ©erat£?fd)aften mit beuts lidjer ©djrift gefd)rieben ttecben." 9Ud) etntger Sett fafjte em efjrget^tger (Stattfyalter ben £3or= fa|# ben (5t)an aug bem SSege $u fdjaffen unb fid) beg Sfyroneg §u bemad)ttgen. (£r erfaufte ben Setbarst fur etne grofe (Sum- mt t unb Mefer mfprad;/ bem (5(;an/ fo balb bte (Megen£)ett ba^u fid) getgen wurbe, nut einer oergtfteten Sansette §ur 2Cber Su lafjen. £uefe ©elegenfyett ereignete fid) balb. 2Hg aber bem 2Cr$te in bem ftibernen SBecfen, tr-etc^eg jur 2Cuffangung beg Stuteg Borgetyatten tr-urbe/ bte 2Borte— "Untermmm ntcfytg/ o$ne oorfyer ben 2Cuggang retfitd) gu entagen"— in Me 2iugen ftelen/ ftu§te er/ unb mtt fidjtbarer 2CengpUc^feit legte er bte gtftige Sansette IVLiM unb natjm etne anbere. £)er & y an bemerlte bteg, unb fragte, warum er Me anbere £an§ette weglege, 2Cuf tie ttntwort, ba$ fie etne ftampfe ©pi^e German Reader. 43 §abe, r-erlangte et* fie §u fel;en/ wetl tym bte 2CengfUid)fett be§ 2Cr§te6 auffatfenb trar. 2H6 ber 2Cr§t jogerte/ fprang bcx: Gf)an auf unb rtef: "9tur etne offeneS ©efranbnifj fann bir ba§ Seben rerten ! Seine ftdhtbare 2(ng(r madjt bid) serbad)tig." Sec 2T^t fturjte bem Gi)an §u gufen unb entbecfte tym ben 2Cnfd^tag auf fetn Seben/ njeldjen aussufufyren tjm bte ttarnenbe Snfdjrift tm SBecfen ben 9Tcu:£) benommen Ijabe. u %abt id) wo^l/" fagte barauf ber (5$aitj "bem jDerroifdje feinen S^at^j §u tf)cuer bejatylt?" (St fctyenfte bem 2Crjte bas Seben/ befall, ben rsmuternad)t am genfrer, unb fd)aute mit bem SSItcc" etner bangen' 2 Sler^eiflung auf pm unbemegt^en/ 3 ettug blu^enben £tmmei/ unb §erab auf 4 bte ftitle/ 1 new-year's day night (new-year's eve.) 2 bange/ anxious. 3 immoveable. 4 down upon. e 3 44 Progressive reine, weige C^rbe, worauf 5 jc|t niemanb fo freuben- unb fd)lafio§ roar, ats er. £)enn fein ©cab ftanb nafye bet ifym: eg war blot? com (Sdjnee beS tflterg, nidjt com ©run bee Sugenb cerbecBt/ 6 unb er brac!)te aug bem garden reid)en £eben nid)tg nut alg Srrtbumer/ 7 @unben unb £ranff)eiten/ einen cerljeerten 8 £6rper/ unb eine t>cr6bete 9 (Seele, bit SBtuft coil ©ift 10 unb etn 2Ctter coll S^eue, (Seine fdj&nen Sufienbtage wanbten fid) t)cute alg ©e= fpenfter urn, 11 unb §ogen t$n wieber cor ben fyolben Sttorgen fyut/ xvo tyn fein SSater juerjl auf ten (Sdjeibeweg 12 beg Eebeng gejlellt t)atte/ ber redjtg auf ber (Sonnenbafyn ber Sugenb in ein wetted rubigeg Canb coll £td)t unb (grnten 13 unb coll (Sngel brings unb XinU in Me Stfcaulwurfggange 14 beg Eajterg l)inab$ier;f/ in etne fdhwar^c £6l)le 15 colt l)?runtertropfenben 16 ©ifteg, coll §te* lenber 1 ' <3d)langen unb ftnfterer, fdjwuler 18 £)ampfe. 2(d), bte ©dilangen fyingen urn feme SSruft unb tie ©ifttropfen auf feiner gunge/ unb er tmtfjte nun/ wo er war! @innlo§ unb mit unaugfpred)lid)em ©ram rief er £um £immel tyinauf : ©teb mit bte Sttgenb wieber ! £) SSater, ftette mid) auf ben (Sdjeibeweg wieber, bamit id) anberg 19 wdl)le ! #ber fein SSater unb feine Sugenb waren langfr tat)tn.-° G£r fa?) Srrlidjter 2 , 1 auf (Sumpfen 22 tanjen, unb auf bem ©ottegatfer 23 erlofd)en, unb er fagte: (5s ftnb meine rl)6rid)ten Sage!— <§r fat) einen (Stecn aug bem Jpimmel flie^ert/ unb im fallen fd)immern 24 unb auf ber (Srbe jerrtnnen: "Sag bin id)/'' fagte fein blutenbeg £er$/ unb hit ©djlangengdfyne ber S^eue gruben barin in ben SSunben wetter. 23 £)ie lobernbe 26 sp^antafte ^eigte tym ftiefjenbe 9?ad)twanbler 27 auf ben £dd)ern, 2S unb Me 2Btnbmul)le rjob brofjenb tfcre 2Crme 5 on which. 6 cerbecf en, to cover, conceal. 7 errors. 8 cer^ Ijeeren, to waste, ravage. 9 desolated. 10 poison, " ftcf) urns wenben, to turnabout; here, to change. 12 cross- way. 13 (Srnte, harvest. 14 SOlaulwurfggang, the cavity of a mole. 15 cavern. 16 dropping. lr aiming. 18 sultry. 19 otherwise. 20 gone. 21 ignis fatuus. 22 (Sumpf, bog. 2S church-yard. 24 to glisten. 25 wetter graben/ to dig on ; in another sense, to engrave ; here, to continue corroding. 26 lobern, to flame, blaze \ here, burn- ing. Tl lunatics. 2S Qafyt roof. German Reader. 45 sum 3?rfd)tagen 29 ctuf, unb eine tm leeren Sobtentyaufe surucf= gebltcbene 2an>e nafym atlmaltg (etne 3uge an. SCRtrten in bem ilampfe 30 flog pX5glid> bk 9)cuftl fur ta§ 9?eujar;r som Styurme 31 tjemieber/ trie fewer £trd)engefang. 32 (§r trurbe fanfter bemegt. (5r fd)aute urn ben #ortjont tyerum unb fiber bte U)ette (Srbe, unb er bacfyte an feme Sugenbfreunbe/ bte nun/ gtucBttdjcr unb beffer aU tx, £efyrer ber (Srbe/ SSdter gluc£lid)er $inber unb gefegneter $D£enfd)en waren/ unb er fagte: " 0/ id) lonnte aud), wie tyr, biefe erfle $Rafyt mit trocfenen 3Cugen £>erf$iummern, wenn id) gewollt battel— 2Cd), id) fonnte glMlid) fetn/ tX>r tbeu= ten ©Item/ wenn id) eure 9?eu}ai)rgu)unfd)e unb Sefyren 33 erfutlt 3m fteberi?aften (Srinnern an feme SungimgSjeit lam e$ tym t30t/ 34 aX§ rid}te ftd) bte £aroe mit femen §ugen im Sobtenbaufe auf 5 35 enblid) wurbe fte burd) ben 2Cberglauben/ ber in ber 9ceu)af)r3nad;t ©etjler ber gulunft erblicft/ p etnem lebenbigen Sunglmge. dt lonnte e§ nidbt me^r feljen 5— er r-errjullte ba£ #uge 3— taufcnb fceife Sfyranen flromten t>erftegenb 36 in ben ©cfyneej— feufjte nur nod) teife/ troflloS unb fmnlos: "fomme nur nueber/ 3ugenb/ lomme uneber !"— Unb fie lam n> i e b e r$ benn er tyattz nur in ber Sfceujafyrsnadjt fo furd)= terlid) getrdumt. @ r war nod) tin Singling* nur fetne SSerirrungen 37 war en lein Sraum g ewe fen. 2Cber er banfte ©ott, bag er/ nod) jung/ in ben fd)mu§tgen 33 ©angen bc§ 2afrer6 umfe^ren* unb ftd) auf bie ©onnenbafyn ber Sugenb ^urMtegeben 39 fonnte/ bie tn'6 retdje Sanb ber Written letter. £et>re 40 mit tym, Sungttng# wenn £)u 29 for dashing in pieces. 30 struggle. 3l from the steeple; it is a custom in many German towns, to perform some musical pieces on new-year's day, on the balconies of steeples and town- houses, 32 spiritual songs. 33 etne £e!)re/ an instruction, lesson. 34 einem Dorlommen/ to appear or seem to one. 35 ftd) aufrtcf)* ten/ to get up, to raise one's self, sg cerftegen/ to decay, dry up. 3 ' aberrations, ss dirty, filthy. 39 to return. 40 is also used without gurttCw in the imperative, see the foregoing §urucfs begeben/ which is the same with gurudfefyren. 46 Progressive auf fetnem 3tnrege ftetyeft! ©tefet fdjrecfenbe Sraum rcirb f unftig £) e t n $ud)ter Herbert $ aber trenn £) u etnft jam* merooll rufen wfirbcft : £omme ttieber, fd)Sne Sugenb, — fo trftvbe fie nid)t nneber fommen. (3- $. gr. EK t d) t e r.) 36*— g o n b o n ♦ 3d) fyabt ba§ Sfterfroftrbtgfte gcfe^ert/ wa§ tie Sffieit bcm ffaus nenben ©eifte §etgen fann; id) fjabe e$ ge[el)en unb jkune ncd) tm* met— nod) immer ftarrt in metnem ©ebacfytntffe btefer fteinerne 2Salb &on £aufern unb bajnrifcfyen ber brangenbe ©trom leben= btger 9Jtenfd)engeftd)ter mit all ifjren bunten 1 £eiben[d)aften/ nut all tfyrer grauentyaften 2 £aft ber Siebe/ beg hungers unb beg #affe3— id) fprecfce son bonbon. (Sdjttft etnen spijitofoptyen nad) fionbon 5 T>ei Setbe f etnen $)oe= ten ! 3 ©djttft etnen spfyilofopfyen |>tn unb jlcttt t§n an eine (gcfe t)on (5 I) e a p fib e , er tuirb l)ier nteljr lernen, alS auS alien S5ud)crn ber le^ten Setp^'ger SDRejfe 5 unb trie btc 2DRen(d)emt)ogen 4 ibn um= vaufd)en/ 5 fo roirb aud) ein Sffleer son neuen ©ebanf en t>or tym auffretgen/ ber,e«nge ©etft/ ber baruber fdjwebt/ mist) il;n an* wel;en, bie tierborgenflen 6 ©efyeimniffe ber gefellfd)aftUd)en £>rb= nung roerben fid) tym plo^ltd) ojfenbaren, er rcirb ben $ul§fd)lag ber fCSctt fybtbat ocrnefymen unb ftditbar fetjen — benn ttenn Sonbon btc red)te £anb ber fSSctt ifl, tie t^attge, road)tige red)te ^>ai>b ber SBelt/ f tft jene (Strafe/ bte won ber 336rfe nad) ©ow* n i n g *$ r e e t fut)rt, al§ Me ^ulSaber ber SSBelt ^u betradjten. tfber fcfytcft fetnen spoeten nad) Sonbon. £>tefer baare @rnft aller £inge, btefe folofjale" (Sinformigfeif, biefe mafd)tnenf)afte s SSewegung/ btefe S3erbrieSlid)fett ber greube felbft, btefeS uber= triebene Sonbon crbrucft bte ^antafie unb jerret^t ba$ £er$. Unb tDoIItet t$r gar etnen bcutfdjen ^oeten i)tn|d)tcfen/ etnen Sraumer/ ber tor jeber einjetnen Gfrfdjeinung ftefyen bUibtf etxva 1 various. 2 dreadful. 3 bci Poeteri/ by no means (for goodness' sake) a poet. 4 waves of people. 5 rush around him. 6 superlative degree of the adjective t>erborgen> con- cealed. 7 colossal. 8 machine-like. German Header. 47 cor etnem .gertumpten SSettetrtmb 9 cber einem btanfen ®ctb* fdjmieblaben 10 — o ! bann geb;t ee tym erfl; rcdjt fd)Umm, n unb er nrirb con alien @eiten fortgefdjoben 12 cber gat nut etnem milben d ! ntebergefto|jen. 13 £as cerbammte ^to£en! 3$ merfte baib, btefcS SSclf tat met §u tf)un. 65 Ubt auf etnem gtcgen gufe/ 1 ^- unb beftjalb f)ar 3 o % n 8 tt 1 1 Sag unb 9tad)t §u arbeiten urn (Mb anjufdjaffen/ Sag unb 9?ad)t mufl er fein ©eftfrn anjlrenaen ^ur (Srftnbung neuer SDlafdjtnen, unb er jt$t unb rennet im <£d;trei£ e feines 2Cnaefid;t§, unb rennt unb iaufr, ofyne fid) otcl um^ufer^en/ com £afen nact) ber SSorfe, con ber 835rfe nad) bem (Stranb/ unb ba if: e§ fetyr cerjetyltdf)/ roenn ber Ocfe Doner an GTt)eapftbe einen armen beutf&en $)oeten/ ber einen SBilberlaben 15 angaffenb tym in bem SBege jtefjt/ etrras unfanft auf bie gette ftbjft. " D »" £as SSitb aber/ ir-eld>eS i$ an ber Grcfe con <5§capftbe angaffie, roar bie Uebergang ber granjofen uber bie SBereftna. 2(16 id)/ au3 btefer £3etrad;tung aufgeruttelt/ tcieber auf bie tofenbe Strafe hlidU f wo ein buntfdjecfiger £naue( ccn 9Jlan= nem, SBeibern, &inbern/ spferben, spoftfuifdjem barunter aud) ein Sctd^enjug/ fid) braufenb, fdjretenb/ ad)5enb unb Inarrenb ba^intt>aX5te ^ oa fd)ten e£ mtr/ aU fei gang Sonbon cine SSere^ finabrficfe/ wo jeber in watynftnmger 2Cngft/ urn (efn SBiSdfren Seben $u frtfien, fid) burd)bringen wiU, roo ber f ecte better ben armen gufganger nieberftampft, wo berjenige/ ber $u SBoben falft/ auf immer cerlcren tft/ rco bie beften (Sameraben fustics einer fiber bte Setdbe beS anbern bat)in eilen/ unb Sau= fenbe, bte/ fterbensmatt 16 unb Mtttenb, fid) cergebens an ben sptanfen ber £kuc£e fefxflammern 1 " mottten/ in bie falte (StSgrube be3 Scbe§ §inabfrur$en. 3d) fyattt mix oorgenommen/ 18 fiber bie ©rejsartigfeit 19 Bonbon!/ \ro;on id) fo ciet ger,6rt/ nid)t 5U erftaunen. 2Cber e§ gtng mtt 20 9 female beggar. 10 goldsmith's shop. " bann fdlimm, then he will fare badly. 12 fortfdjteben/ to push away. 13 nieberftojett/ to knock down. 14 e§ 5u?e/ it lives in great state. 15 picture-shop. 16 worn out with fatigue. ir hold- fast. 1S Sd; ccrgenommen, I had resolved. 19 grandeur. 20 eS ging mXi it happened to me. 48 Progressive true bem armcn <3d)utfnaben/ ber ftd) oornabm/ tie $3rugel/ tie er empfangen folite, md)t $u fufylen. £)ie ©ad)e beftanb 21 eiQenU ltd) in bem Umftanbe/ ba$ er bte gett>6{?nXtd]en #tebe mit bem getr>6r;nltd)en @tocte, trie gewobnltd)/ auf bem fKu.cfen erwartete, unb ftatt beffen etne ungen>6t)nlid)e &rad)t ve unabfcfybare SD^engc tmpomrt fo gewattig. jDiefe £dufer t)on ^iegcljletnen befommen burd) feudjte Suft unb $o!)tenbampf gteicfye garbe/ namlid) brdunttcfyeS £>lioengrun , fte ftnb olle son berfelben SSauart/ gewofynltd) ^wet ober bret genjler brett, bret tyod), unb oben mit f teinen rotten ci)nlid)e (Sfhraaren XodBen ung burd) tt;re neue £Seleud)tung/ fcgar rci?e S'tfd;e liegen fo vrofylgefdilig appretit:/ bag ung bev regenbogenfarbige 37 ®tan?> ii)rer ©happen ergo^t, rotjes gteifd) liegt trie gemalt auf faubem/ bunten V P c r 3 c U a 1; r c U c r d) e ti 3 s rait lad;enber ^eterftue um!rdn;t/ \a Xtfes erfdjetnt tins trie gematt unb mafmt un§ an bit glan; 5 enben unb bod) fo befd)etbenen SBilber be§ grans 5Tcieri§. Sftur tie 93tenfd)en [tub ntd;: fo letter/ trie auf biefen I)otIdnbifd)en ©emdtben, mit ben ernftijafteften ®e- ftd)tern rerfaufen fie bit tujtigften (Spielfadjcn, unb 3ufd;nttt unb gatbe ibrer net [tub/ auf er bag man r)teiv trie an alien ntdjt ganj orbindren SSot)nI)dufern Sonbong, bie genfter ber erfren (Stage mit eifen- gittrigen SSalfonen 41 rer$iert pefct 2(ud) finbet man in biefem S£$ctte ber (Stabr grofe (Squareg: SReiben Don Jpdufern gtetcb btn obenbefc^riebenen; 4 - biz ein S3ierecc biiben, in beffen SBtitre ein son fcfyraqem (Sifengitter rerfftlofTener ©arten mit irgenb etner &tatut beftnblid) ift. 2Cuf alien biefen ^)Id|en unb Stragen trirb bag 2Cuge be§ gremben nirgenbg beleibig: Don baufdlligen #utien beg (SlcnbS, UeberaU frarrt 3fret opposite. 40 ntdjts treniger alg, in no wise, 41 iron railed balconies. 42 above described. 43 crammed in. 50 Progressive bunfle, feudjte ©Snge roofynt Me 2Crmutf) mit ifyren Sumpen unb tfyren Sfyrctnen. £)er grembe/ ber bte gtofien (Strain £onbon burd)roanbett unb md)t jujl in bte etgentltdjen 44 9)cbelquartiere geratfy 45 ftef)t barker 5R:idbtg ober fe^r SBenig son bem trieten (Slenb, ba$ in Sonbon sorfjanben tjt. 9tur tyie unb ba/ am (Singange cine6 bunfeln ©a£d)en§, ftetyt fdjroetgenb ein ^erfe%te§ 46 SBetb; mit einem (Saugltng an ber abgefyarmten SSruft/ unb bettelt mit ben 2Cugen. SKelletdjt roenn biefe 2Cugen nod) fcfyon ftnb/ fdjattt man ein 50jal fyinein— unb ctfdjricft ob bet SSSclt. oon 3ammer> bte man bavin gefdbaut fyat. £)ie 2Crmutf) in ©efelk fd)aft be§ £ajler§ unb be3 35erbred)en§ fd)leid;t erjl beS 2£benb§ au§ ifyren infeln. ©te fdjeut baS &ageelid)t urn fo angfUtd)er, 47 je grauenfyafter tr)r (Slenb/ 48 fontraftivt mit bem Uebermutfye beS S^etdt)t^um§/ ber uberall tyeroorprunft* nur ber hunger tretbt fte mandjmal urn SDRittagSjett au§ hem bunfeln ©dfjdjen, unb ba ftefyt fte mit fcummen, fpred)enben 2Cugen unb ftarrt flefyenb empor ju bem reid)en Jtaufmami/ ber gefd)aftig= geibflimpernb noruberetlt. 2Crme 2Crmutr;l rote petntgenb mug bein hunger fep, bort roo 2Cnbere tm $ft$nenben Ueberfluffe fdjroelgen! Unb tyat man bir aud) mit gtetdjgulttger £anb etne SSrobftufre in bem ©djoojs geroorfen/ rote bitter muffen bte SS^ranen fe^n* roomit bu fie erroeid)fl ! £m sergtftejt bid) mit beinen etgnen Sfyranen. 37*—© a § 33 a t e r la n t> ♦ l. $ennt t§r ba6 £anb/ fo rounberfd)6n Sn feiner (Sidjen grunem £ran§' ? 2)a§ £anb/ roo auf ben fanften £6r/n £)ie Sraube retft tm ©onnenglang? #tfe. £a$ fdsone £anb tfl un§ befannt/ @§ {ft baS £)eut(d)e SSaterfanb. 44 real, actual. 45 gerat^en, to get into. 45 tattered. 47 urn fo dngftltd)er/ the more anxiously. 4S je — — (Stenb/ in propor- tion as her misery is greater. German Reader, 51 2. £ennt tyt ba$ Sanb/ t>om Sruge fret, SSo nod) bag SSort beg Cannes gilt? £)ag gute Sanb/ tt>o £teb' unb Sreu* 2)en (Sdjmerj beg Crrbenlebeng fttllt? % II e . £ag gute Sanb tji ung be! annt, @g iff ba§ Seutfcfce $aterlanb. 3. £ennt t$r bag Sanb, wo @ttttid>fett 3m £retfe frotyer 50tenfd)en rcofynt? Sa§ tjcirgc 2anb, voo, unentnmfyt, £)er ©laube an SSergeltung tfyront? 2Ctte. £)ag tyeil'ge Sanb tfl ung befannt: (£g ijl ia unfer SSaterlanb. 4. JqzH btr, bu £anb, fo tyfyt unb grog $or alien auf bem Srbenrunb' ! fOSic fd)5n gebetf)t in betnem rum roollen nrir for £tebe tt>etl)'n Unb betneg SKuljmeg wurbtg fetn. (£)anf- unb (Sfyrentempel.) 38*— gfyaraf terijH? ber £)eutfcfyen unb it) re§ SanbeS* bitten unter SSolfern, bte oor alien anbern auf bte 9Jtenfd)l;ett toittetu Xtegt unfer SSaterlanb/ tfarf nriber jebeg/ ben metflen furd)tbar burd) 600,ooo £rteger, wetdje fetten tyres ©letcfyen gefyabi ^jaben unb ntemalg fibertroffen rcorben ftnb. gfir men unb fur n;eld)e <&a$t fie bte SBaffen ffiljren/ tt>enn fte folgen/ bavauf beru^t bag ©(etd)gennd)t ber spolttif/ bte gretfyett con (Suropa, bag SBoJl beg menfd)ltd)en @efd)led)tg. £)eutfd)e fjaben bte fefcte Sffieltmonardjte gejlfir&t* oon tf)nen ftnb bte £ontge ber neun ^taaten auggegangen, m bem/ rceld)en fie fiber ftd) felbft tt>at)Xteri/ erfannte (Suropa htn Sitel unb ben Sftang ber (Safarm unb baf? er feme ©emalt ntc mtf)braud)te, warb fyauptfadjltd) burd) bte beutfd)e gretyett uerfymbert @m Sanb, fiber I2,ooo £iuabrat Snellen grof?, frudfotbar/ bod) mefyr fur bte SSebfirfmffe, al6 ffir bte SBSollfijte beg SebenS* 52 Progressive turd) feine Dteien Btabte sum tfrbeitgfletj* begunftigt, t>ornam* ltd) roeit fo Dteie #auptftabte ftnb 5 fur ten #anbel burd) (Strome unb £uften bequem genug ; bod) md)t fo/ bag ber mer* f antttifdje ©eijl national unb prabomtnirenb tserben fonnte 5 in bee Semperarur beg <ma rceber fdjmeljenb/ nod) flarr, fon* bern in einem gefunben SBltttel/ bafyer Me Drganifation bet: SDlenfdjen *ttrifd)en fteifer gufytfoftgfeit unb allsugarter (Smpfinb- ltd)!ett * etn SSotl/ flat! ffir Arbeit unb ©enuf/ md)t roeni&er ftnnretd) gu (Srftnbungen, Dorpglid) fur tie nu£lid)en, unb ge- bulbtg gum SSeroollf ommnen 5 futjlenb fur bag ^ ©rofien; Dornamlid) Derflanbig unb befyarrltcrj, gefyorfam big §ur ftren#= ftcn rnilitairtfcrjen ©uborbtnation, bod) warm beim stamen ber greifyett unb mxtt) fte ju gentefj en $ etn SSolf su OTem gefd)tcft, roenn irjm ber ©tolj ntd)t fe^lt ofyne Sftadjafjmung ^)eutfd) $u few. Sag tji unfer SSolf / unb fo ifi unfer £)eutfd)lanb. (3ofyanneg Don SOluller,) 39*— £>eutfd?iant>, n)ie e§ iefet if!* S)ie nmten gturen, tie ftd), ntannigfalttg burdjfetymtten/ 1 Don ben l)6d)ften TClpen uber bem mtttellcmbtfd)en unb abriatifd)en SDkere in unbejiimmten @ren&en/ toeftltd) an ben Ufern ber SDfcaag unb ber @d)elbe fytnab btg §ur SKorbfee/ unb SjUid), Don ber SKard) Ijinuber §ur £)ber, big gum 2CugfIuf[e ber SBeictyfei augbetjnen/ nennen urir 2 £)eutfd)'lanb 1 burd)fcf)neiben/ to intersect. Participial constructions, al- though very common in English are very rarely used in German. The compound participles — as, having been, &c, must be rendered in German, by beginning the sentence with the con- junction : ba nacrjbertt/ alg$ — the present participle, by inbent/ n>enn — with the verb in the particular relation of time or cause 5 as, my brother having been with him, ta or atg mein SSruber bet tym tt>ar 5 and— speaking to my father, he &c, rcenn er mit meinem SSater fprtd)f, fo &c. In elevated style the present or past participle, is however, frequently used. 2 When the sen- German Reader. 53 £)iefeg £anb/ in tufa* 2Cugbef)nung, get)5rt $u ben fcfy&nften £dnbern, it>etd)e tie (Sonne begrfifjt in tfyrem ettrigen £aufe. 3 Unter einem gemdfKgten #immel/ unbelannt mit ber fengenben £uft be§ (Subeng/ trie mit ter (Srjrarrung n6rbXid)er ©egenben, bte grbfite 2Cbrced)feIung/ bit retd)jte 9Jtannid)falttgf eit, f Sjllid) fur ben #nblicf, erfyetternb unb erfyebenb fur bag ©emutb, barbie* tenb/ 4 brtngt £)eutfd)lanb 2CUe§ terror/ roa§ bee SCRenfd) bebarf sue (Srfjaltung unb gorberung beg ©eifteg/ cfyne tyn §u rer* tt>eid)Ud)en/ §u rerfydrren/ $u rerberben. £5er SSoben iffc fdfyig 5U jegXidjcm 6 2Cnbau. 7 vg>tcr fdjeint fid) bie fyeroorbrtngenbe 8 $raft gefammelt §u tjaben/ bie tort/ 9 rerfagt trarb. Unter btm bleibenbem 10 @d)nee ber 2Upen befynen ftct) bie fyerrlicbften SBeiben au3/ t)on ber fOSSrme boppeXt belebt, bit an jenem nnrfunggtog sorubergtng. 2Cn ber fallen gelgroanb gtefyt ftd) ein uppigeg Styal fyinweg. 11 Sfteben 9ttoor unb ^atte/ nur son ber bieicfyen IBinfc unb son ber SSrombeerjlaube belebt/ unb menfd)lid)em gteife ntdfetg gemdfjrenb 0I8 bie magere grucfyt be§ SSudjweiseng ober be§ $aferg, erfretten bag 2Cuge beg Sttenfcfyen bie f rdftigfren gluren, geeignet ju ben fd)5njten ©aatfetbern unb §u ben fyerv- tid)ften (Srjeugnificn beg ©attenbaueg. gructytbdume prangen in unermefrtid)er SDfcenge unb in jegltdjer lUxt, com fauern £ol$apfel big ftur Itebttcftcn $Pftrftd)e. ^)od) auf ben SSergen beg Sanbeg erX)cbt/ unter SSud)en unb Sannen, toe gewaltige @id)e tr)r £aupt §u ben SBoIlen empor, unb blictt uber ttbfydnge unb £ugel binroeg, tence does not begin with the nominative, or subject, it follows the verb. Ollendorff, 83rd lesson. 3 this construction, of not placing the verb at the end of the sentence, as it begins with a relative pronoun, is not usual and only used in elevated style. 4 In poetry, or prose of elevated style, the limits prescribed by common use are occasionally exceeded, the present participle being sometimes expressed as in the above instance, when greater effect or brevity is imparted to the sentence. 5 beburfen* to need, want. 6 jegltcf)em/ any — whatever. 7 cultivation. 8 productive. A verbal adjective. When the present participle is used as an adjective it must always precede the noun to which it refers. 9 tort, in the before mentioned regions. 10 remain- ing, for lasting. u along. 54 Progressive ttetdje bin I5ftftd)ffccn fSSetn rjersorbringen, Me greube bet 5Dlcn^ fdjen, in bee gerne trie in bee Sftdrje gefud)t unb genmnfdjt son £oben rote son ©eringem £etn tetfenteg Stjier fefyrecft, letn gtfttgcS ©ettmrm bebrotyet, fetn f)df3(td)e§ Ungegtefer qudlt tie 9Xenfd;en. Xber Ueberflufj gett>dr;rt ba§ £anb an SSief), lieinem foroof)t, al§ grofsem/ fur be$ s>Teenfd)en Arbeit/ 3raecfe unb ©enuffc nu^tid). S)aS <£d)af trdgt SBolie fur ba§ feinfte ©efptnnft* bee ©tier serfunbet £raft unb ©tdrfe in 33au unb ©eftottj ba§ spferb gefyt tucfyttg eintyer im gufyrroerfe, prddjtig sor bem £Bagen ber ©rojjen unb frolj al$ £ampfro? unter bem £rieger/ fyier ausbauerenb, rate bort. 3n i^rem 3nmrn serbirgt bie (Srbe grofse unb retd)e (Sd)d§e, #u£ sieten unb unerfd)6pfltd)en £lueilen fprubelt fte fretwilltg bzn £ftenfd)en Jpetlung, ©efunMieit unb £eiterfeit §u. £>en fletfiigen SSergmann betofynt fte balb mit bem ebeljren ©enurt^/ bem (Salge , balb mit (Silber unb ©olb/ l)inreid)enb fur ben -SSerfefyr unb bte SSeqierung be£ SebenS 5 balb mit (Sifen in Sfllenge/ btm SCRanne jur SBaffe unb SBSerjr, §um (£d)u§ unb (£d)irm htm ISoXfe. (5in fold)e§ £anb/ mit fo retd)en ©aben, (Stgenfdjaften unb £raften auSgeftattetr tft son bee Sftatur unserfennbar beftimmt, ein grojj e§ unb irarf e§ SSolf $u erndfyren in (gtnfalt unb Sugenb, unb eine r;o§e SSilbung be§ ©eijl:e§ in biefem SSolle burd) Uebung unb tfnftrengung §u erjeugen/ p erfyaltcn/ $u forbern. Xttd) tjr ba§ £anb ntd)t 12 umfonfl bejiimmter ©en^en beraubt/ gegen Sfttorgen 13 toxt gegen 2Cbenb, unb felbft gegen 9Jtitter-nad)t 2)te S3en)obnee fbnnen fid) gegen ben Sfteib/ bk £abfud)t unb ben Uebermutl) frembcr Golfer auf 9tfd)ts 14 serlaffen, alS auf tfyre eigene &raft. @s giebt fur fte fetne @id>er£>eit/ al§ in tf)rem fefren 3ufammenf;alten/ in tiper (Sinigfeit unb in iijrer ftttlidjen (Snbttcr) tft ben S5etrol)nern biefe§ Sanbe§ burd) grope unb fdjone (Strome ba$ Sfteer geoffnet unb ber 3ugang gut fSelt 2Cber ba§ 9Jleer brdngt ftd) nid)t fo serfubrertfd) an fte l)inan 12 aud)^ nid)t/ is expressed in English by nor. 13 SDRorgen/ SOltttag/ 2Cbenb unb SDftitternad)^ poetically for east, south, west and north. u ftd) sertaffen^ reflective verb with the preposition auf^ to depend upon. German Header. 55 ober jnnfdjen fte tyntin, bag fie certocft unb bem $eimat$ttd)en Soben entfrembet rcerben fonnten. SStelme^ !ann ber eblere SDtenfd) bem ©ebanfen an etne beutfdje (gcbe unb an eincn beutfd)e £immei md)t entge^en/ unb biefer ©ebanfe fdjetnt in tym bte @e^nfud)t er^atten gu muffen nad) ber SBclt fetner ©eburt unb bte Stebe gu bem S5oben femes -SSatevlanbeS. (£. £uben.) 40*— Seutfcfyianb unb bte ©eutf^en doi 2 000 3 a f) r e n . ©te Corner ftnb ka$ erfte SSclE unter ben %ltit\ f burd) bte rotr 5^ad)ttd)ten con unferm SSaterlanbe erfyatten fyaben: (Sdfar war bte erfte Corner/ ber con granfreid) auS uber ben 3fa)ein nad) £>eutfd)lanb gtng $ unb bag gefdjaf) nidjt tange cor G>tyrifti ©eburt ^elfen aber ftnb bte erften 33erid)te con etnem neuentbectten ober ^uerft befud)ten Sanbe cctfftdnbtg unb guocrXafftg 5 unb fo ftnfcen nrir aud) in ben (Sr^dfylungen ber Corner/ bte au3 bem rcdrmeren Stalten famen/ bte an fd)ongebaute ^aldfle/ Sanbfydufer (33tllen), Saber/ Sempetunb Sweater geroo^nt tt>aren, mandje uberirtebene @d)tlberung con ber fd)auerootfen £dlte ©ermantenS (fo nannten fte unfer £)eutfd)lanb ; / unb con ber trdgen SSarbaret ber unge* $euer grogen (Stmcofyner. golgenbeS fonnen wit aXS SQSafyrfjeiten au$ ifyren (Srsafytungen au^eben. £)eutf#lanb »ar bamols grogtentfyetlS mtt SSatbungen unb (Sumpfen bebecft 5 bafyer feud)ter/ falter unb unfrudbtbarer/ at3 je|t. 2£o nefjmttd) groge 2£albungen ftnb/ ba ift mefyr Sdjatten. £er ©djatten fyinbeit/ bag ber (grbboben con ber (Sonne burd)* mdrmt unb auSgerrccfnet tretbe^ er bletbt alfo feud)ter. Sugleid) stetjen SB&tber bte SSoIfen an fid)/ unb in ^n btdjten SBdumen cerrcabrt ftd) bte geudjttgfett. Stoker fammeln fid) in bidden fSSdlbern letdjt fte^enbe Gaffer/ eS trerben ©umpfe bacauS/ unb wo btefe ftd) in grogerer 3al)l ftnbeni mug burd) bte feud)ten 2Cu§bunftungen bte Suft fatter roerben. (So ttie man aber bk SSdlber augrottet/ belommen Suft unb (Sonne freieren Sugang §u bem S^oben/ bte ©umpfe cerfd)icinben/ ba§ Sanb ttrirb txo- 56 Progressive cfener unb btc £uft wtrb warmer. @o ift e§ aud) mit £)eutfd)tanb gegangen: t>or 2000 Safyren war eg fyier in unferen ©egenben gewtf? mit latter, alg eg je|t tft. SSefonberg war ber ®runb burd) bk eingefogene geucfytigfett wett falter* batyer feme spflanse fyier gebtef), Me warmeren S3oben tterlangt. $lan fanb fetnen einjigen Dbftbaum, £)ie erflen £)bftbaume weldje bie Corner am SRtyirx pfian$ten, waren £irfd)baume, bie aud) ben SWmern erft in Gafarg geitatter, tttva 70 3atyre x>ov @b*W ©eburt befannt geworben waren. (3fyr SBaterianb ijt £letna= ften * aug btefem bradjte ffe etn ftegreityer gelbfyerr, Sucullug' nad) SRom, unb tie Corner tterpflan§ten ffe nad^ anberen £an* bern.) tfud) an ©artengewadtfen war £)eutfd)lanb arm* unb unter ben wtlbwad)fenben £rautern unb ^Pftanjen nennen bk Corner nur spafttnafen, wilben <5pargel, ber fefyr retdjttd) wucfyg, unb SKettige t>on ungewol)nlid)er ©rofe. ©elbft ben 2Ccferbau trieben unfere aiteften $orfafyren nid)t mtt fonberlidjem gtetfje: fie baueten fyattptfadjiid) nur £afer unb ©erfle , aug jenem berei= teten fte ein 9Xufi sum (Sfferi/ aug ber ©erfte $ tin ©etranf . £)er ein§ige unb liebfte !Ketd)tf)um ber £>eutfd)en war, §af)lreid)e #eer* ben 51s beft^en: fte fatten triel Sfanber, aud) $)ferbe, £)tefe btenten iljnen nrdjt btofi sum £riege unb §u SKeifen, fonbern aud) §ur 9tabrung$ ^pferbefleifd) war tfynen eineg ber !6{tttd)jlen ©e= ridjte, unb blieb eg nod) fange nad) (5t)rij!i ©eburt (Stntge spferbe, bie gans weig fe^n muften, unb niematg ^ur Arbeit ge= braud)t fein burften, wurben in ben fjeiligen SSaibern, bte bm £)eutfd)en ftatt ber Sempei bienten, auf 6ffentlid)e £oenn ttjeils fab btc SBdlber auSgerottet, ttyitt ift in ben Ijauftgen 3agben, befonberS feit (grftnbung beS 8d)ief?:pulBer3/ fetyr &tel SBilb getobtet worben* unb tt>te bie pa$l ber 9Xenfd)en gunimmt, fo mug bie 5Dlenge ber milben SEtytere abnetymen— @o war audi) fonfl bte 3a§l ber SSogel roeit gr5fkr: man tyatte galfen in grower SDlenge, unb foldje, bie abgertd)tet waren, £ranid)e ju fangen.-— ©clb fannten bk alien Seutftyen nicfyt. ©aljqueUen waren etntge sorljanben, unb biefe seranlagten ^efttgen ^rteg/ weil man glaubte, baji bie ©otter fid) gem an bergtetd)en £>rten aufttetten. Sod) war tyr eutfd>= lanbS son anberen ^ationen butd) itjre ©ro^C/ burd) btaue ttugen unb blonbe $aare. Sfyrer ©r6fje wegen fatten bie Corner fte gem p (Solbaten, unb ba$ beutfdje £aar muftc Ijduftg nad) Sftom wanbern, urn bie ^opfe ber £)amen fowo^O alS ber #erren gu fdjmMen. (Sin $auptjug in ber (SinneSart ber Seutfdjen war tfyre lebljafte Sfteigung jum £rtege* £)ann wutbe ber 3ung= ling Sftann unb SOlttgltcb be§ (Staats, wenn if)m in ber $erfamm= lung be§ SsolfeS mit grower geierlid)leit bie 2Baf en uberretdbt n>aren. Unb tyatte er fte etnmal, fo legte er fte nie ab 5 §u £aufe unb auf bem getbe futjrte ein jeber feine SKaffen bet ftd) $ mit itjnen ging er §u Stfd), §u bffentlidjen ©ajlm&fylern, in bte SSer^ fammtungen beg SBolfeS/ t>or ©erid)t$ mit ifynen legte er ftd) fdilafen/ unb felbft htm Sobten wurben SGSaffen mit in3 @rab ge= geben. Sfyr tyetligfter ©d)wur war M ben SBSaffen. 2Utd) bie (Seremonie bei ifyren (5&en war, bafi ber SSrdutigam feiner SSraut ein f paar £)d)fcn# ein gejaumteS $Pferb/ (gtymxbt unb ©cfytlb/ unb wieberum hk SSraut bem SSrdutigam einige £8affen uber^ reid)te. £>enn felbfl bte grauen §ogen mit tn§ gelb, unb ftettten ftd) aud) in bem tytfctgften Sreffen fo natye an tyre $5taxmtv, ba$ fte tynen surufen unb tynen 50?ut^ §ufpred)en fonnten. 3a man er&ctylt/ baf ^d)lad)trett)en, fd)on §ur giudjt geneigt/ burd) bie SBeiber wieber gum (Steven unb Mmpfen gebradjt worben wdren. — 2Cu§ biefem friegerifdjen 'Sinne entftanb aua) bat fRttyt bei f 2 58 Progressive ©tdrferen bet ten 3)eutfd)en, baf? berjentge nefjmltd) immer tyerrfdjte, bet: bee fldrffte unb tapferfie war* wot)er aud) auf SSeute augpgefjen aujierbalb feineS @aueS, fcinc ®d>anbe war. £)e3wegen waten aud) tl;re meiften Sftamen t>on ftarf en ober rau* benben £f)teren entlebnt, alS £engfl, »g>orfe/ bag fcetgt spferb, £6we, S3dr, $og (b. t. gud)g) 5 aber £a[e war etn partes ®^elt* wort. Sbre Itebfte S5cfd&&fttgung war bte 3agb. 2Cuf ben tfefer* ha\x mnUm fte wentg gletji* tyte Sprung beftanb meift in 9Md), £afe unb gletfd). Reiner tyatti befitmmteg ©runb=@tgen= t^um ober etgene gelber nut abgemejfenen ©rdn^en 5 fonbern em jeber bauetc feme £utte, wetbete fern SStef) unb beacferte ben SBoben, wo eg tym beltebte unb 509 tm folgenben Sabre an einen anbern £>rt, wett fte ftd) fdjwer an fejle erfut)rte fte §um Srunf, womit Sage unb 9tdd)te tjinjubringen leine @d)anbe war. SKufymwurbtg aber war unferec SSorfafyren Sreue unb SRebtid)* Ieit5 m$ etn £)eutfd)er serfprodfoen fyatti, bag $iett er utwer* brud)ltd) 5 etn getbaneg S3er[pred)en md)t batten, warb mtt all* gemetner <5d)anbe bejlraft. liefer Sugenb unfercr SSorfatjren banlen wtr eg, baj* b e u t f d) e syt e b 1 1 d^ ! e 1 1 etn ©psfify* wort geworben ip, unb beutfe^er i^ann eben fo mel l)etft, aid German Header. 59 em Sfltamt/ auf ben man feft ttertraucn barf. 5>3tad)et benn aud) i^c bcm beutfdjen SRamen (Sfyre, unb bewafyret ben guten SKuf^ ben eure 23orfaf)ren eud) uberliefert tyaben. Sefen unb @d)retben war bet ben alten £)eutfd)en nid)t ge= wbfynlid), bod) fatten fte ©ebtcfyte, weld)e fte mit etnanber fangeit/ ober Me em (ginjetner t>or[ang, unb worm tie £elbentf)aten tbrer SSorfatyren $ur (Srmunterung ber aufwad)fenben 3ugenb gepriefen wurbem £)ie Sanger ber (S5tted)en unb Corner fdjienen Umen unffnmge 2D?enfd)ett p fe^n* tfyre 2tebttng§fd)aufpte(e waren, Sfingtinge natft §wifd)en mefjreren gegen etnanber gertcfyteten ^ptefen unb erte£ten. Uebertjaupt fannten fte son ben SSergnugungen ber Corner unb unferer Seiten, fo wie wn ben mancfyerlet 2CuSfd)mfic£ungen ber £dufer unb ^letter/ wentg ober md)t$. Sfyre £dufer waren rot) auS Setym aufgefufyrt, unb oft nur gelte, an benen fte aber bunte garben ttebten. Styre ^leibung waren Sl^ierfeUe 5 von ben Sftbmem lernten fte anfd)ltef?enbe, bequemere ^letbung serfer^ tigem unb bte beut[d)en grauen unb 9ttdbd)en gewannen balb ben $Pu§ iteb: fte fdjmMten gem tfyre letnenen jlamtfoter mit purpurfarbenen SBdnbern, tytngen ftd) gern bimtfarbtge ^tetne um, unb wufiiten ttjrem #aare burd) eine ffinfttfdje ©eife feme fd)5ne garbe ju ertyalten, fo bafj fetbft bte ettelen SKbmermnen btefe ©etfe auS £)eut[d)lanb nad) $om fommen liefien. £)ie grof e beutfdje Nation war in erne SDRenge lietner SS6(f er* fdjaften getfyeilt, bte &war oft unter ftd) unemS waren/ unb einan= ber befriegten, in tfyren ©itten unb ifyrer SSerfaffung aber im ©an§en ubereinfttmmten. Stebe §ur gret^ett unb Sftetgung jum £riege war bk @eete ifyrer $anbUmgen. ©te Kebten ntdjt in ©tdbten, fonbern in lletnen £)6rfem md)t mit son etnanber/ unb felten regterte ein beutfdjer gurjl em grojkS ©ebtet. Snbeg war e§ etne ber grofjten @t)ren ; wonad) bte SSornetymften ber Nation tradjteten/ etn §at)lreid)es ©efolge son ^rtegern urn ftd) §u fyaben, bte berett wdren an tfyrer ©cite §u fed)ten, unb (Sfyre fowotjl alS ©efafjr mit itjnen ju ttjetlem 3e berutjmter etner burd) Sapferfeit war/ befto ietd)ter gewann er eine foXdje SSeglettung^ unb fetbft SSornel)me begaben ftd) in ba§ ©efolge ernes berutjmten felten/ 60 Progressive urn ben &rieg gu lernen. Unb nid)t§ gel)t uber tie 2Cnf)dnglid)f eit, womtt ein [old)e$ ©efotge fetnem tfnfuljrer ergeben war. 3fyn uberlebem wenn er im ©efedjt blieb, war tic gtogte (Scfyanbe: tie gucften jlrttten urn ben (gteg, bag ©efolge fur ben gurflen.— £5iefe Sapfevf ett mafytt fte aud) alien itjren 9tad)baren furdjtbar. £)te Corner fasten mdtjt bfog etne 5DZenge i^on £)eutfd)en al$ ©ol= baten in itjrcn £)ienften p l)aben> fonbern t>ertraueten tfynen gu* le£t bie 2Cnful)rung tfyrer etgenen £eere. £)te romifefyen £aifer fjbrten e§ gern son ftd) tubmen/ bag fte £)eutfd)e (©ermanen,) beftegt fatten* fte Ijtelten in 3£om Sriumpfyauf juge, bag £)eutfd)- lanb beffegt fep : unb £)eutfd)lanb war unb blieb unbegwungen. @ben bie SO?un§en/ worauf £)eutfd)lanb als uberwunben oorgeftellt wurbe/ mugte man ben nefymltdjen £)eutfd)cn au$jal)len, urn fid) son ifynen SRufye unb grteben &u erfaufen. 2Cud) wagten ftd) bie Corner nur einigemale uber btn ^ein 5 nad$er bite* ben fte gern ienfeitS/ befefttgten bk Ufer be§ Skeins unb ber £)onau/ legten met)rere SSurgen an, au§ benen ftum &l)eil (Stabte geworben ftnb (£6ln/ 50^atn§/ ©peier, 2£orm$)/ unb Ijfelten bort itjre ftdrffien unb tapferjlen £rteg$l)eere, urn ben £)eutfd)en ben Uebergang in romifdjeS ©ebtet gu weljrem Unb bennad), wenn ber EKfyetn ober bie £)onau gufror/ stttcrte man tn alien angrdnjenben romifdjen $Prootnaen, unb $u feiner anbem 3eit belamen bk ©otter fo t^icte £)pfer» 2US (Sdfar bie £)eutfd)en, weldje uber ben Sttyein in ©allien eingebrungen waren, angreifen wollte> l)errfd)te unter feinen (Solbaten gurd)t unb eutfd)e waren e§ ^orjuglid)/ bte tym ben ott SBegierbe fein SSolf §u befreien/ oerbanb ftd) fyeimltd) mtt SQfcefc rerem unb atfe befd)Ioffen etnmfitfyig, ben SSaruS mit feinem ganjen £eere §u aertilgen. Urn ben 23aru$ erjl §u fd)wad>en/ baten ftd) bie SSornefymften unter allertjanb SSorwdnben romifdje SSebedungen au§/ weldje SSaruS urn fo willtger gab/ wetl er glaubte/ bag feme ©olbaten ben beutfdjen gurjlen su 2CufpafTern bienen fonnten. £)arauf fingen etntge in ber gerne geinbfeiig* letten an $ bk anberen gaben bem SSarug ytafyxxfyt bauon, 62 Progressive unb rietfjen t§m f)tn§Ufttef)en, urn bit @mp5rung im £etme $u unterbrutfen $ fte feXbft ttollten mit ben 3f)rigen f oXgcn . $a= tug itef? jtd) ben SRaty gefailen, unb madjte 2Cnfratten $um tfufbrud). ©a rcurbe tym bag ©ef)etmnifj pcrratt)en : bod) er fonnte ftd) nid)t uber;$eugen, ba{* bte ©eutfd)en ctn?a§ berglet= d)en im ©inne fatten, ober fS#g roaren, bte SSerjMung f o mit &u tretben- (Sr btifyt auf mit feinem £eere. 3e£t beurtauben ftd) bie beutfdjen gfirften/ mit btm £3erfpred)en/ balb rcteber %\x I ommen. ©tc fyieUen SBort unb f amen, aber nidjt aU greunbe, fonbern urn feine (Solbaten, bte eben son ber muttfeligften Arbeit/ einen tteg ftd) §u bafjnen, ermubet rcaren, feinblid) ansugretfen* ©ie uberrafdjten 9?6mer roefyreten ftd) fo gut fte i onnten, mar* fd)trten unter beftanbigen 2CnfatTen ber ©eutfdjen fort, unb xtzx* fdjanjten ftd) enbtfdf). Swings aber »on geinben eingefdjloffen, otyne 9tal)rung§mtttet, ofjne #offmmg einer £ulfe, muffen fte ben fofc genben Sag roettcr marfd)tren. ©ie ©eutfefyen, burd) ben alfitf* Ud)en (Srfotg muting gemad)t, greifen tjefiiger an$ bte Sftbmer serttyeibtgen ftd) tapfer: attetn nun lam ein bofer SBSinb unb SRegen ba^u, bap fte rceber fcffc ftefyen nod) fortgefyen fonnten, unb bte 9*affe mad)te tyre spfetle unb £angen, tyre fUSurffptefe unb ba$ fte ftd) aud) ntdjt etnmal ttertyeibtgen fonnten. (S3 Urn bte SKadjt unb fte rcollten ftd) abermals oerfd)an$en $ aber bte 2Cngriffe ber ©eutfefyen l)inberten aud) bte8/ unb ba$ fturmifdje ^Better bauerte fort. 3e£t lie? aud) ber Sapferfie ben Sttuty ffnlen : Status, ber gelbfyerr, fturjte ftd) in fetn etgeneS (Sdjroerbt 5 einige folgten feinem SSetfpiele, anbere rcarfen bte SBaffen rceg, unb baten urn ©nabe* SSenige entfamen* bte SKetjlen rcurben get6btet$ unb ein§ ber fdjonften unb tapferjfen r6mifd)en #eere roarb graufam t>erntd)tet. SSon ben ©efangenen rourben einige ben ©ottern geopfert* mele trurben loggefauft* anbere aber mufften eg ftd) gefallen laffen, unb unter biefen manner someljme Corner/ ber eine lange Sftetye i>on 2Ci)nen l)er$uftctylen tmfttj ben ©eutfefyen tyre £>d)fen unb ©djroeine §u fcuten. 9tiemanb war fdjlimmer baran/ al§ bie 2Cboofaten/ bie ftd) bet 25aru6 ©ertd^ten fatten braud)en laffen. ©em etnen rourben bte TCugen auggeriffen^ bem anbern bte #&nbe abgeljauen/ noc^ etnem anbem bte 3unge German Reader. 63 ausgefdjnitien, mit bm 3urufe: tore nun auf $u §£fd)en/ btt Matter!— £)tef em ber ©ebutt (5f)rtftt/ biefem (Stege §at £)eutfd)lanb, nad) bem etgenen ©ejlanbrnf? ber SRomer, feme gretyeit ftu banfen* nrir abet/ Me fpatern 9ftad)« f ommen jener ©teger, Ijaben e£ tynen §u banfen, baj? trie nod) ©eutfdje ftnb/ unb cietleidit, ba$ nod) £)eutfd) auf ber fSSelt ge* srebet ttrirb. £)te Stomet sroangen netymttd) bie (Simcofyner alter eroberten Sanbetv bit romtfdje (Spradje §u lernen, tcoburd) nad) unb nad) bie eutyeimtfd)en (3prad)en auger ©ebraud) famen. £a$er ftnb con ben ^pradjen, bit cor 2000 Safyren unb frityer in &artyago, Portugal; (Spanien, granfreid), (gnglanb ge= fprodhen nmrben, iefct nur nod) geringe (Spuren ubrig: bie Sprad)en biefer £anber trurben rfimifd). ©te 2)eut[d)en fatten con biefem ad)fen, unb rief oft bem S8&tynfinn§ naf) : SSaruS, gieb mit meine ©olbaten nrieber \ Sftan fdjafftc gleid) alle £>eutfd)e au$ ber ©fabt 5 bte faiferlidje Ztibmfyt, bit gan§ aus £)eutfd)en beftanb/ nmrbe nad) Snfeln ubergefe^t, unb alle junge 9Xannfd)aft fKomg folltc nad) bem Styein. 2Cttetn bie Corner fatten fo furd)t« bare 23orjleltung con ber Sapferfeit ber £)eutfd)en bag fie fid) lieber ©uter rauben unb fid) fur ef)rto§ erlldren lief tn f aU ba$ fie au&sogen. Unb 2Cuguftu3/ ber jeben 2£ugenblicf bit £>eutfd)en in 9£om ffirdjtete/ lief fogar etnige, bie nidjt fort tcotlten, §in= ridjten. SKtt benjemgen nun, tceldje man mit garter SDZttye *ufammengebrad)t ^atte/ mufte StbertuS, ber (Stieffofyn be§ 2Cu* gufluS, eilenbs nad) £)eut[d)lanb aufbred)en» @r lam an ben Styein unb fanb feinen geinb 5 benn bit Seutf d)en tcoltten nictyt (Sroberungen mad)en, fonbern nur tyre gretyeit retten. Sie grofe 2krad)tung be6 Sobe§, n)eld)e man bet btn &t\\U fdjen flnbet/ fam jum S^eil baljer, baf fie ein gulfinfttgeS £eben glaubten. ^)ie6 funftige Seben war benn fretltd) nad) tyren ubrigen ©ttten eingerid)tet : man betufttgte fid) bort mit ©e* 64 Progressive fecfyten, trcmf fbftlictyeS SStec au§ grogen ^ornerri/ ober u>otyl gar au3 ben v£irnfd)dbeln erfd)lagcner getnbe, ttrie fie e§ aud) oft im £eben ttyaten. £)atyer trurben bet SSegrabnijfen bem ZobUn feine S&affen mitgegeben* man serbrannte fein $>ferb unb feme #unbe/ aud) mancfymal £ned)te mit btm Seictyname be§ #crm/ urn fid) beren nod) in ber anberen SGMt §u bebienen. *Dte grofen £nod)en/ bie man juwetlen in alten ©rabtyiigeln finbet, ftnb ntdjts anberg/ al§ bergleictyen ^Pferbegerippe/ tie man auS Ummffentyett oft fur Sftefengebeine getyalten tyat. £)te nbrblidjen £ujlenanrootyner bet; 5^orb^ unb Cftfee sergruben mit ityren berutymten ©eefatyrern ©tutfe son ben ©ctytffen/ bit fie §u ttyren Unternetymungen gebraud)t fatten. 2lucty gab man fpdter ben Sobten ©elb mit bamit fie in ber anbern SBelt unb auf ber S^etfe batytn feinen Mangel leiben molten. HBeil bte£ ©elb nad)tyer manctymal bet ben £otylen be§ £eid)enbranbe6 ge* funben roorben iff 5 fo glaubten bit Seute fonft/ unb tyin unb rcieber hn$I einige nod) je|t* baf ba/ wo ^ctylen in ber @rbe angetroffen rourben, aud) ©d)d|e sortyanben fet)n mupten: ja ber 2Cbergiaube gtng fo mit, bafj man bie ^otylen felbji ftir begauberteS ©clb unb ©tlber tytelt 2U§ ©otter seretyrten bie alten £)eutfcben bie (Sonne, ben SOlonb/ ba§ geuer unb bte @rbe : fie fatten etnen ©ott be§ £>onnerS/ Sty or/ oon rceldjem unfer £)onner§tag ben 9tamen tyat ? eine ©btttn ber (Styen/ g r e i a / son rcetd)er ber greitag ben Seamen ffityrt/ unb rcotyer nod) unb ba$ SBort freien fur tyeu rattyen 5 unb etnen ( 3ott be§ £riege§/ £>btn ober SSoban/ rcotyer einige glauben/ bap ber £)ienftag ben Seamen fyabt. £)tefe ©btter seretyrten fie aber mctyt in umfdjliefenben £em- pelmauern/ fonbern in getyeiligten SGBalbew/ bit in ber grojften ©tyre getyalten rcurben. SRtemanb burfte fid) unterfletyen/ einen SSaum barau§ §u fallen 5 bit ©otter/ glaubten fie/ rourben folctye SRijfettyat auf ber ©telle flrafen. *Die (Styrtfien baueten nadjtyer auf folctyen getyeiligten ©tellen &trd)en unb £lofter* ber gulauf be§ SSolf e§ blieb mt guoor/ unb ba§ SBort 28 a 11 * f atyrten Ubtnttt trielleictyt eine gatyrt in ben tyeiligen £Balb. (99 r c b n> .) German Reader. 65 4K— 25er greiljeitsfampf ber Seutfcfyen gegen Napoleon* £>tefe ©efd)id)te umfafft eincn geitraum »on metr nidjt crt§ brei 3ai)ren$ aber bag ©emutf) fufytt fid) umnberbar ge^oben unb frot) erfdjuttert, tr-enn eg bie Oretgniffe uberfd)aut/ tie fid) in bet ©panne con Sett §utrugen. 28ie otel Unertrarteteg fyaben writ: nidjt cernommen/ trie riel ttngXaubltd)e§ erfafyrem trie ciele er* freultd)e 2Cnftrengungen betounbert/ erfreultd) fetbft bann nod), unb ber gefd)td)tltd)en tfufberaafynmg tcertf), roenn f em (Srfotg ftc gefrcnt i)dtte J SBSir fafyen gan* (Suropa unb einen Qvopcn £f)ett 2Cften§ in Sktcegung fur bie <£ad)e ber gretyett. £eutfd)lanb$ gfirften, burd) bie SE&nfc beg 2Cu§lanbeS/ auf immer/ trie man metnte/ aug einanber geriffen/ boten fid) con neuem reblid) bie #anb, unb ber am iccnigjlen con alien v£err[d)ern ju fiird)ten, nur ju cerlieren, nidjtg su getcinnen ^attc# SfaiflanbS ^aifeiv ^tbadjtt feiner greunbfdjaft fur $reuf en unb trug bie certrirf ie ©d)uib gro£mut*)ig ab. 3n ben SoUern ertrad)te eine SSegei* fterung fur fid) unb bie (Srfyaltung tfjret (Selbftftdnbigfeit/ trie in ben Sagen ber ^reu^uge fur ©ottes 9?amen unb (Sfyre. $afyU retdje £}pfer tcurben bargebrad)t auf tern tfltar beg SSaterlanbes, unb H§ Seben fdjien nidjt metjr ber ©uter fcbdjjieg. Gutter trennten fid) ofyne ©djmerg con ifjren (Sofjnen/ SBeiber iDiUtg con ttjren 9Xdnnern. Sungiinge im gMenffc ber 2$tf[enfd)afteiv certaufdjten bie ©title ber £6rfdte mit bem ©erdufd)e beg £agerg/ unb graue gelbijerren cerjungten fid)/ tr-enn ber Conner be^ ©efdj%g gur ©d)lad)t rief. £)ag 2£eu§erfre &u bulben, ate 5U tr-agen, war nidjt mefjr unerfj6rt, unb ber Sob cteler bem Sobe ber berufjmtejlen Corner gleidj. SSebeutenbe Umfdlle/ marten nidjt cer^agt, gldn^enbe §3ortt;eife nidjt cencegen uno ber enb- lid) errungene ©teg nidjt ubermutfjtg. Ueber alleS erfreute bie (Sintradjt fo cieler gelbfyerren an ber ©pi|e fo cieler Poller/ bie ber 9torben# ©uben/ ber £>ften unb SBeften auggofj/ unb bie freie ^nerlennung \tit§ SSerbienjleS. Unftreitig eg iff ein Ijo^cS ©iutf unb ein befeiigenbeg ©efutyl fid) fagen 311 bfirfen/ ba(j man fur foldje ^eiten getctrft fjabe : aber aud) in ttjnen |u leben unb geuge con ben Grmpfinbungen ber ebelpen feiner 3eitgenoffen §u fetjn/ tft fldrfenb unb be§ £anfen gegen Me ©ottyeit tcertt). ( SOU n f .) 6G Progressive 42*— 9t fy einli e &♦ (Sie foUen ifon nidht fyaben ©en freien bcutfdjen 3ft)ein, £)b fte U)te gter'ge SRabm allenb (Seine grfine§ $letb nod) trdgt, (So lang etn SKuber fdjatlenb 3n fetne SBoge fd)lagt. @o lang dn Zkb nodj lebet 3n feiner (Sanger Stab. (Ste follen i$n nid)t Ijaben 2)en freien beutfd)en Sftyetti/ SSiS feine gluty begraben £e§ le^ten SRann'S ©ebein. (Sliclas Reefer.) German Reader '. 67 THE GERMAN RHINE. (A New German National Song.) They shall not — shall not have it, Our free-born German Rhine, Though, hoarse as famished ravens, They round it croak and whine. So long its winding current Shall wear its dark green vest. So long as splashing boat-oar Shall cleave its rippling breast. They shall not — shall not have it, Our-free born German Rhine, So long as hearts are gladden'd by Its spirit-stirring wine; So long, beneath its eddies, As rocks shall firmly stand : So long as lofty battlements Shine mirror'd 'neath its strand. They shall not— shall not have it, Our free-born German Rhine- Till amorous youths and maidens Forsake the marriage shrine. So long its depths can shelter A fish amidst their sands; So long as songs shall echo From minstrel's lips and hands. They shall not— shall not have it, Our free-born German Rhine; Till, buried 'neath its surges, Our last man's bones recline. (Nicholas Becker.) 68 Progressive 43*— £erjog ©on Wa bet etncm gr&^jlfirf auf bem (S^iojTe Slubolpabt tm 3al)re 1547* (Sine beutfd^e Same aug etnem £aufe/ bag f*on extern bur* 4?elbenmut& gegtan$t unb bem beutf*en S^etd) etnen £atfet gegeben tyat, 1 war eg/ tie ben fur*tetlt*en ^ergog son 2Clba buvd) tyt entf*toffeneg SSetragen beinaf)e sum Stttetn gebra*t J&ttc 2C(g £aifet tiatl v. tm Sa^rc 1547 na* bet ©d>la*t bet SMtyiberg auf fetnem 3uge na* granlen unb ©*nxiben aud) bur* &r;urtngen iam, nritlte tie ocrrmttwere ©tafin Jftattyarina son ©*tt>atsbutg/ etne gebotne gurjtfn t>on £enne* berg/ etnen ©aitt>egarbc*S3nef bei ir;m aug/ bag tfyre Untet^ ttjanen Don beu but*stef)enben fpamfdfoen 2Ctmee SfttdjtS p letben tyaben foliten. Sagegen serbanb 2 fie fid), 23rob, Ster unb anbere £eben$mtttel gegen bttiige Seja^ung aug Dubois ftabt an bte ©aalbtucfe fdjaffen §u (affen/ urn Me fpamf*en Sruppen/ bte bott uberfefcen 3 rmitbett/ §u serforgen. Sod) ge~ brau*te fte babet bte S3orftd)t, bte SSrucfe, rce(*e bt*t bet bet ©tabt »ar/ in ber @ef*rtunbtgfett abbre*en unb in etner gtijiew (Sntfemung uber bag Gaffer f*tagen *u tafTcn/Cl) bamit bte a(t$ugrofe $ttyf bet ©tabt tyre raubtufttgen ©afte m*t in $erfu*ung fufyrte. gugfei* nwrbe ben sergbnnt/ tfyre beften #ab= feligfeiten auf bag SKubotftabter ©*lop §u fXudjten. $5t\ttUxtotiU ndtjerte ft* bet fpanif*e ©enerai/ t)om £er§og $einri* »on S3raunf*ttrieg unb beffen ©ofynen begtettet/ bet Qtabt unb bat fid) but* einen SBoten/ ben et ttotanf*tc£te/ bet 1 when the same auxiliary belongs to more than one verb, it need only be once employed. The English coincides in this with the German language. 2 ft* serbtnben/ to oblige. 3 Verbs compounded with the following prepositions are separable and inseparable: burd)/ uber/ unt/ untet. 1. When separable, those verbs have a neutral signification. When inseparable, they are intransitives, and govern the ace. case. 2. They are separable, when the accent is laid upon the preposition ; they are inseparable when the preposition is void of accent. Uebets fe^crt/ to pass over, here separable 5 to translate, inseparable. German Reader. 69 bee ©rafirt son i§e etnes fttt^tyeeriji getyan* fennte nid)t rr-or/t abgefdfrlagen rcerbem -Dftan umvbe ge- ben, rraS ba6 £au3 DermSd^tCy rrar tie ^nttsott, feme @rcet= leu? molten fommen unb DotUeb tubmen, ^ugtetd) unteriief 4 man nid)t, ber ©ausergaibe nod) einmal $u gebenfen unb bem fpantfd)cn (general bie geroiffenr;afte SBecbadjtung berfelben an's £er* §u legem @tn freunblttf)er (Smrfang unb erne gutbefe§te Safcl erwar* teten ben £er$og auf bem ©d)loffe. (St mu§ 5 geftetjen, ba? bie tr;uringtfd;en £)amen eine \tf)t gute Jtucbje tubmen unb auf Me (£b;re bee @afrc$ti fallen. 9£od) fyat man fid) laum nie= betgefekt, als ein diitott bie ©rdftn au£ bem ®aat rufr. @§ ttrivb i$r gemeitet/ bag in etntgen £)5rfern unterrregs bk fpa= mfefyert ©olbaten ©ewalt gebraudjt unb ben SBauern ba3 25tef> ireggetrieben fatten, ^at^artna rrar eine flutter ifjreS £>olfS$ rraS bem armften tb;rer Unfertfcanen mibttfvfyt, 6 wat if>r felbft sugeftofsen. 2Cuf s 2Ceu£erfie uber biefe ^crtbrucrjgf eit entrufrew bod) Don t'fjrer ©eiftcSgegenroart uid)t oerlafiett/ benefit fie tbrer garden £)tenerfd)aft fid) in atfer ©efd&nrinbigfett unb Grille ^u berraffnen unb bie ^d)icf pforten motyl gu rcvrtegeln 5 ft« felbft begiebt fid) rrieber nad) bem &aaU, wo bk gurften nod) bet S£ifd)e ft|en* £ier !lagt fie ir/nen in ben beiregltd)fren 7£vt& brucfen/ rra§ eben b;triterbrad)t 7 rrorben/ unb trie fd)led)t man ba$ gegebene ^Catfertrcrt getjalren. 3 SOfccm errrtebert i$r mil &u$en; bag bieS nun einmal £rieg€(jebrau unb bag bet ein-em ©urdjmarfd) Don ©olbatcn bergteid)en llcinc Unfatte nid)t gu red;ucen trdren. " £a§ wollcn rrir bod) fc^cn/" antirortete fte aufgebrad;t u SKeinen armen Unterti;anen mug ba§ S^wgc rrieber rrerben/ cber, bet ©ottl"— inbem fte, brof)enb/ tyre 4 untcrlajfen, to omit. 5 the present tease is substituted for the imperfect in animated historical narrations, and this practice is in German by far more frequent than in English. 6 rricer- fafyren, to happen, "ijtnterbctngen, to announce. s b;abe is to be understood. It is a peculiarity in the German language, that the first and second auxiliary, when placed at the end of a sentence, may be omitted. g 2 70 Progressive ©timme anftrcngte/— "gfirftcnblut fflt £)d)fenblutr Stttt biefcr. bunbigen @rf iarung certtefj ffe ba$ Simmer, baS irt tcenigen 2Cugenblicfen con SSetcaffneten erfullt war, bic fid), bae <3d)tcert in ber £anb, bod) mtt meter a§ blteb if)m ubrig, al§ fid) in ©ebuib §u faffen unb auf tueldje SSebtngung e$ aud) fer;, bie beleibigte ^)ame gu cerfofynen? ^einrtd) con 23raunfd)teeig fajjte fid) §u= erjt unb brad) in ein tauteS ©etad)ter aug. entnmbet$ alS S5lud)er rcabrnabm, 13 ba$ fetn ^Pferb/ nadjbem eg eine S83etle pfetlfdjnell fortgerannt/ 14 gufammenfturgen rootite, 15 rtef er, im SBetru^tfe^n 16 beg geinbeg $ltyt: a 5toj!i^ nun bin td) oerloren!" 3n btefem 2Cugenbltcf jtur§te bag *Pferb meter/ unb mtt tfym 2Sluct}er/ balb unter benfelben betdubt am SSege Itegenb. (Sogtetcr; fprang 9cofttg 17 00m spferbe/ flelite fid) neben ls ben gelbberrn/ lte£ 19 ba$ ttrilbe ©etummei/ erft ber $3reu~ f cri/ bann ber nad)Je$enben grangofen/ ttorubeqagen, unb t)teU :o fid), um unbeacfytet gu bleiben/ rufytg unb unberoegltd) $ bod) tjatte 5 entgegen, prepos. gov. the dative — stands always after the case it governs. 6 barbieten/ to offer, expose. 7 £aupt in elev. style for &opf. s ^pi|e poetically for head, — the extreme end. 9 (5tnt)auen/ charge: as in English present part., so in German are the infinitives convertible into substantives, and require to be written with a capital letter. 10 empfangen, to receive, await. 11 fdjltefi en/ to close; here, in close ranks. 12 ©rafen ». 5^.# apposition to the noun to which it refers, and must stand in the same case; see Ollendorff 88th lesson. » roabrnefymen/ to perceive. 14 fortrennen, to run on. 15 tvoVLU, was about to. 16 a compound verb: in the infinitive used as a subst. and re- quiring the genitive, ^the sentence beginning with an adverb, the subj, stands after the verb. ls here neben gov. the ace. see Ollendorff 29th lesson. 19 laffem used in German both im- peratively and admissively : as, let him write, iaj? tfyn fd)retben 5 I let him have it, \ btc gtanjofen in oerftarfrem 2Cntauf abermalS ^uructt efyrten/ bie preu= ^ifd^en Shelter eilig wctdjen muften/ unb SStudjev nod) eben mil tljnen enlfam. 31 (Sine (£d)aat ge(d)iofj"enen gufroolfii nafym $te gtadjiigen auf/ unb fe$te bem SSerfolgen 32 cin Siei. 33 SSiadjerS S^cltung tying 34 an bm 2Cugenblitfe, ba et burd) SftofKI rcieber aufs spferb lam? unmittetbar barauf brang 35 ber geinb nrieber Dot/ unb blieb im SBeft^e be§ S3oben§/ bet trjm einen 2Cugenblict ben un= fdja|batftcn ©euunn/ bod) glucflid)er SSBeife unetlannl unb oet^ gebenS/ gelragen 36 tjatte ! 2Md) einc SBenbung bet £)inge/ wenn S3lud)er tyicr in ©efangenfdjaft geraltyen roare ! 2Cn eine (Sd)tad)t son SBcllcalliancc * rf85atcrXoo) # trie fte batauf (Stall fanb/ war bann nid)l &u benfen/ 37 in fcfyneller (Sntttucfetung t>on goige §u 21 jietyen/ to draw. 22 w ith impunity. 23 einlrelen, to set in. 24 begtnnenb/ a verbal adj., beginning, set in. 25 g um ©lucf/ fortunately. 26 fid) fammeln, (reflective verb) to collect. The reflect, pronouns stand immediately after the verb, if there is no inversion, but when a conjunction, adverb, or relative word occurs, they stand immediately after the personal pro- nouns. 27 fprengen/ to gallop. 28 a verbal adject, used sub- stantively. 29 atifyalttn, to arrest, to stop. 3° rjelren, to assist. The verb rjelfem does not admit of the prepos. ju before the next infinitive dependant upon it. 31 entfommen, to escape. 32 a verbal noun. 33 ein 3iel fe^en/ to put an end to. 34 f)angen, to depend on. 35 ttorbringen, to advance. 36 ©enunn tragen/ to yield an advantage, 37 war bann nicrjt gu benfen^ could then be no question. German Reader. 73 golge 38 naljm 39 Me allgemeine gerruttung uberfyanb, 39 unb eS ift Me grage,- auf wcldjen SSebingnifien bann etne oerdnberte Drbnung bee £>inge ftd) erljob. 40 2Cl§ £3lud)er fpaterijin etnmal tm (gin- ^elnen uberbad)te, ix>a§ tym perfonlid) in folcfyem gatfe fur em Soo§ bettorgejranben 41 $Stie# rote er tm fcfymaapolljlen Sriumplje bem SSolf e jur @d)au, nad) ^ari^ eingefufyrt roorben rcdre, f djau* berte er *>or bem S3ilbe jurucf/ unb rief : " 9^ofli|i ba fatten a$ fatten <3ie getljan ? "— " SOSaS td) gettyan t)dtte/" erroieberte SRojitfc/ " ba3 roetfi id) nid)t/ aber id) rcetfj, was id) in foldjem gatte fcatte ttyun follen." (£• 21. S3arnl)agen oon @nfc.) 45*— § riebrid) *> o n ©filter* £)te #elben fillers ffnb burd) einen 2Cbel ber SRatur auSge* ^eidinet/ bet- unmittelbat ate retne, tjollenbete (Sd)6nfyeittteld)e§ unmittelbat: fyettige (£rfurd)t erroecft. liefer ©trafyl etneS fySfyern StdjtS mug abet*/ in tie bunfeln en ber £otle roirb ber dngel fcfyoner. £)iefer ©d)5nl)ett erjles ©efyetmnifj ift tie engelreine Unfctyulb, Me ewig in bm ebelften ^aturen roofynt. liefer 2fbe( ber Unfctyulb f e§rt in benfelben l)immlifd)en gugen eineS reinen jugenblicfyen (Su* gels in alien grojjen £)td)tungen ©fitters wieber. Sn ber Xtd)tc= ften SSerfldrung, alS retne &inblid>£eit, solltg waffenloS unb ben- nod) unantaftbar, gleid) jenem $6nig3finbe, wetdjeS, nad) ber (Sage, unter ben wilben £l)ieren beS SSalbeS unt>erlc|t unb ldd)elnb fpielte, erfdjetnt Mefe Unfd)ulb in bem Ijerrlidjen 25itbe gttbolinS. lOSirb fte bcS eigenen ©lacfeS ftd) betrufst, fo we eft fte ben Sfteib ber l)immlifd)en 50tad)te. Sn biefem neuen ru^renben EKet^ erbli!= fen nmc fte bti vgero unb Seanber. SDlit biefem friegertfclien «&elme 38 event after event, successively. 39 uberfyanbnefymen, to spread, to prevail. 40 ftd& erl)eben, reflective verb, to arise. 4 1 be^orjre()en/ separable compound verb, to await, expect. 74 Progressive gcfdjmfitft/ Dom geuer ebtec Setbcnfd)aft tie blufyenbe 23ange ge= rotljet, trttt tie }ugenbltd)e Unfd)ulb alien bunleln $Md)ten bee £ot!e gegenuber. 80 ^at arabieg am 2j:bgrunb eineg tfraterg. SSenn S^alfpeareS ©ebilbe in nod) fetnerem £tlien[d)mel5 fjin* gejaubert fdjetrten, fo bel)aupten bod) ©d)illerg Sungfrauen ben &or§ug jener ©cele in ber Sitte, beg fraftuollen, lebenbtgen£)ufteg, unb pterin ftetyen fie ben £)id)tungen be§ @op$oBeS nafjer. ©te ftnb md)t rcetd), mt biz Ijetltgen beg (Sarlo £)olce ober (Sorregio, fte tragen ein Ijetltgeg geuer ber Rzaft in ftd), rote tie SCRabonnen beg 9tap$ael. ©te ruljren ung nid)t atletn, fte begetjlern ung. £)te tyetltge Unfd)uib ber Sungfrau tritt aber am fyerrticfyften &en>or, rcenn fte §ur ©trettertn ©otteg augerfe^en roirb. tet/ unb fte ill biz vol* ienbetjle ©rfdjeiaung jeneg !riegerifd)en @nge(g/ ber bzn £elm tragt unb biz ga^ne beg £tmmelg. Sffiteber in anbrer SCSetfe t>at ©djitter biefe Unfcfyulb mit jeber f)errlid;en (gntfaltung ad)ter Sftdnnlid)! eit &u paaren genmjit. £iec ragen cor alien brei Ijeilige £elbengeftalten tjeroor/ jener frtege* rifdje 3ungltng $5ta% ^Ptccolomini, rein/ unoerborben unter alien Saftern beg Sagerg unb beg ^>aufeS$ SOtorqatS ?>ofa/ beffen ©eijl mit jeber intelleftuellen SBtlbung auggeruftet, ein retner Sempel ber Unfdjulb getteben 5 enbltd) jener f rafiige, fd)ltd)te ©o§n ber SSerge, mfyelm Sell, in fetner TUxt bag coUenbete ©eitenftutf $ur Sungfrau con Orleans 2£enn $Ux uberaU bte Unfdjulb in iljrer reinflen ®lorie %ix? oortritt/ fo f annte (Stiller bod) aud) jenen ^ampf einer urfprflng* lidjen Unf^ulb mit ber Seflecfung etgner ©djulb burd) gro^e 5et^ ten[d)aften/ unb er l;at t^n mit gleid)er Stebe unb mit berfelben oollenbeten ^unft ung cor bte ©eele ge^aubert. SBie tief ergretft ung ieneg 9}Jagbalenenl)afte in SDftorta (Stuart ! SQSag lann rul;ren^ ber \ty>n, alg bte ©elbftuberroinbung ^arl SC^oor'g ! 5Bte unuber= trfffltd) gei|lreti> toafyx, erfd)utternb ift ber &f in giegfog' unb ifiSattenpeiffS gro^en ©eelen bargejlellt ! German Reader. 15 28ir tr-enben unS *u einem &»etten ©efyeimnig bee ©djon^cit in ben ibeaten Sftaturen ©djillers. £>ie§ if! bag 2Cbettge/ tie (Sfyrenfjaftigfett. (Seine £elben unb £elbinnen aerldugnen ben ©totj unb tie SBfirbe mentals tie etne l)6f)ere Sftatur beurfunben/ unb alle ifyre 2(euf5erungen tragen ben (Steropel bcr ©rogmufl) unb be3 angebornen 2CbeI6. 3fyr reiner ©egenfa§ iff ba§ ©emeine/ unb jene @oiwemeh§/ weldjc ber gemeinen statue $um 3aum unb ©an* gelbanbe bient : £rdftig/ fret/ felbffffdnbig/ ortginell/ nur bem 3uge tec eblen Sftatur folgenb/ gerrcifen ©d)iller§ £elben bte ©eroebe/ bartn gemeine 9Xenfd)en t^r alitdgtidjes ©afegn t)tnfd)leppen. (§6 iff tyod)ff be 5 etd)nenb fur bte ^oefte ©djittcr'g/ bag alle feine #elben ieneS ©eprdge beS ©eme§, baS impontrenbe SBefen an ftd) tragem ba§ aud) im trtrfttd)en Seben ben l)6d)ffen 2Cbel ber menfd)ltd)en SKatur §u begleiten pflegt. 2CUc feme #etben tragen ba$ ©iegel be§ §eu§ auf bcr ©time. Sn feinen erften ©ebtd)ten modhte man biefe freie/ fufjne ©ebefyrbe tr>ot?X etrra§ unge[d)lad)t unb etfigt ftn- ben^ unb ber £)id;ter felbff lie? ftd) tm eleganten SSeimar sertei- ten/ feinen dauber ein tr-enig p cioiliftren. SQSer follte jebod) nid;t burd) etne rau^e ^uEe in ben feffen/ reinen £emantfern ber eb- lem Statur fytnburd)fd)auen ? SGSeldje Sfccrfyeiten man in £art sfilccx, aucfy in £abale unb Stebe unb im gteSfo ftnben mag/ id) fann fte nid)t anberS betradbten; aX6 bte Sbor^eiten jeneS alt* beutfd)en 9parcifat/ ber alS ro^er &nabe nod) im linbifdjen £leibe guv S5efd)dmung alter ©potter fein abeltgeS £etbenf)er 5 crprobtc 5 ia bte ©eroalt ffttltdjer ©djSntyeit in enter eblen 9tatur fann rooty I nirgenbS rutyrenber unb ergretfenber roirfen/ aU rco fte fo unbe= nmfjt ber etnfeitigen SSerfpottung bloSgeffellt iff. £)a§ britte unb f)5d)ffe ©ebetmnip ber @dE)5nr)ctt in ben Statu- ren ©d)iUers iff ba§ geuer ebler 2eibenfd)aften. SSon biefem geuer iff jebeS grofje £er* ergrtffen j eS iff bag £pferfeuer fur tie *)tmm= lifdben SDldd)te/ bte seffalifdje glamme/ oon ben ©emeifyten im £em= pel @otte§ getyutet/ ber spromettyeuSsgunf e> com £immet entmanbt/ urn ben 93lenfd)en eine gottlidbe ©eele n u geben/ ba§ 53ftngfffeuer ber ^Begeifferung/ in rceldjem tk ©eelen getauft roerben 5 ba$ $){)cnirfeuer/ morin unfer ®efd)led)t ftd) emig neu oerjungt. £>bne bie ©lut^ ebler Setbenfd)aften fann nid)t§ ©rof eg gebetl)en im £e= ben unb im d5ebtd)te. Seber ©eniu§ tragi biefeg l)immttfd;e geuer, unb alle feine ©d)6pfungen ffnb bacon burd)brungen. ©d)iller§ $>oefte iff ein ffarfer unb feuriger SKein 5 alle feine SKortc ffnb glammen ber ebelffen (Smpftnbung. ^)er Sbeale/ bie er unS ge- fdjaffeti; ftnb dd)te ^inber feineg gluten ^erjeng/ unb gettjeilte ©tra^len feines eigenen geuers. SSor alien £>i<$tern ber)auptet 76 Progressive @d)ttter aber ben SSor&ug ber reinften unb gu^Xctd) ber ftdrfften £eibenfd)aft. Reiner son fo reinem £ersen trug biefeS geuer, let- ner son folcbem geuer befag biefe SSetnljeit. (So fefyn nrir ben retnjten unter ben trbtfefyen ©toffen/ ben Clamant, roenn er tr\U sunbet n>trb/ and) in einem ©tans unb einer innern ©lutpraft brennen, gegen bte jebeS anbere geuer matt unb trub erfdjeint gragen toit ung, ob e§ eine feufdjere, beitigere £tebe geben mag, all fie <§d)itfer empfunben, unb feinen Siebenben in bk (Seele gefyaucfyt? Unb wo finben nrir fie nueber fo feurig unb gemaltig, unuberwinbltd) gegen eine fBSctt soil geinbe, bte \bty\tz ©eelen* fidrfe roecfenb, tie ungetyeucrjten £)pfer freubtg bulbenb? $on intern fanftcjlcn SRetj, som erjlen SBegegnen beS 2Cuge6, t>om erflen ietfen £ersfd)tag bt§ sum erfdjutternben ©turm aUer ©efubte, bis sur uberrafd)ent>en £etbentbat be§ jungfraultdjen SOlut^eS/ bis sum ertyabenen £)pfertob ber Siebenben entfaltet bte £tebe bier ben un* erme§lid)en !Keid)ti?um ifyrer @d)6n^eit/ ttrie eine fyetlige 3ttu|tf / ttom weidfojien SQMton bte sum roilen (Sturm ber gercattigfien flange. ("SB. SOlcng e I.) 46,—© f) a f f p e a r e ♦ (§§ tfl eine ganje 3Sett in (Sfyaffpeare'S SSerfen entfaltet. fSer biefe etnmal in bag 2Cuge gefafjt §at, mt in ba§ SSefen feiner £>id)tung eingebrungen ifl, ber nrirb fid) fcfywerUd) burd) bk blo# fdjeinbavc Unformlid)fett, ober melme^r bte befonbere unb ttym gans eigentf)umlid)e gorm ftoren laffen, ober burd) ba§, ma§ man uber btefe/ roo man ben ©eiffc nidjt uerftanb, gefagt bat. fBkimtfyt ttrirb er aud) bk gorm in ifyrer 2£rt gut unb sortrefftid) finben/ infofern fie jenem ©eiji unb SGSefen burd)au£ entfprtd)t, unb trie eine angemeffene #utle fid) iijm glMlid) anfdjlieft ©baffpeare'S spoefie iff bem beutfefyen ©etfte fefyr wxtoanbt, unb er nnrb son bzn 2>eutfd)en mtfyv, att jeber anbere frembe unb gans rote «tn etn= t)eimifd)er 2)td)ter empfunben. 3n (Snglanb felbft erseugt bk oberflad)lid)e ^efynlicfyfeit, wetdje anbere geringere 2)id)ter beffct* ben £anbe§ in ber au^ern gorm mit (Si)a!fpeare ijaben/ manebe ':DUftoerjlanbmffe. Sie gorm aber lann/ fo fefyr un§ aud) bte £ j)oefie anfpridjt, urn fo weniger fur unfre SBttyne au§fd)lie^enbeg SSorbttb ober Sftegel fet)n/ ba felbft jene bem ©ijalfpeare eigne befonbere ©efut)l$roetfe/ fo trie er fie tjat unb su gebraudjen wet?/ jwar t)6d)jl poetifeb, an unb fur fid) aber bocb feinegwegS bte allein gultige, ober bem 3ie( ber bramatifdjen ^)id)tfun)l einsig entfpre* ^enbe iji. ( © d) I e g e I . ) German Header. 77 47 4 — U e b e r ©i)affpeare'§ $ .a m I e t « 3*)r fennt (grjaffpeare'S 1 Jpamtet. 3art unb ebel entfproffens nmd}§ 3 Me ISntgltdjc SSlume/ unter ben unmittelbaren (Sinfluffen ber SDcajefrat/ ijeroor j 3 ber SBegtiff be3 SitfytS unb ber furftlidjen SBurbe/ ba$ ©efurjt be§ ©uteri 4 unb 2Cnftanbtgen 4 mtt tern SSe* nmgtfei)n ber #6§e feiner ©eburt, entroictelten fid) $ugletd) in it)m. (gr war etn gurfl/ etn geborner gurjt/ unb ttmnfer-te §u regieren, nur tamit ber ©ute 4 ungefytnbert gut fet)n iu5d)te. 5 2£ngenebm son ©eflalt; geftttet Don §flattir# gefallig Don £er$en aus, 6 follte er ba§ Sftujter ber Sugenb fern unb tie gteube ber fOSelt rcerben. £)l)ne trgenb cine i)erDorfted)enbe 7 Setbenfdjaft war feine Siebe &u SDptjelten ein ftitfeS S5orgefut)l fufev Skburfnifje h fein (Sifcr su ritteriicfyen Uebungen tear ntdjt gan^ original 5 s oielmef)r mufte biefe Suft; burcty ba§ Sob/ ba§ man bem Written 3 betfegte, gefdwft unb err)et)t werben* rein fuEjlenb 9 fannte er tit Sftebttctjen/ unb umfite bte SRufyt §u fdjd^en/ tie ein aufrid)tigee> ©emutr) an bem offnen 33ufen eine§ greunbeS genieftf. £3t3 ouf 10 einen geirijfen ©rab rjatte er in Mnjren unb IJBiffenfdjaftcn tab ©ute unb ©d)6nc erlennen unb rcurbtgen gelernt $ ha$ 2C'cge[d)ma- iigung. Sin afabemifd)eS £infd)lenbern fd)ien er aud) bet £ofe fortgufe^en. @r befafj metyr grof)Ud)f eit bcr Saune at* beS ^er* sens, war ein guter ©efellfdjafter, nad)giebig, befcfyetben, beforgt, unb I onnte eine SSeieibigung uergeben unb Dergeffen $ aber mentals f onnte er fid) mtt bem 12 aereimgen/ ber tie ©ren^en bee Sftedjten, beS ©uten, beS tfnft&nbigen uberfdjrttt. 13 £>enfen ©ie fid) einen sprin^en, wte id) ttm gefd)ilbert $abe f beffen Skater unuermutfyet ftirbt. 14 (§f)rgei§ unb £errfd)fud)t ftnb nid)t bie Seibenfdjaften/ tie tfjn belebenj er fyattc ftcr/3 gefailen laffen/ 15 * ©ofyn eineS $6nig£ 511 fepn 5 aber nun ift er erft ge= notf)igt, auf tm 2Cbftanb aufmerf famer $u werben/ ber ben $6nig t>om Untertfyanen fdjeibet. £)a3 9ffed)t gur $rone war nid)t erbiid), unb bod) tyatte ein langereS Seben feineS latere \>k 2Cnfprud)e feineS einjigen (SofyneS mef)r befeftigt, unb bie. #offnung jur £rone gefidjert. £)agegen ftefyt er fid) nun burd) feinen £)§etm/ of)ngead> tet 15 f fd)einbarer 2kr[pred)ungen, metleid)t auf immer auSgefd)tofc fen* 16 er fttytte fid) nun fo arm an ©nabe, an ©Stent/ unb fremb in btm, wa§ er yon Sugenb auf ate fein (Stgentimm Utvatytm fonnte. #iet njmmt 1 ? fein ©emfitty bie erjte traurige Sftdjtung. ortgen 3uftanbe btfeft er nur \vu nad) einem 11 placid, composed. I2 a determinative pronoun for bemjte* nigen, and must, to distinguish it in speaking from the article, have the emphasis laid upon it — see Ollendorff, 14th lesson. 13 uberfdjretten, to exceed. 14 jterben/ to die. 15 * ftdj) gefatten Xafferi/ to submit to. The apostrophe stands for e or eS/ which is frequently contracted in this manner, particularly with per- sonal pronouns. The neuter pronoun of the third person, is often used in German, and in the above expression almost always, when the subject or nominative is not to begin the sentence, and it then stands after the verb. 15 f ofyngead)tet, notwithstanding, may precede or stand after the case it governs* 16 au$fd)ltepetv to exclude. 17 netymen, to take. 18 sunk down 5 a verbal adjective. German Reader. 79 t>erfd)tuunbnen Sraume. SSergebeng/ bag fein £)f)etm £i;n aufmun* tern/ t§m feme Sage au3 etnem anbern @eftd)tSpunfte §eigen will/ bte (Smpftnbung fetncg ^ticfyts 19 sertaft it)n nie. £)er §tt)ette erle£te ttefct/ beugtenod) mei)r. @s tjl bte £eiratf) feiner Gutter. 3$mi etnem treuen unb ^artltdben (Sofyne/ blieb/ ba fein SSater ftarb/ eine Suiter nod) ubrig* 21 er fyoffte in ©efettfcfyaft feiner tyintertaffenen eblen SOlutter bte v§>etbengejralt ieneS grog en 2Cbge(d)iebenen §u uerefyren 5 aber aud) fetne Gutter uerliert er/ unb e6 tfl; f glimmer/ alS rcenn fte tym ber Sob geraubt fyatte. £)a3 gumlafftge SSUb/ ba3 ftd) ein rcofytgeratrjeneS ^tnb fo gem son fetnen Cittern ma$i, serfdom* bet i bet bem Sobten 22 ifl feme £ulfe/ unb an ber Sebenbigen 23 fem 23 4?alt. <£te ift aud) ein SBeib/ unb unter bem atfgemeinen ©efd)ied)t3namen/ ®ebred)tid)f eit/ ifl; audi) fte begrif en. 9fam erft ffi< er ftd) 22 red)t gebeugt/ nun erjt oerwaif't/ unb fein @tucf ber SBSelt lann t$m rcieber erfe^em wag er serioren rjat. 9fftd)t traurig/ nid)t nadjbenfiid) won 9tatur/ nrirb t^m Srauer unb 9tad)benfen gur fdjweren SBurbe. Bo fetjen wit if)n auftreten. 3d) glaube nid)t/ bag id) etoa§ in bag ©tficf i)ineintege/ ober einen 3ug ubertretbe. £)enf en (Sie fid) btefen 3ungling/. biefen gurfrenfofyn red)t leb* t)aft/ ttergegenmartigen ©ie ftd) fetne Sage/ unb bann beobadjten (Sic i^n/ u>enn er erfafyrt/ tie ©eflatt femes Waters erfcfyeine h ftefyen ©ie tfym bet in ber fd)retflid)en Sftadjt/ rcenn ber e^rwurbigc ®eift feibjl uor ifym auftrttt (Sin unge^cureS (Sntfe^en ergreift tr;n 5 er rebet tk SBunbergeflait an/ ftet)t fte nrinf en/ 24 folgt unb bort. £)ie fdjrecBltdje 2Cn!tage unber f einen £)tyim ertont in feinen £)f)ren/ 2£ufforberung §ur 3fad)e unb bie bringenbe toieber* f)olte SSitte: erinnere bify roetneri 25 19 $lid)t$ and (StroaS are used substantively. 20 treffen/ to hit, befall. 21 ubrig/ left. 22 to give more effect to the language, the imperfect is often replaced by the present, in the narrative style — see Ollendorff, 102nd lesson, of Tenses. & Two adjec- tives used substantively, the first in the dative masculine, the second in the dative feminine, distinguished only by the definite article which precedes them. 24 Infinitives belonging to the verb fefyen/ have not the preposition gu before them. 25 erin= nern/ to remember, governs the genitive case — see Ollendorff, 73rd lesson, obs. d. so rogressive Unb bet 26 bet ©etft oerfdjnnmben ift/ n>en fefyen ttrit sot un$ ftefyen? (Sinen jungen #eiben/ ber nad) SKad)e fdjnaubt? ©inert ge^ bornen gutjlen, ber fid) glucflid) fSt)Xt/ gegen ben Ufurpator feinei: $rone aufgeforbet §u rcerben? 9tein! ©tauncn unb Srubftnn flberfa'Ut ben (Sinfamen* er nrirb bitter gegen tie ladjelnbcn SB&fe* tmdjter* fcfywort, ben 2Cbgefd)iebenen niajt su oergeffen, unb f d)Uegt mit btm bebeutenben ^euf^er : bk 3ett iff au3 bem d5eXenf c 5 wefye mir, bag id) geboren loacbi fte tt>teber ein§urid)ten. 3n btefem Morten, bunft mid), Itegt ber 6$lfifiel §u £amlet$ ga^em SSetragen/ unb mir iji beutlid), baf? (Sfyaffpeare ijabc fd)U= bern wotlen: eine groge Sfyat auf eine ©eele gelegt, bie bet £§at nid)t gen?ad)fen tft. Unb in btefem (Sinne finb' id) ba6 ter wixb 27 ein (§id)baum in emfSjUtdjeS ©efafj gcpflangt/ ba$ nur lieblidje SSIumen in feinen ctXtg, biefe §u fdjwer. 2)a§ Unm6glid)e ttrirb t)on ityn geforbert/ nidjt ba$ Unmogttdje an fid)/ fonbern ba§ was ifym un- moglid) ijl. fSStc er fid) u^tnbet, brefyt, angftigt/ sor unb gurutf tritt/ immer erinnert *t>irb/ fid) immer errtnnert unb &ule§t fail feinen Srcetf au3 bem (Sinne serliert/ ofyne bod) jemal£ rcieber frof) 5U roetben, 9to mit roentg 3Keifter$figen ijl £)pf)elten 5 $ (Karaite* aollenbet. 3§r gan&e§ 2Be[en fd&wefct in reifer fufer ©umtfdjfeit S^e 5^ei= gung §u bem sprtnjen/ auf beffen £anb an fie 2Cn[prud) madjen barf/ fltegt fo au§ ber {Quelle, ba$ gute £er& uberld^t 29 ftd) fo gan§ feinem SSertangen/ baf? Skter unb SSruber beibe furd)ten, bzibz gerabegu unb unbefdjetben rcarnen. ©er SBo^ljlanb/ tt)ie ber leidjte g(or auf iljrem SSufen/ fann bit SSeroegung i!)re6 ^)er§en§ nid)t 5?erbergen/ er w?trb oieime^r 30 ein SServatber bie[er leifen SSewe^ 26 ha and atS are properly synonymous, referring to the oc- currence of past events, but with this difference, that a I § has reference simply to time, whilst b at besides fixing the time is also a causative, which a Xg is not. 2 ' The passive form of the verb is expressed in German by the auxiliary werben— see Ollendorff, 57th lesson. 28 §u ©runbe ge&ett/ to be ruined, 29 ftd) uberlaffen/ to give one's self up, inseparable compound verb. 30 rather. German Reader. SI Bung. 3$re ©inbilbunggtraft ift angefrecfr, 31 itycz jiitle ^BefdbeU bcnljett atfymet etne liebcoollc SBegierbe/ unb fotfte bie bequeme ©btiin (Megenfyeit bag Saumdjen fd)utteln, fo rcurbe bie grud)t fogleid) fjerabfallen. Unb nun* n>enn fie pdj serlaffen fief)t/ t)er|logen unb oerfd)ma$ti menu in bet ©eete tfyreg wafynftnmgen ©etiebten fid) bag £od)jre sum Sieffren umwenbct# unb er tyr# flatt beg fugen 23ed)erg bet: 2tebe/ ben bittern £eld) ber Seiben rjinretdit. f)v £ cvjbrid)t/ bag gan^e ©erujl ifyreg £afet)ng rMt aus fetnen gugeit/ ber Sob ifyreg £3aterg jturmt herein/ unb bag fd;5ne ©ebdube frut^tooUtg gufammen. (3. SB. »on @6t*)e.) 4s.—® lucf unb @ r o £ e b e 3 Sifter S. ©te& Me Sftenfdfoen an, »tc fte nad) ©IM unb SSergnugen ten* nen ! 3§re SB5unfd;e ; tyre fOlu^e/ t^r ©olb jagen rafrlog, unb roonacf)? 1 sftadft bem/ wag bee £)td)ter Don ber Sftatur ert)alten i)at f nad) bem ©enujfe ber fOSelt/ nad) bem 5)JUtgefuf)l feiner felbft in 2Cnbern, nad) einem §armonifd)en ^ufammcni'eijn mitoielen, eft mvoereinbaren £ingen. g£ag beunrufyigt Me DJlenfcfyen, ale 2 bag fte ifyre SBcgriffe nid)t mit ben (Sacfyen oerbinben lonnen/ ba^ ber ©enufj fid) tfmen unter ben £dnben 3 rcegftiefyit/ bag ba$ ©e»unfd)te ju fpdt fommt/ unb bag alleS (§rreid)teunb (Srtangte auf ii)r #er^ ntcfct tie SBtrfung tbur, rceldje bu ^eaterbe ung in ber gerne afynen iafi I— @ieid)|am trie einen ©ott $at bag (gdjieffat ben £id)ter uber bag OTeg binuber ge[e£t. <£r ft'e^t bag ©etrarre ber Setben* fd^aften/ gamilien unb !Ketd)e 4 fid) gwetflog betr-egen, er fter>t bie unaufI5glid)en SRatbfel ber SDHfsDerftdnbniffe, benen oftnur etn em* fnlbigeg HSort gur Grntaitfelung fe^Xt/ unfdglid) Derberbtfd)e £3er= 31 infected* 1 a demonstrative, relative, or interrogative pronoun is never used in conjunction with a preposition, when it relates to an indeterminate thing. Instead of the pronoun, one of the local adverbs wo/ bat or f) t e x f must be used. 2 but; aU is used in a restrictive sense instead of nut/ but then only either with gu# too, preceding or b a g following it; eg ift gu beutltd)/ atg bag man eg nic^t oerftetjen fottte. 3 unter ben £anbem a phrase used for unawares, imperceptibly, 4 realms. 82 Progressive wirrungen serurfad)en. (§r fufylt ba§ Sraurtge unb ba$ greubigc jebeg 9ttenfd)enfd)icffal3 mit. fOSenn ber SIBeltmenfd) in einer ab= gefyrenben SJleXandjolie uber grogen SScrXuft feine Sage X;infd;Xctd)t/ ober -in ausgetaffener greube f einem ©cl)tcJfaXe entgegengetjt : fo fdjreitet bte empfangtidje/ tetd)tbert>egtid)e ®eele beS £5id)ter3/ wtc bit roanbelnbe (Sonne/ Don Sftad)t §u Sag fort/ unb mit Xeifcn Uebergangen ftimmt feine £arfe &u greub unb Seib. (Singeboren auf bzm ©runbe feineS ^>er^en^ rcacfyft bte fd)5ne SSlume ber 2£ei§~ $ett Xjeroor/ unb rcenn bit 2Cnbew rcadjenb trdumen unb son un^ getyeuern SSorftcllungen aus alien ifyren <£tnnen geangftigt rcerben: fo Xebt er ben Sraum be§ £ebenS al§ ein SBadjenber, unb ba$ ©eltenjte/ wa§ gefd)tel)t/ iff i§m gugtetd) SSergangentjeit unb 3u- lunft. Unb fo ift ber 2)id)ter guQXetd) Sefyrer/ SBSabrfager, greunb ber ©otter unb ber 2D£enfd)en- (S- SB. »on (55ot!)e.) 49*— 2B e i b i i q e S3 1 1 b u n g* SHtbung ift uberatt bte Styre be§ 9(ftenfd)en unb bte SBur^c be$ gefellfd)aftttd)en 2eben§. 5>Jtan mug gebilbet fepn/ urn fortbau* ernb 2 $u gefatlen/ urn greube $u geben unb f elbft greube ju f)aben* 2Ctte fd}bnen (Sigentl)umtid)f eiten unfrer 9tatur tt>erben nur burd) SStlbung §u bem lebensollen 2 unb Karen 2Cu§brucfe gebrad)t ; in mltytm fte bte m$xi 9Jlenfd)lid)Mt barftellcm unb ttof)Uf)uenb 3 wtrfen. SSon bem SBSetbe mug man ttor$ugttd) SSilbung forbern. (5$ foil }a bilben 4 im Seben * trie f ann e§ bag/ 5 wenn e§ feibft nid)t gebtX^ bet ift ? (Seine SSefttmmung ift ju gef alien in feinem ©afegn unb fSSirfen. 6 Siefe erreid)t e§ nod) ntd)t 7 burd) feine (Sd)bn!)eit. 2Bir glauben bered)tigt §u fet)n ; bit retgenbe ©eftalt fur bit £utle einer fdjonen Seele §u batten/ unb wenben un6 mit Umtnllen X)m= meg/ menn mir unS pterin getaufd)t fefyen. £)ie @d)Snfyett ift nidt)t§ ofyne 2Cnmutb 4 unb biefe f ann tX>r nur son ber innern SBiXbtmg fommen. £>ieren fyat tyr ungunftigeS @efd)itf tie a§ bejle (Stnnbilb iljrer &kretntgung, i$re§ 3tt>edEe6 unb (55enuffe3 p fe^n 5 bebeutenber al3 bte gioei gletd) gefftmmten 3 ©attenfptele. £)iefe brucfen §lifyt$ au§, aU ©efelltgfett, bte lange nod) ntdjt 4 greunbfdjaft ift. @tn gefelttger 5Dlenfd) ift letcfyt unb uooty gefttmmt* 5 er fltmmt fid) felbft letd)t ju jteber ©efellfdjaft, unb fo ftimmt fid) aud) -btefe leid)t ju t!)m. @r brucft 9ttemanb mit feinem £)afer;n, er oerengt 6 ^etnen/ unb fo ift Sebermann gem urn i§n$ man ifl aud) bi$ auf etnen gettnjfen ©rab'mtt tym t>ertraut/ 7 n>eil man fuf)lt, ber Sttenfd) $aU s md)ts 2(rge§. Gfjaraftere ber 9 2Crt ftnb 5um tagltd)en Umgange gut. 2lber greunbfdjaft— weld) etn an= teres f)etlige§ 33anb ift btefe ! £er$en unb £anbe f nfrpft fte §u etnem gemetnfd)aftltd)en git>ecE jufammen/ unb wo biefer 3wecf augenfdjetnlidb, wo er fortwa^renb/ anftrengenb, felbft unter unb Winter ©efatyren sorltegt, ba ift ba3 SSanb ber greunbfdjaft oft fo genau, feft unb tyerglid), bap 9ttd)t§, al§ ber Sob, e§ §u tren= nen t>ermag. ©er spfyalam: gried)tfd)er greunbe im ilriege, bte alle, wte enter, fiegten, ober ftarben $ jene fyellen 3wtlltngSge- fttrne ber greunbfdjaft, t>k alien 9fatttonen, £ebrdem unb ®rte= d)en, (Screen unb SStlben, au$ ber sftad)t ber 3etten f)ert>or= 10 in the. n singularity. 12 peculiarity. 1 the ancients, 2 fd)lingen — in etnanber fdjlingen/ to inter- twine. 3 tuned to the same pitch. 4 far from being. 5 attuned, disposed. 6 incommodes. 7 intimate, familiar. 8 see Ollen- dorrT's 10 1st lesson Observation C, 9 Demonstrative pronoun feminine Genitive case. 84 Progressive German Readtr. Qtangen unb htm menfd)itd)en £ersen fo roof)( t^un/ 10 rooburd) iraren fie greunbe? (Sin gemeinfd)aftlid)er 3tt>ecB t-erbanb 11 fie h ©efafjr 503 ben ¬en jufammenj erprobte Sreue, fortge^enbcr/ n;ad)[enber (liter, glorreidje SDtftye/ gemeinfd)aftttd)e Sragung ber Sft&fye* 9£ot$ unb Sob enblid) mad)ttn ten £noten unauf- loslid)? SBie xoofyt iftt/ uoa$ jener greunb Don feinem greunbe fingt: beine Siebe n>ar mil mefjt/ aU grauenltebe! ©ie ©d)5pfung fennt md)t§ (SblereS, alS swei frettritfig unb unaufloslid) gufammengefcbtungcne 12 #&nbe, gwei freumHtg ein3 geworbenc #er§en unb Seben. (gin gemetn[d)afttid)e§ 13 £eben ijl ba$ $Raxt ber tra^ren gveunb* fdbaft 5 2Cuffd)iu5 unb Sfyeilung ber ^erjen, innige greube an etnanber, <$emetnfd&aftiid)e3 £eib mxt einanber, SRati), Srofr, SSemurmng unb £ulfe ffic einanber, ftnb ir;re ^enn$eid)en/ t^rc (Suing! eiren unb innere SSetofynung. 23a3 fur garte ©cfjctmniffe giebt's in ber greunbftfaft 5 3artgefub;l, aXS ob bie (Seete in beg 2Cnbern ©erte unmittetbar lafe 8 unb cora^nenb bejfen ®e= banfen fo rid)ttg erfenne, al§ ob'S ifyre eigcnen (Sebanf en n?dren ! Unb gcmtfi tie ©eete §at ^urretten $fta$t fie fo p erfennen, fc in be3 2Cnbern ^er§ unmittelbar unb innig ju rrofynen. £)ie ©lutr; ber greunbfdjaft ijl reine erquicfenbe Sttenfcfyen* n-atme. Die beiben glammen auf einem 2C!rar fpteXen in etn,= ember, tybzw unb tragen frobtocfenb einanber, unb oft nod) in ber ©tunbe ber traurtgen ©djetbung fdEppeben fte fro^lid) unb innig tn'i Sanb ber reinsert SSereinigung, ber treuejlen, umrenn= barften grombfdjaffc fiegenb empor. (Berber.) 51.— 2) enffprucfy* 3m @tM ntd ; t ftoljj fei)n, unb tm (Sturm ntdjt *agen, £a§ Unoermeiblie^e tntt £3urbe tragen, £a§ Sfted)te tbun# am ©djbnen fid) erfreuen, £a§ £eben tteben, unb ben Sob nid)t fd;euen, Unb fejr an ©ott unb beff're gufunft glauben, ^>ei^t teben, fytft htm Sob fetn SSitt'teS rauben. (©trecffirg.) 10 are so grateful' to. n r-erbtnben, to unite, 1C gufammefc fa;lniaen, to intertwine. 13 in unity. PART III. A CONCISE GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE, INTENDED AS AN INTRODUCTION TO OLLENDORFF'S NEW METHOD OF LEARNING TO READ, WRITE, AND SPEAK GERMAN, IN SIX MONTHS. GRAMMAR. In German, as in English, there are nine parts of speech, five of which are variable and four invariable. The variable are : 1. The Article, ba$ ©efdtfedjtswort. 2. The Noun or Substantive, bct£ ^auptwort. 3. The Adjective, ba$ (StgenfdftaftSttJOtt. 4. The Pronoun, t>a$ gfinport, 5. The Verb, bag 3etttt>ovt. The invariable are: 6. The Adverb, ba$ SKefcenwort. 7. The Preposition, bag SSerrjdltmfmott. 8. The Conjunction, ba$ SBinberoort. 9. The Interjection, ba$ (Smpjtnbungsworf. ( 2 ) CHAPTER I. ARTICLES. ©efc^tSworter* There are two articles, viz. : the definite bet/ the, and the indefinite cttt/ (a or an) ; which must agree with the nouns to which they are joined in gender, number, and case; they are declined in the three genders, Masculine, SOlcmnlitf). Feminine, fBeibttd). Neuter, ©adjlicfy. The definite article is thus declined. Singular. (Stnfyett. Plural, gjfc^eit, Masc. Fern. Neut. for all Genders, N. bet/ bit, ba$, N. tie/ the. G. beg/ f ber, be§, G. bet/ of the. D. tern, ber/ bem, D. ben/ to the, A. ben/ Me/ bets, A. bte/ the. The indefinite article is thus declined : Singular. ©nfyeit. Masc. Fern. ifcttf. N. ein, etne, ein/ a or an. G. etnes, einer. eineS, of a. D. einem, einer, einem, to a. A. einen, eine, ein/ a. CStn as an article, has no plural, but when used as a pronoun it has. (See the Pronouns.) ( a ) CHAPTER II. NOUNS. QaupmhUx* GENDER OF NOUNS. I.— Of the Masculine Gender are : — 1. The names of gods, of angels, and of evil spirits. 2. All male names, and appellations (diminutives excepted, which are neuter.) 3. The names of winds, stones, quarters of the globe, moun- tains, seasons, months and days. 4. Most nouns ending in aUt ig, tug/ Xing/ m f el, en, and er. II. — Of the Feminine Gender are : — 1. All female names and appellations (except diminutives which are neuter, and the two words ba$ 28eib/ the woman or wife 3 taS grauen$immer, a lady.) 2. The names of trees, fruits, flowers, when ending in e. 3. The names of rivers terminating in a, e, and au. 4. All substantives ending in e, et, in, tyxt, feit, fdjaft, ung/ and many in ud)t, att)/ utr;, and t. III. — Of the Neuter Gender are : — 1. The names of countries, towns, and villages, except those ending in ei or et)/ and a few others; which take the article ; as, tie XMtit Turkey. tie ¥fal§# the Palatinate, tie SSaxbaxtit Barbary. Me ©djwefo Switzerland. 2.— -The names of metals; except Me $Hattna, platina; bee ©ta^l# steel ; ber Sombacf, pinchbeck; bet: gin!/ zink. 3. The letters of the alphabet. 4 All diminutives. [stantively. 5. All infinitive moods, adjectives, &c. ; when used sub- 6. Most substantives beginning with ge or ending with tr^um. Remarks. 1. It is impossible to give strict rules for the gender of all German nouns; the above rules however, will be found pretty comprehensive, the rest must be left to practice. 4 Gender of Nouns, 2. Several substantives, having but one gender and termi- nation, are used both for the male and female sex 5 as, ber $unbe/ customer; tie £Baife ; orphan; ber 9Jttmbei/ ward; bet Sie&Ung/ favourite. 3. Compound substantives have the gender and plural of the last component. 4. Some substantives have two genders, generally con- nected with a different signification ; as, ber £3cmb/ the volume; baZ 33anb, the ribbon, bee (See, the lake ; bit (See, the sea. 5. Substantives derived from a foreign language retain or- dinarily their original gender. Examples, — bit ©eograpfyie, the geography; Me Nation, the nation; ba$ (Sacrament/ the sacrament. Exceptions. — Many substantives, which have thrown off their foreign termination, also adopt other genders, according to the analogy of German words of like forms ; as, ber 2Cltar/ the altar; ba§ §epter, the sceptre, &c. 3. The feminine of substantives is formed by adding the termination in or inn/ to the masculine ; as, bee Mm$r the king; bit $5m the heap, ber grtebe, the peace. ber ^arpfe, the carp, ber gufjtapfe, the footstep. ber Sftame, the name, ber ©ebanfe* the thought. ber <§amt, the seed, ber ®laufce> the faith. ber fffiitle^ the will. N. el, em er, djen, G. — — g. D. — — Nom. A. — — Nom. N. _ „ _ , Nom. G. — — Nom. D. — — n. A. — — Nom. ( 7 ) SECOND DECLENSION. MASCULINE AND NEUTER. Singular. letm e. N. ber (Spiegel, the looking-glass G. beS (Spiegel, of the „ D. bem (Spiegel, to the „ A. ben (Spiegel/ the „ Plural. N. biek $Pantoffeln, the slippers. ber (Stadjel, the prickle. Me (Stacrjeln, the prickles. * The genitive of ber SSauer, is formed by some Germans with n. ( 8 ) THIRD DECLENSION, MASCULINE AND NEUTER. Singular. N. — — — N. bag £tnb/ the child. G. — — eg. G. beg £inb*eg/ of the child. D. — — e. D. bem ^inbsC/ to the child. A. — — Nona. A. bag £tnb, the child. Plural. N. — — t, cr. N. bte $tirib*&Cj the children. G. — — Nom. G, bttSCitlfettt of the children. D. — — ■ n, D. ben ^inb^ern/to the children A. — — Nom. A. bte ^tnb-er, the children. Exercises. — bet @0§tt/ the son; ber ©tuf>l* the chair ; ta^ ©lag/ the glass; bag $aug, the house; bag $Pferb> the horse; bag 23ud> the book; ber 23anW the volume; bag 33anb, the ribbon. Remarks, h To this declension belong principally nouns of the masculine, and a few of the neuter gender. 2. The genitive singular has eg ? the dative e. 3. Nouns used only in the singular, are generally included in this declension, 4. All those nouns which form their plural in et/ change in that number, the vowels a, 0/ U/ and the diphthong a\x, into a, 6/ U/ alt? many nouns, whose plural ends in zi likewise change the vowels and the diphthong. 5. The e of the genitive before g (in nouns of more than one syllable) and the e of the dative singular is often dropped. N. — — — G. — — Nom. D. — — Norn. A. — — Nom. N. — ___ H/ it or en, G. — — Nom. D. — — it/ or en. A. — — Nom. ( 9 ) FOURTH DECLENSION. ONLY FEMININES. Singular. N. tie grew, the woman. G. ber grau/ of the woman. D. ter %xa\x, to the woman. A. tie grew/ the woman. Plural. N. bk graven, the women. G. ber grauscn/ of the women. D. ben grau^eii/ to the women. A. bie gratuen, the women. Exercises. — bie Saufce/ the pigeon; tk gebet/ the pen; bie £unft (e)/ the art; bie ©tabt (e)/ the town; bie ©cfyrift/ writing ; bie Sftacfyt (e)/ night. 1. This declension includes all feminines, i. e. the nouns terminating in ei/ tyitt hit, fdjaft, ud)t/ unft, ung, atfy and utr)» 2. All feminine nouns do not vary in the singular number. 3. The plural takes n through all its cases when the sin- gular ends in z, el/ er. 4. Most monosyllables terminating in a consonant, form their plural in e. 5. The plural takes en/ if the singular end in any vowel but e 5 or in any consonant, with the exception of monosyl- labic words, and the terminations el and er. 6. In those words, which form the nom., gen. and ace. plur. in e/ the vowels a/ 0# U/ and the diphthong a\X in the first syllables, are, in that number, changed into a, b, it/ and au. 7. Gutter and Softer have in the pi. Sttfittet: and £6d)ter. ( 10 ) FORMATION OF THE PLURAL. GENERAL RULE. 1. Masculines generally form their plural in e* 2. Feminines „ „ „ n or en. 3. Neuters „ „ „ er. The Plural. 1. Remains the same as that of the nominative singular in the masculines and neuters, ending in zh tn, er/ djert/ and letn. a. Of Ur generally change into 5/ bt u. (Second declension.) Examples, ba$ genfter/ window, pi. bk genfter. ber £)fen/ oven, „ bk £)efen. ber SSogel/ bird, „ tie SSd^et. 2. Adds n with the feminines ending in z t el, and er- h and with masculines ending in e. at 0/ \Xt are never changed into 6/ 6/ u. Examples. bee 9tctme/ name, pi. bte SKamen. bte <3abth fork, „ bie ©abein. bte ©gutter/ shoulder, „ bte (Scfyultern. bie £nabe/ boy, „ bte Jtnaben. 3. Adds en with all the substantives ending in tyit, fett, aft/ fdfoaft/ ung, enb/ and inn. at o, U/ are never changed into 5/ 5/ fi. Examples. bk gretfyett, liberty, pi. gretfjetten. bk (Sttelfett, vanity, „ (litelfeiten. btc fcembfefyaft, landscape „ £anbfd)aften. 4. Adds er with the greatest part of the neuter, and with several masculines, a, Ot U/ are always changed into 5/ 5/ u. (Third declension.) bag SSUbf picture, pi. bk SSUber. ber SOtann, man, „ bk banner. Formation of the Plural. 11 5. Adds e to the singular, to very many masculines and a few neuters and feminines. The vowels are generally changed in the third and fourth declension . Examples. bet #unb, dog, pi. Me £urtbe. bte grud^r, fruit, „ tie grudjte. ba$ spferb/ horse, „ tie spfetbe. 1. The compound substantives whose last component is Sfltomt/ take in the plural instead of SQt&nner, Seute/ if the sex is not expressly considered. But if it is necessary to distinguish the sex, then they retain banner $ — for instance, (Srjem&nner/ married men ; (Sr)eleute/ married people. 2. The following words do not admit the plural number. bte 2Cn!unft/ arrival, bet 2Ctgwor;n, suspicion, bet (ginfommen/ revenue. bct§ dUnb, misery. tie gtud)t, flight, ba$'-(&lMt fortune, ber ^aber, dispute. ber ^ummeo affliction. bit Siefce/ love, bet Sttotb, murder, bet SKaub, spoil, bet appearance, bet ©rrcmb, strand, bet Zabzlt reproach. bet Sto(l/ consolation. bit Untettid)t, instruction, bet S5erbad)t ; suspicion. bet fBetfranb/ understanding, bte 33orftd)t/ precaution, bet 3anf / quarrel. ba§ 2Cnfel)en, authority, bie 2Cfdr)e/ ashes, bte (Sntjucfert, rapture, bet (Smpfcmg, reception, bte gutdjt/ fear. bet ©rani/ grief. bet 3ammet/ misery. ba$ Ceben/ life, bet $Jl\xnb, mouth, bte tytafyt, splendour, bet (Sanbr sand, bet &&)mudf ornament bev ®Uxv& fall, bet Saufcr)/ exchange. ba§ Untecrjt/ injustice. btt Utlctub/ furlough. ba$ QSetfongetv wish. btt SSerbruf / vexation, bet £8a$tt, fancy, bet $tvax\$f constraint. 12 Formation of the Plural. 3. The following words have no plural in German,— the plural however/ may be expressed by the plural of synonymous words. bee SSunb/ alliance, plural bte SSfinbrriffe. ber ©anf / thanks, „ bte £)anf fagungen. bcr £)ru6lf 2)u£enb 2Cepfel/ twelve dozen of apples. ba$ gaf*/ the cask. gef)n gag fBkt, ten casks of beer, ber ©rab/ the degree, $unbert ©rab/ a hundred degrees, bag Rafter, the fathom. Sfteun JUaftes ttefv nine fathoms deep, ber SOtamt/ the man. $unbert ^ctnn SKetteret/ a hundred men of cavalry. ba$ $>funb/ the pound. SSter $Pfunb 3ucf er/ four pounds of sugar. ba$ ®tM, the piece. (Steben (Stucf Sucf), seven pieces of cloth. ba§ Soil, the inch. gunf 3oK/ five inches. 5. The following words, and those which express a measure of time, are excepted. bte (Stfe/ the yard. (Secfye (Stfen Z\xfy, six yards of cloth, bteglafcfje/ the bottle. SweiglafdjenSBetn/ two bottles of wine, bte Alette/ the mile. ©teben Sfiltiltn, seven miles. bit Unit, the ounce. SSier Unjen (Seibe/ four ounces of silk. Formation of the Plural. 13 6. The following words are used in German in the plural only, although in English in the singular. bte 2Beifynad)ten, Christmas. Me SSrteffdjaften, papers, deeds. tie Ofiern/ Easter. bte (Stnfunfte, revenue toe ^ftngften, Whitsuntide. tie SQloIfert/ whey, bte gajien, Lent. bte #efen/ y east » 7. Some substantives have different terminations, according to their signification ; thus, ££ort, word 5 meaning part of a speech or discourse, makes SSorte/ in the plural 5 as, Stefe ftnb feme SBorfe, These are his words. (Stn getjtmcfyet Sttann fagt toel in wemg 2Bot*ten, An ingenuous man says much in few words. But considered as isolated words the plural is SB6rter, hence UBSrterbudf), vocabulary. A dictionary contains many words, (Mele SKSvter). 2-anbt land in a collective sense makes in the plural Sanbe but in a distributive sense Sdnbec. SScmb/ a volume of a book 33&nbe, but when it means ribbon , SSanber, and when fetters SSanbe. ©eftd)t/ the human face, makes @eftd)te, but when making certain looks . . ; t . . . . d5eftd)ter. Sabert/ shutters, makes £aben^ but shops Saben. ba§ Zid)t f candle Sidfote. but burning lights 2irf)ter. bet (Straus nosegay (Strauger but when meaning ostrich (Strauge. Zfyox, fool Sfjoren, but meaning a gate Zfyoxe. 3oU/ inch 3oUe. when meaning tolls 3&lle. ( 14 ) DECLENSION OF PROPER NAMES. I. Proper names, when used with the definite or indefinite article are indeclinable ; but when they are employed without an article they have in the genitive en$ or 3 $ in the dative and accusative n or en. The best modern usage leaves the dat. and ace. unchanged. Singular. Singular. N. gran^ N. Strife, G. gran§en§, G. Sutfens, D. gran§ or graven, D. Suife or Sutfen, A. granj or gwm&cn. A. Strife or Suifen. N. griebrtcr;, N. ©Kfabety. G. griebrid&s, G. (Slifabet&S, D. griebrtd) or grtebrtcfyen, D. ©lifabety or (Stifabetfyen. A. grtebrid) or griebricfyen, A. (gttfabetr) or (Slifa&etyen. .Remark. 1. The names of females ending in e, take ti£ in the gen. 2. Names ending in 3, f , fd), fl, *, or g, take en§ in the genitive. 3. The names of males and females terminating in other let- ters than those above mentioned, take $ in the genitive. II. The plural of masculine proper names is generally formed by adding an e to the singular (en for pi. dat.) but foreign names in o take ne, and those ending in a, e, el, en, and er, remain unvaried in the plural. The plural of feminine proper names is formed by adding en or n to the singular 5 but those which already end in en, remain unaltered in the plural. III. The names of countries and places (except those which end in $ or §), admit § in the genitive ; as, 2)eutfcf)lanb§ 3u- ftanb, the condition of Germany 5 SubecfS £anbel, the trade of Liibeck. But instead of saying $ari$'3, gloren§'$ (Suwo^ner, it is better to say, W @tnroor;ner son $ari6, oon gloreng. ( 15 ) CHAPTER III. ADJECTIVES. (gtgenfcfyaft§tx)6rfer* There are three different modes of declining Adjectives: !, with the definite article antecedent. 2, „ „ indefinite article antecedent. 3, without an article antecedent. 1. ADJECTIVES DECLINED WITH THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. General Rule. When one, two, or more adjectives, with the definite article, or a pronoun demonstrative, relative, or interrogative, antece- dent, are associated with a substantive, all cases of the adjectives? sing, and plu., take en/ except the nom. sing., in all three gen- ders, and the ace. sing, of the fern, and neut. gend., which take e. Examples. Singular. N. ber fd)6n*e.@o$n/ the fine son. G. be§ fcf)5n=en @of)ne$> of the fine son. D. bzm fdf)6n-en ©ofyne/ to the fine son. A. ten fdjSrisen @o$n/ the fine son. Plural. N. bte fdjon^en (So^ne, the fine sons. G, ber fd)5n=en (Sofyne, of the fine sons. D. ben [d&onsen Sofynen, to the fine sons. A. bte fd)5n«en @5^nc/ the fine sons. Feminine. Singular. N. bte fd)6me fRofe* the fine rose. G. ber fd)5n-en fRofe/ of the fine rose. D. ber fcf}6n=en fRofe/ to the fine rose, A. bte fd)6n=e !Kofe/ the fine rose. Plural. N. bte fd)6n?en SKofen/ the fine roses. G. bet' fd)6n=en S^ofen^ of the fine roses. D. ben fd>8n*en SKofen/ to the fine roses. A. bte fd)6n-en SKofen, the fine roses. N. _ — e G. — — en D. — — en. A. — — en. N. — — en. G. — — en. D. — — en. A. — — en. N. _ c G. — — en. D. — — en. A. — — e. N. — en. G. — — en. D. — — en. A. — _= en. 16 Declension of Adjectives. N. — — e. G. — — en. D. — — en. A. — — e. N. — — en. G. — — en. D. — — en. A. — — en. Neuter. Singular. N. ba§ fd)6n*e £tntv the fine child. G. bes fd)6n*en £inbe§/ of the fine child. D. bem fd)5n^en £inbe, to the fine child. A. bas fcfySn-e £tnb/ the fine child. Plural. N. bte fcrj6n?en £tnbet/ the fine children. G. ber fdjSn^en $inber ; of the fine „ D. bzn fdjon^en £tnbem, to the fine „ A. bte fd)5n=en £tnber/ the fine children, II. ADJECTIVES DECLINED WITH THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. General Rule. When one, two, or more adjectives, with the indefinite arti- cle or a pronoun possessive antecedent, are associated with a substantive, all cases of the adjectives take en/ except the nom- inative, which taken zx, z f eS/ and the accusative feminine and neuter, which is like the nominative singular* Examples. Masculine. N. em grower &nabe, a great boy. G. etne§ grofcen $nabem of a great boy. D. etnem gvofcen £nctfcen> to a great boy. A. einen grofcen £nafcen/ a great boy. Feminine. N. eine grofce gltege/ a great fly. G. etner grofUen gttege, of a great fly. D. etner grofcen gltege, to a great fly. A. etne grofce gltege/ a great fly. Neuter. N. ein gropes £au§, a great house. G. etne§ gro^en »£aufeS, of a great house. D. einem gtof»en £aufe, to a great house* A. ein grof-eS ^au§/ a great house. N. — — er. G. — — en. D. — — en. A. — — en. N. — — _ e. G. — — en. D. — — en. A. — — e. N. — e§. G. — — en. D. — — en. A. — — eg. ( " ) ADJECTIVES DECLINED WITHOUT AN ARTICLE. General Rule. When one, two, or more adjectives without an antecedent, are associated with a substantive, all cases of the adjectives take the terminations of the definite article. Examples. Masculine. Singular. N. fateet: SBeiti/ cold wine. G. fateeg ££etneS/ of cold wine. D. f ateem SBetne, to cold wine. A. fatten SEetri/ eold wine. Plural. . N. fatec SDScine/ cold wines, a G. fatecr SBeirre/ of cold wines. k l3g D. f ateen SSetncn/ to cold wines. J> ** A. fatee £3etnc/ cold winefe. Feminine. Singular. N. fatec SOftlcf), cold milk. G. f atecc SJtfld&/ of cold milk. D. fateer ^cUrf), to cold milk. A. fatee 3Kil<$, cold milk. Neuter. Singular. N. fateeS SBaffer/ cold water. G. fateeg Gaffer §, of cold water. D. fateem SBaffer, to cold water. A. fateeg SBafYer/ cold water. Remarks. 1. Adjectives, when employed as nouns, remain liable to these modes of declension of adjectives. N. — — er. G. — — eg. D. — — cm- A. — — en. N. — _ * e. " G. — — er. i D. — — en. i A. — — e. . N, — e. G. — — er. D. — — er. A. — — - e. N. — eg. G. — — eg. D. — — em. A. — — eg. IS Comparison of Adjectives. 2. Adjectives, when immediately joined by the verbs fepri/ to be 5 or werbeit/ to become, with any article, pronoun or noun, remain in their original form, and are not at all declined* Example.— Sfefes Slttarm tji grof / this man is great. 3. Adjectives ending in er/ formed from names of towns, and the adjectives ending in let, r)cmb/ and fyalfc/ are indecli- nable; as, ber hamburger Surger/ be$ hamburger- 33urger§/ &c. 4. When several adjectives follow each other in the genitive or dative singular, or genitive plural, the first only takes e§/ cm/ and er/ and the other adjective or adjectives, change these letters into n f but this is done only for the sake of euphony ; many modern authors decline all the adjectives. 5. Some authors, frequently, but incorrectly, change the g of the genitive singular into n, though only one adjective pre- cedes the substantive ; thus, fatten SSeineS/ for falteS SBeineS , COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 1. The comparative is formed by adding it or t to the positive, and the superlative by adding efte* or fte. Examples* Positive. Comparative. Superlative. weifc/ wise ; roetfer, wiser ; ber ; bte, bag wetfejie/ the wisest. ftots/ proud; jlolser-/ prouder; „ „ „ frol$ejre/ the proudest fdf)6n, fine; fcfjoner, finer; „ „ „ fd) on fie/ the finest Remarks. 1. Some adjectives change the vowels at Qt U/ into 5/ 6/ fi> in the comparative and superlative. 2. The adjectives in the comparative and superlative degree are declined in the same way as in the positive. Those ending in ih en/ er/ omit the e before \ f n/ x, in the comparative. 3. When a degree of comparison is made to express a higher degree of one quality or state than of another ; as, more * ejte is added when ft would render the pronunciation difficult. Comparison of Adjectives. 19 shrewd than experienced, the word mefyr is used, and the phrase will be, mefyr f fog aU erfafyten $ he is more weak than ill, er tji mefyr fcfyroad) ati Ivan!. 4. When the superlative is used adverbially, it is usually formed with am 5 as, id) trinfe am liebjten Staffer/ I like best to drink water. o. The English most in the degree of eminence, is ex- pressed in German by f>8d)ft or auf5erjr$ as, this is a most inter- esting face, Meg tjr em f)6d)jr or Sufjerjt intereffanteS ©ejufjt. 6. T^a/& after a comparison of inequality is rendered in German by als 5 as, ffe ift frf)6ner, aU i^re ^cfyroefter/ she is handsomer than her sister 5 but after a comparison of equality, as — as, is rendered by ebert fc — rote or (05 — rote/ er fte ift eben fo fd)6n rote tf)re ^dbroejier/ she is as handsome as her sister. 7, The, before a comparative degree, as a sign of pro- portion, is expressed by \i — je, or je — befto 5 as, the sweeter the better, je fuger/ je or bejro beffer. S. When a quality is expressed in an inferior degree, the Germans employ the adverb roerttger or minber/ less 5 — @r ift roentgen or mtnber gele^rt att id) , he is less learned than I. 9, The following adjectives and adverbs are irregular in their comparison. Positive. Comparative. Superlative, bait), soon; er;er, sooner; am e^eften/ the soonest. gern, willing; UcbtV/ more wil- am Itefrfren, the most wil- ling; ling, gut/ good, or bejfet/ rather bet- ber bejre/ the best. well ; ter ; hsti), high; fybfytz,* higher; ber r;6d)jre/ the highest nafyt near; n%r, nearer; bee nadbfle^ the nearest, met/ much; mefyr, more; ber metjle/ the most. * The c in f)0(t) is dropped when the word is declined; as, ber fjofye ffierg/ the high mouutain. ( 20 ) CHAPTER III. NUMERALS. Shorter* The Numerals are divided into definite and indefinite ; the former denote a definite, the latter an indefinite number or quantity. (a) Definite Numerals. SSefrimmte 3d)tw6tter. ]. Cardinal Numbers. (55runb§af;tw oxter. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 &xn f or (Sing. 3wei. ©ret. SSter. gunf. <3cd}<3. (Steben. Sfteun. 3e!jn* @Xf or gtlf. 3n>6lf. 13 £ret§ef)n. 14 SSieqefyn. 15 gunfee&n. 16 ©ecr^e^n. 17 (Sieb(en)sei)n. 18 2Cd)tsef)n. 19 sReungetyn. 20 grcangig. 21 (Sin unb groan jig. 22 3rcei unb gwanjig. 23 £)m unb gtranjig. 24 ssier unb gwangig. 25 gunf unb sttan^g. 26 (Sed)3 unb sn>an$tg. 27 (Steben unb swanstg. 28 2Cd)t unb groangig. 29 $lnm unb jwan&tg. 30 ©retptg. 40 f8ier§ig- 50 gunfjig. 60 (£edf)3ig. 7C @ieb(en)$tg. 80 2Cd)t$ig. 90 sfteunstg. 100 £unbert. 101 £unbert (unb) einS. 102 $unbett (unb) gtret. 103 #unbert (unb) bret. 200 3it)ei fyunbert. 300 £)rei tyunbert. 400 SSter rjunbert. 500 gunf fjunbevt. 600 <3ed)$ i)unbert. 700 (Steben r;unbert. 800 2Cdjt fjunbert. 900 SKeun §unbert. 1000 Saufenb. 2000 3n?ei taufenb. 3000 £)rei taufenb. 4000 £ier taufenb. 5000 gunf taufenb. 6000 <3ed)§ taufenb. 7000 (Sieben taufenb. 8000 2Cd)t taufenb. 9000 sfteun taufenb. 10,000 getjn taufenb. 100,000 £unbert taufenb. 1,000,000 (Sine ^iUion. The Numerals, 21 Remarks* 1. The Cardinal Numbers are all indeclinable, except etng/ ixotit and tret. When einS is followed by a substantive, it has eixif eme> etH/ in the nominative, and is declined like the indefinite article ; but when it only refers to a preceding noun, it is declined like the definite article ; thus, nominative, emer^ erne, efnel/ &c. 2. 3wet and £)ret are declinable if they are not preceded by an article, and have in the genitive jweier and breier, and in the dative 5tt)eten and breien, as; groetset 3eu#eiri8tarb mafyt aUe SBa^r^ett funb/ the mouth of two witnesses makes known all truth. (Proverb.) 3d) fyabe e$ brei-en gefagt/ I told it to three. 3. The cardinal numbers from four to twelve (seven excepted) take in the nominative, genitive, and accusative, the ending e; and in the dative en/ but only when the substantive is omitted : e. g. (Stef) mid) serpen/ Gutter btefer funf^ see me rejected, mother of these five. (Gothe.) (Sine tf utfd&e mit mereri/ a coach with four horses. 4. Sometimes cardinal numerals are changed into substan- tives ; as, em ©edfotger/ a man of sixty (years) $ etne £)reu figerto/ a woman of thirty. 5. Units are always placed before the tens. II. Ordinal Numbers, £cbnung§5a^m5rter. The 1st, ber erjle. The 11th, ber elfte (eilfte.) „ 2nd, ber jnjeite. „ 12th, ber gwolfte. „ 3rd, bee bntre. „ 13th, ber bretgefynte. „ 4th, bee merte. „ Hth, ber Dierje^ntc. „ 5th, ber funfte. „ 15th, ber funfjefjnte. » 6th, bet: fedjjle. „ 16th, ber fed)g§ef)nte. „ 7th, ber (teb(en)te. „ 17th, ber ftcb(en)§e§nte „ 8th, ber ad)te. „ 18th, ber acfytje^nte. „ 9th, ber neunte. „ 19th, ber neungc^nte. „ 10th, ber ge^nte. „ 20th, ber swanitgfte. 22 The Numerals. The other Ordinal Numbers are formed by adding jte to the ending $ f t, or b ; as, bet- eitt imb jroanjtgjie/ the twenty- first 5 ber fjunbertjfo the hundredth ; bee iwx fyunbertfte/ the two hundredth. In a compound number, the last only takes the form of an Ordinal (as in English) ; tie t;unbert unb Bterstgfte @eitc/ the hundred and forty second page. The ordinal numbers are adjectives, and are declined like them. Remarks. From the above mentioned cardinal and ordinal numbers the following are formed : — I. The dimidiatives : which are composed of the ordinals and the word tyctlb/* half; as anbertt)al& (for gwette^alfc)/ one and a half, brtttefyaifc, two and a half, mertefyalb/ three and a half, ffinfte^alb/ five and a half, &c. These are indeclinable adjectives. This mode of compounding seldom exceeds §tt)6tftef)al6, eleven and a half. * The formation of the dimidiative numerals is rather peculiar in German. Instead of adding one half to the lower, the half is taken from the higher number, so that three, minus a half, means two and a half; for instance, bttttefyctlb/ two and a half; lXoh\\tZ§oXb i eleven and a half. II. The fractionals which are formed from ordinal num- bers and the substantive ZtyiU but are contracted into one word ; as, bctS brttte &§eU/ the third part : is contracted into bag £)rittel ; so bag SSiertelt (SKertyeU)/ the quarter or fourth part. ha$ gflnftet (gfinft&eH), the fifth or fifth part. din SStertel fjunbertj a quarter of a hundred. f They are substantives of the neuter gender. The Numerals. 23 The fractions of an hour are always joined to the hour that follows. Examples. It is a quarter past one, (S§ tft eirt SlterteX auf greet. It is half-past twelve, (£§ tft f)atb etn§. It wants a quarter to one, 63 tft bret S3tertel auf etn§. It is ten minutes past one, (gg tft ge£)n SDluitttcn auf greet. greettel is not used, but in its place the adjective r)ctt&/ (half) is employed. III. TAe reiteratives. They are formed by adding mal, time or times, to the cardinals 5 as, Gsinmaf/* also written (girt $0tat/ once. gtoeimal „ Sreet 9Xal, twice. £>ftmal, oftentimes; wlmah many times, &c. IV. The multiplicatives are also formed from the cardinal numbers by compounding them with fad)/ or sometimes with ffiltig* as, etnfad) or ctnfalttg/T single or simple. greetfad) or greetfattioy double or twofold, bretfad) or breifalttg, treble or threefold, &c. These are adjectives and declined as such. V. The partitives or distributatives which in English are expressed by two and two, three and three, &c, ; or by two at a time, three at a time, {Latin bini, terni, &e.) are in German, greet unb greet/ bret unb bret, &c. 5 or, je greet, ie bret, &c. VI. The distinctives which in English are formed from the ordinal numbers by adding ly, as firstly, secondly, &c, are in German likewise derived from the ordinal numbers, but by adding ens 5 as, erfreng/ greeitens, brtttertS, gwangtajreng &c. * (gtnmal is sometimes used in a peculiar way, and cannot be >vell translated into English ; as, ba§ tji nun etnmal fo, that is so, and cannot be altered 5 ba3 ftetyt mm etnmal md)ttn unfrer $Jtatyt, but that is not in our power. t Gnnf&tttg is generally used in the signification of stupid, 24 • The Numerals, VII. The varzatives, which denote the same sort of thing, or a variety, are formed from the cardinal numbers by adding erlet/ to them ; as, (iimxUif of one sort, or the same thing. 3tt>etetlei# of two sorts, or two different kinds, &c. Smeterlet SBartber/ two sorts of ribbon, &c. They are adjectives, but as already mentioned, indeclinable. (b) The Indefinite Numerals. Unfceftimmte gafylwSrter. These numerals express the relation either of (a) Number ; (b) Quantity ; or (c) of both. {a) Of number: jeber/ iegltdjer/ icbvt>ebtr/ )ebermann # every, every one, every body 5 manner, many a one ; manege/ many ; mttyuu, several; etnige/ etiidje/ some. (b) Of quantity: tttva§/ some, something; mdi)tg/ nothing ; gau§, whole, all ; ijalb, half. (c) Of number and quantity : all/ all; mel/ much ; ttemg* little; mel)?/ more; genug, enough; feirt, none; f&mmtltcr; or gefammt/ all, whole; lauter/ nothing but; as, alle 50ftenfcr)en/ all men; alle£ @elb/ all money; trertige Sage/ a few days; roemg $tit f little time; ber- fdmmttidje SSorratr)# the whole store ; bte fdmmtltc^cn (Meber bee gamiltert/ all the members of the family. Remarks. 1. Seber, iebwebec, iegltdjer, manner, nteljrere/ etmge, etlidt;e/ all/ (atte§/ alle/) are declined like adjectives. 3eber and jeglicrjet: are also used with the indefinite article ; ein jjeber/ etnee jebert $ ein jeglidjet:/ eineS jegltdjen. 2. Sebermann has in the genitive Sebermanng/ and does not vary in the dative and accusative. 3. $etn is declined like ein. 4. (Stxva§, md)t$/ genug/ lauter/ are never declined. The Numerals. 25 5. @erwg stands always after the substantive. 6. ©cmg, fyatb, ml, reenig/ are not declined in the singular, when neither an article nor a pronoun precedes ; gctn§ ©eutfd)* lanb/ all Germany; r;alb granlretd), the half of France; met (Mb/ much gold ; roentg ©ttber/ little silver 5 in gcm$ SDeutftf)* lanb. They are declined in the plural 3 gcmge ^djaaren/ whole bands; $albe 3af)leri/ half numbers; oicte Seute# many people; mertige 5!ttetfen/ a few miles; bie meten #aufer, the many houses; and likewise in the singular when an article or pronoun precedes; ber gange entg# a little, remains entirely unaltered, like tin tyaav, a couple: eitt ttenig £3tob/ a little bread. But when used as a substantive, with an article or pronoun, it is declined : tin SBemgeS/ a small quantity, ba$ fBBenige. 7. 2CH/ used in the plural, expresses a relation of number ; used in the singular it implies quantity; but has never the definite article after it as in English, 2CU never has in German the meaning of whole, though the English all is sometimes used so ; as, all the life, all the day. It follows in its declension the definite article, but when joined with a pronoun, its termi- nations of inflection are commonly dropped, as, all biefes SBetn instead of ctller btefer S5Betn# all this wine. When it is how- ever preceded by a pronoun, in which case it is used substan- tively, the terminations are not dropped, and the dative takes en instead of em/ as, btefeS 2CIU6/ all this, mtt biefem 2Ctteri/ with all this. 8. Gstttal/ some, means a small quantity; but einige/ some, a small number ; zttvaZ Sprite/ some ink ; etntge Seute/ some people. As an adverb, it signifies somewhat: ettt>a$ beffer/ somewhat better. ( 26 ) CHAPTER V. PRONOUNS, gfiwirter. There are six kinds, viz. — 1. Personal, $>erf6n{icr;e. 2. Possessive, Staetgnenbe. 3. Demonstrative, tfngeigenbe. 4. Relative, 25e§ter;eribe. 5. Interrogative, gragenbe* 6. Indefinite, Unbefttmmte. 1. THE PERSONAL PRONOUNS ARE, Singular. Plural. 1st person tdf), I. voxtt we. 2nd „ bli/ thou. ito you. fer, he. 3rd „ igti she. fie, they. ^eg, it. DEGLENSION. First Person. Singular. Plural. N. id), I. N, rctt, we. G. metner (or mein,) of me. G. unfer, of us. D. mitt to me. D. un§, to us. A. mid), me. A. urtS, us. Second Person. Singular. Plural. N. bu, thou. N. if)r, you. G. beiner/ (or bein) of thee. G. euety of you. D. tit, to thee. D. eutf), to you. A. bid)/ thee. A. twfyt you. Third Person. Singular. Masc. Fern. Neut. N. er, he. [him. fte, she. eg, it. G. feiner, (or feirt) of tym* of her. feiner, (or few) of it D. tym, to him. t^r/ to her. tymt to it. A, tfyrt, him. fie, her e$, it. The Pronouns, 27 Plural for all genders. N. ftei they. G. tyxvc, of them. D. tfynert/ to them. A. fie ; them. Remark. 1. To express myself, thyself, ourselves, yourselves, the dative or accusative of the personal pronouns is made use of ; viz, mix, mi&), bit, bid)/ ung/ and eud) $ sometimes felfcji/ self, is added, — In the third person the reflective pronoun fid) is used to express himself, herself, itself, themselves ; as, er befletfit fid)/ he applies himself; fie senrunbet fid), she wounds herself; fte oerrtmnben ftd)/ they wound themselves. 2. The genitive cases metitj bein/ fein/ are obsolete forms. 3. In addressing one another, the Germans use the second and third person singular and the second and third person plural, but with a particular discrimination. (a) The second person singular, bU/ is used by near relations and very intimate friends. (6) The third person singular and the second person plural are used by some in addressing people of low rank ; but this mode of address is falling into disuse. (c) The third person plural, g>ie# is used in polite conver- sation. (d) In addressing a number of persons, it is more polite t: use the word ©te $ formerly Sfyt 4 was more used in addressing persons, and in poetry and tragedies it is still much found. 4. In writing, the pronoun of address has a capital initial letter. II. THE POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS ARE, meui/ my. bein/ thy. fein/ his. ihVi her. unfcr# our. euer, your. ifjti their. 28 The Pronouns. Masc. N. meine. DECLENSION. Singular.* Plural, f Fern. NeuU For all gender: meine. mein. | meine. G. meine§. meiner. metnem. meiner. D. meinem. meiner. meinem. meinen. A. meinen. meine. mein. meine. Decline thus bein/ fetrt/ tyv f &c. When unfer and euer increase by inflection the e before r is generally left out. Remarks. 1. The possessive pronouns in the singular, when immedi- ately joined to a substantive are declined in the same way as the indefinite article (as shown above*) therefore adjectives following them take the same inflection, as when standing after the indefinite article. But when they are used in the plural, they are declined like the plural of the definite article (as shown abovef ) and if an adjective follows them it takes the same in- flection as when standing after the definite article. 2. When the possessive pronouns are not immediately joined with a substantive, but refer to a preceding one, principally after the indefinite pronoun e§/ they assume in the masculine gender er/ in the feminine z, and in the neuter e6? as, Masc. Fern. meiner. I meine. Seiner. beine. Instead of meiner. | meine. Seiner. | beine. Is also said, ber meine. i bte meine. ber beine. bte beine. Or still more commonly. ber meinige. hit meinige. | ba$ metnige. bet beinige I ^ beinige. | ba$ beintge, &c. The two latter forms, which never stand without the definite article, and like the former meiner/ meiner/ meine§/ never imme- diately joined with the substantive, but referring to a preceding one, are declined like adjectives after the definite article. Neut. meine§/ mine. beineS/ thine &c. metneS. beine§/ &c. bctS meine. ba$ beine/ &c. The Pronouns. -29 3. It is customary in English to say : A friend of mine; an acquaintance of yours ; a book of his, &c. This cannot be said in German, where the personal pronouns must be used ; as, (Sin greunb Don mis. din SBefcmnter oort 3!)nen. Qin 33ud) t>on t§m. 4. £)ere and Sfyro were used in ancient and ceremonious language instead of g$t in addressing persons of distinction* ©etne> (Seiner^ are abbreviated ®e, @r. $ (Suer, @w. 5 ^e- ^ajeflat, bet: Mmg,$ ©r. 93taje1rat, bem £8mge$ S^e 5SRaicft&t/ bte £6mgmn, 3§re ^urcfylauc^t, your serene highness. III. THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS ARE 1. ber. bie. ba$t this or that. 2. berjenige. btejemge. baSjemge/ that. 3. berfelbe. btefelbe. basfelbe, the same 4. biefer. btefe. btefeS/ this. 5, jener. jene. jene§, that. 6. foldjer. fold;e folcr)e£/ such. DECLENSION. Singular. Plural. Masc. Fern. Neutn For ail genders. N. ber. Me. ba$. bte. G. beffen. beren. beffen. berer. D. bem. ber tm. benen. A. ben. bte. ba$. bte. N. berjenige. btejemge. ■ ba§jemge biejenigen. G. besjemgen. berjemgert. berjemgen. berjemgen. D. bemjenigen. berjemgen. bemjenigen. benjentgen. A. bertjenigen. btejemge. baSjenige. btejentgen. N. berfelbe. G. beffelben. I>, bemfelben. A. benfelben. btefelbe. berfelben. berfelben. biefelbe. baffetbe. befielben. bemfelben. baffelbe. biefelben. berfelben. benfelben. btefelben. d 2 SO The Pronouns. Siefe*/ {this) and jener, (that) are declined like the definite article 5 — btefcr/ like this, refers to the nearest person or thing, and jener, like that, to the most distant. Therefore they are used also where the English use the former and the latter. ©olcfjeo fotd)e, fotcfyeg, is declined like an adjective. It is often preceded by the indefinite article, em folder SSflcmn, eine foldfoe grau, etn folcfyeS jftnb. It is also put before the article, and in this case it remains unaltered 5 fold) etn fXflarm, fold) eine grew, foldt) etn tftnb. 1. In the genitive singular of the pronoun ber, the poets sometimes use bep for befferr. In the genitive plural beren is commonly taken instead of berer/ before another word begin- ning with a vowel or the letter r. 2. The pronoun ber has a much stronger accent than the definite article. 3. *Dtefe§ is often contracted into btefj (bte§). 4. The neuter singular ba$t bief, jeneg/ are placed before and after verbs, without any distinction of gender or number, in the same manner as the personal pronoun e§. Examples. bteg tft etn SDfann, this is a man ; btef tft etne grew, this is a good women 5 btefi ftnb gute SDZenfcfyen, these are good men. SBeffen ©arten tft btej* ? whose garden is this ? baS tft ntein SSrufcer, that is my brother. btejH ftnb metne@d)n>e{tern/ these are my sisters. 5. £>erienige, btejemge, basjemge, Ma£, and berfelfce, bte^ fe(be# bctSfelfce, Me 5c/we, are composed of the definite article, and with the now obsolete adjective pronouns, jemg and fetb $ — the first component is declined like the definite article and the other like adjectives following the definite article. 6. £)eriemge, btejemge/ ba§]emge, is never used, when not referring to a relative pronoun. In its use as a substantive pro- noun in corresponds quite with ber, bte, ba§/ and beqemge 5 rcetdjev is therefore he, whoj btejemge, treldje/ she, who. The Pronouns. 31 7. SDerjemge is more definite than bet/ and is preferred m writing, because the pronoun bet can only be distinguished from the definite article by the accent, which cannot be ex- pressed in writing, without having recourse to italics. 8. Instead of jener — btefer, are also used bet* erftere — bet le^terc/ the former — the latter. IV. THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS ARE, f*Md)er, mlfyt weld)e§/ who, which, that, ber, tie/ ba$i — — — .#erf 8>a§/ who or what. DECLENSION. SBeicfjer is declined like the definite article; and ber, bte, ba$r in the same way as when it is a demonstrative pronoun. Singular. Masc. % Fern. Neuter. N. USer. fffias. G. SBeffen or g£eg. SScffcn. D. §Bem. 2£a3. A. SBert. ISSa^. No plural form. Remarks. 1. The relative pronoun bet/ bte, ba§, is often used instead of welder, roetcfye, roeld)e§, particularly when the antecedent is a personal pronoun ; and in this case the personal pronoun is repeated after the relative; id), ber id) fyter jrer)e, I who stand here ; voir, Me toil fdjretften, we who write. But wetter must be employed, after the definite article and the demonstrative pro- noun ber. 2. The genitive singular masculine and neuter of ber, bte, ba§, is generally used instead of the genitive singular masculine and neuter of njetd)er \ as, ber £nctbe beffen SSfid&er ba ftnb, the boy whose books are there. 3. In English the relative pronoun is sometimes omitted, but in German it must always be expressed; as, bte Sftegetn, b i e 32 The Pronouns, iti) Sfynen gab/ the rules which I gave you, or the rules I gave you. The antecedent, when it is a pronoun at the beginning of a sentence, is often omitted in German, the relative pronoun w c r being employed ; as, wer fietfng lernt/ wirb geicbt/ he who learns diligently is praised ; wer baS fagt/ fyat 3Red)t/ he who says so is right. 4. The English relative pronouns whoever, whatever, who- soever, and whatsoever, are in German rendered by wer ctud)/ or wer tmmer* was aud)/ or was immer. V. THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS ARE, tt?eld)ctv welcfje/ n>eld)c§? who, which, what? wer/ was? who, what? was fur eut/ was fur eine/ was fur euv what. DECLENSION. The two first are declined in the same way as the relative wetdjer and wer. SSaS fur etn$ what, what sort of? is thus declined. Singular. Fern. Neut. was fur eine. j was fur eineS. was fur einer. was fur ctneS> was fur einer. was fur einem. was fur eine. was fur etneS. Masc. N. was fur ein. G. xoai fur eineS. D. was fur einem. A. was fur einen. Plural. N. was fur. No genitive. D. was fur. A. was fur. Remarks* 1. When these pronouns are used as absolutes, we say in the nominative masculine, was fur einer ? Neut. was fur etneS ? 2. The English what a, or what, is expressed by waS fur ein/ or weld)' ein 5 as, SBetdf) ein f&oner Sag! What a beautiful day! The Pronouns. 33 VI. THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS ARE: S^manb/ Reiner, SKtemanb, > somebody. > nobody. (&twa$t something. sRifyttt nothing. sfitanr one, they, people (like the french on) DECLENSION. 3emanb and 9ttemcmb take an S in the genitive, and some- times en in the dative. (Stnet and Reiner are declined like the indefinite article. G;ttva§! 9li&jt$r and $Jlan f are indeclinable: SOlan can only be used in the nominative case, and when an- other case of it is required, the corresponding cases of euW/ or of the personal pronoun xvix are used. Remarks. 1. The indeclinable word felt) ft or fetfcer, has two signi- fications. (a) When placed after substantives, or substantive pro- nouns, it is rendered in English by myself, thyself, himself herself itself ourselves, yourselves, themselves ; as, bee Sttcmn fclbjw the man himself $ id) felbji/ I myself, tr)r felbjr, yourselves, &c. (b) When preceding a substantive or substantive pronoun, it has the meaning of the English even ; as, felbjt ber Wiener/ even the servant. 2. When the indefinite pronoun etrt, one, is preceded by the definite article it is declined in the singular and plural as an adjective. (See page 15.) 3. Werner* &c. is used both for none and neither ; as, feinec son alien tretd)e gegemt>arttg rcaren/ none of all that were pre- sent : letner son un$ beiben, neither of us. 06s. — Neither is expressed in German by fetner/ only when it is a pronoun, but if neither be an adverb, it must be expressed by aud) ntdtjt $ as, You have not seen him and I neither, (£te fyoMn tyn mdr)t gefe^en unb td(j aud&nidjt. ( 34 ) CHAPTER VI. VERBS. Settoorter* I. AUXILIARY VERBS, jbulfatitWQXtit. They are:— £aUxi> to have. | ©e^n* to be. | 28erben, to be. PRESENT TENSE. &abtx\t to have. PRESENT. patent/ having. Indicative. 3d) tyabz, I have. ®u *)aft/ thou hast. (gc Ijat, he has. S3tr fjaben/ we have. 3tyr f)afc(e)t/ you have, ©ie fiaben^ they have. 3d) Ijatte/ I had. Su featteft/ thou hadst. (5e ^attc# he had. ££tt fatten, we had. 3t)C 5^^^^^/ y° u bad. ©ie fatten/ they had. 45 a b c n * Infinitive Mood. PERFECT. | ©e$aM §aben> to have had. PARTICIPLES. PAST. J ©e^abt/ had. Subjunctive. PRESENT. 3d) fjabe/ I may have. £)u ^abeft/ thou mayesthave, @r ^abe, he may have. SBtt 4 tyctben/ we may have. %t)Z fyabttf you may have, ©te ^aben/ they may have. IMPERFECT. 3d) §dttc/ I might have. £>u ^dtteji, thou mightst have. dt fyattct he might have. SBit fatten/ we might have. 3§s fyattef/ you might have. ©te fatten/ they might have. PERFECT. 3d) babe ac^abt/ I have had. £>u fjaffc gc^abt/ thou hadst had. C?r Ijat ge^abt/ he has had. 23tr baben geijabt/ we have had. 3bt l)ab(c)t Qtfyabt, you have had. ©ie £aben ge^abt, they have &c. 3d) babz ge^abt/ 1 may have had . £u £ctbeft gefyabt, thou maysi &c. (Sr tyctbe Qtyabtt he may have had. SBStc §aben gctjabt/ we may &c. 3^t ^abet Qe^abt^ you may &c. ©ie tjaben geljabt/ they may &c. The Verbs. 35 Indicative. Subjunctive. PLUPERFECT. 3d) tyattt ge^abt, I had had. £)u £)atte# gefyabt/ thou hadst had. Sr fyatte ge$abt> he had had. fS5ir fytxtttxi gefjabt/ we had had. 3$t 4 tjattet ge*)abt> you had had. &e fatten ge^abt/ they had had. FIRST 3d) n>erbe tyaben, I shall have. £)u ttttrft fjaben/ thou wilt have. <£r toirb ijaberi/ he will have. SGStt rcerben fyctben, we shall have. 3fy£ tterbet baben> you will have. &\t reerben fyabeiv they will &c. SECOND 3d) merbe gef?a6t fyaben, I shall have had. [have had. £u mttjt ge^abt fyaben/ thou wilt dt ttrirb gc^abt £)aben, he will have had. [have had. 2Bir roerbengd)abt*)aben,we shall 3f)r merbet gei)abt l)aben, you will have had. [will have had. they would have. Compound. 3d) murbe gef)abtf)aben/ 1 should have had. [wouldst &c. £)u tturbeff gefyabt §aben> thou (St nmrbe ge^abt §aben, he would &c. [should &c. SBu: trurben ge^abt ^aben/ we 3^ murbet gefjabt §aben, you would, &c. [would &c. ©ie tt)urben gefjabt tyaben/ they 36 The Verbs. Indicative Subjunctive, IMPERATIVE MOOD. %abz or fyabe bu, have or have f $ctben wio let us have thou. £abc zx f let him have. [you. #abet or r;abet tfyr/ have or have £aben fie/ let them have. ©et>n**t Infinitive Mood* PRESENT TENSE. (Sept), to be. b# you are. vSie ftnb/ they are, 3d) war/ I was. 2)u war(e)fl/ thou wast. (£t* war, he was. S&ir waren/ we were. 3fyr waret/ you were. (Sie waren, they were. PERFECT. ©ewefen fe*)n/ to have been. PARTICIPLES. Past. 1 ©ewefen/ been. Subjunctive. PRESENT. 3d) fe*), I may be. £)u fepeft/ thou mayst be. G£r fer)/ he may be. SBtr fet)en, we may be. 3fyr fepeb, you may be. I ©ie fetjen, they may be. IMPERFECT. 3d) ware/ I might be. £5u warejf/ thou mightst be. @r ware/ he might be. 2Btr waren/ we might be. 3fyr waret/ you might be, @ie waren/ they might be. * Observe that the Germans say, id) b i n Qewef eri/ id) W a r ge= Weferi/ literally I am been, I was been, for I have been, I had been. t Some writers substitute i for X) throughout the conjugation, and write fetn, to be; feienb/ being; 3d) fei/ I maybe, &c. The Verbs. 37 Indicative. Subjunctive. 3d) bin geroefen, I have been. 2)u Uft gemefett/ thou hast been. (Sr ifi geroefen, he has been. 2Btt ftnb gewefen, we have been. 3*)r fet)b gewefen/ you have been. @te ftnb geroefen/ they have been. 3d) fet) gercefen/ 1 may have been. £)u fepeft geroefen, thou may st &c G£r fe*> gewefen/ he may have&c. £Bir fepen gewefeit/ we may &c. Sfyr fepeb gercefen, you may &c. ©te [c?cn gemefcn/ theymay &c. PLUPERFECT. 3d) war gewefeit/ I had been. [&c £)utt?ar(e)ft getrefen/ thou hadst, (Sr mar gewefen, he had been. £3tr waren gewefen> we had been. 3f)r waret gewefen ; you had been ©te waren gewefen/they had been. 3^) ware geroefem I might have been. [&c. £)u wctreft: gewefem thou mightst (Sv ware geroefen, he might, &c. 2Btr wdren gewefen,we might &c. 3fyr waretgewefetvyou might &c. ©ie wdren geroefen/they might &c FIRST FUTURE. 3d) werbe fep, I shall be. £)u ratrjt fegrw thou wilt be. (5r ttrirb fevjn/ he will be. SBtr raerben fex>ri/ we shall be. 3^r werbet fet)en/ you will be. ©te werben fepn/ they will be. 3d) werbe fepn, 1 shall be. £)u werbeft fet)n/ thou wilt be. (5r werbe feptv he will be. SQSir rcerben fepti/ we shall be. 3fyr werbet fe^n/ you will be. ©ie werben fer>n; they will be. SECOND FUTURE. 3d) werbe gewefen fe^n/ I shall have been. [&c. 2)u nrirffc geroefen fegri/ thou wilt <5r wirb gewefen fepn, he will &c. 2Btr roerben gewefen fe^>n, we shall &c. [will &c. 3fyr werbet gewefen fet)n, you ©ie werben geroefen fepn/ they will &c. 3d) werbe gercefen fet)n ; I shall have been. [wilt &c. £)u roerbeft geroefen fet)n, thou (Sr werbe gewef en fepn/he will &c £Btr werben geroefen fepm we shall &c. [will &c. 3§r roerbet gewefen fe^n/ you @ie roerben geroefen fe$n, they will &c. 38 The Verbs. Indicative. Subjunctive. CONDITIONAL. Simple. 3$ ttuvbe fet)tt/ I should be. 3)u ttfobejr fetym thou wouldst be @r tt>urbe fct>rt/ he would be. fGSit: murben fe^m we should be. 3&* nmrbet fct)n/ you would be. be or be thou. (Set) et/ let him be. ir/ let us be. @e)()b or (Sepb tfyr, be or be you, ®er;en ftc/ let them be. SB e vb en* The Auxiliary Verb SBet:ben/ serves to form the future and conditional tenses of the Active Voice, and all the tenses of the Passive Voice* When werben is used not as an auxiliary verb, it signifies to become ; the Past Participle is then gett>orben, and the singular of the Imperfect Indicative is, tdf) toaxbf bit wctfbjt/ et: xoaxb. Infinitive Mood. PRESENT TENSE. PERFECT. sffierben, to be. | S&orben fe$n, to have been. PARTICIPLES. PRESENT* SOSerbenb/ being. PAST. SBorben, been. The Verbs. 39 Indicative. 33) rcerbe/ I am. £)u arirfl/ thou art. @r trtrb/ he is. SBtr roerben, we are. 3*)r roerbet/ you are. @te werben/ they are. PRESENT. Subjunctive. 33) werbc/ I may be. £)u ttJerbcft/ thoumaystbe. (Sr werbe/ he may be. fOStr werben/ we maybe. 3$r wetbct/ you may be. ©ie werben, they may be. IMPERFECT. 3d) wurbe or toaxbt I was. £>u tuurbeft or rcarbj!/ thou wast. <£t rcurbe or warb/ he was. §8Str rourben, we were. 3*)r rmtrbet/ you were. ©te ttmrben/ they were. 3d) ttJ&be/ I might be. £)u tturbefi:/ thou mightst be. (Sr wurbe/ he might be. SBtr ttmrben/ we might be. 3$r ttwrbet/ you might be. @te tt>urbem they might be. PERFECT. 33) bin ttjorben/ I have been. £5u Mft rccrben/ thou hast been. (Sr ift tootbtttf he has been. £Bir ftnb worben/ we have been. 3fyr fe$b trorben/ you have been, ©te ftnb roorben/ they have been. 33) fet) rcorben/ I may have been. 25u fetyefi worben/ thou mayst &c. (£r fep worben/ he may have been 28ir fegen worbem we may &e- 3f)r fe^eb worben, you may &c. ©ie [e^en worben, they may &c. PLUPERFECT. 3d) war morben/ I had been. [been. 2)u tt>ar(e)ft worben/ thouhadst (5r war worbem he had been. 203tr waren rcorben/ we had been. 3fyr roaret ttorben/ you had been ©te tvavm rcorben/ they had been 34 marc worben/ I might have been. [&c. ©u roarejt worbem thou mightst (Sr ware worbeny he might &c. 2Btr tt>arentt>orben/ we might &c. Sfyr waret worben/ you might &c. ©ie roaren worben/ they might&c FIRST FUTURE. 3& werbe merben/ I shall be. £)u nrirft roerben, thou wilt be. (Sr trtrb werben, he will be. SBtr rcerben roerben/ we shall be. 3fyr roerbet trerben/ you will be. ©ie tuerben roerben/ they will be. 33) roerbe werben/ I shall be. £)u werbeft rcerben/ thou wilt be. (§r werbe werben/ he will be. SBir rcerben raerben/ we shall be. 3f)r roerbet werben/ you will be. ©ie rcerben werben/ thev will be. 40 The Verbs. Indicative. SECOND 3$ werbe roorben ffgnj I shall have been. [&c. £u ttnrft rcorben fexjn/ thou wilt @r ttrirbroorben fe*)ru he will &c. fJBtr roerben irorben fe^m we shall &c. [will &c. 3§t merbet roorben fepn/ you @te tt>etben tt>orben&c>they will&c Subjunctive. FUTURE. 3orben fepn, I shall have been. [wilt &c. £)u rwbefi rcorben fct>n, thou (Srroerbe worben fe^n, he will&c. SQStr tt)orben rcorben fe^n/ we shall &c. [will &c. 3$r roerbet rcovben fenrt/ you ©te werbenworben&c/theywill&c CONDITIONAL. Simple. S3) ttmvbe Herbert/ I should be. >Du ttjuvbejl &c.| thou wouldstbe. dt rsurbe werben/ he would be. £Btr murben roerbert/ we should be Sfyr wurbet tt)erben/you would be u mogejr. (St moge. fGSir mcgen. 3$c moger. ecbe mogen. 3d) rcerbe gemodjt r)abcn. Imperf. 3d) modjte. Per/. 3d) *)abe gemodjt Pluperf. 3ty §atte gemod)t. 1** Fut. 3d) rcerbe mogen. 2nd Fut. 3d) trer-be gemod)t fyaben. Simple Conditional 3d) ttmrbe mogen. Comp additional. 3d) rcfirbe gemodjt f)aben. No Imperative. Remarks. Besides the signification, conveyed by the English word may % mogen, expresses often that of to like; as, SBfc tyaben e$ md)t tfcun mogen, I 3d) mag btefen SSein ntdjt. We did not like to do it. | I do not like this wine. e 2 42 The Verbs. 2* 3$ ttriil, I will ; infinitive, wofletn PARTICIPLES. present. rcolknb. past, .gewottf. PRESENT. Indicative. Subjunctive. 3d) wiO. 3* Nolle. £)u nrillji. Su tDOttCJl. <5r will. ®j twite. SBic gotten. fDStr rootfen. 3&t wott(c)t. 3f)r wottct. ©te gotten. ©ie wollen. /^er/ 3d) wilt*. 3d) moUte. •P^/. 3d) I)abe gemollt. 3$ §abe gcwottt. Pluperf. 3d) ^attc flemoUt 3d) fyatte gewollt. ltf F^. 3d) roerbe tt>otfen. 3d) roerbe rotten. 2nd Fut 3d) rcerbe gewotft fyabm. Sty tufirbe gewoilt Ijaben. Simple Conditional. 3d) wfirbe gotten. Cotwjp. Conditional 3d) vpurbe aettjollt fyaben. No Imperative. This verb is never used to denote future time. It expresses will, intention, inclination, and solicitation ; as, 28 oil en ©te fpa^teren ger;en? Will you take a walk? 3d) roitt 3l)nen ba§ ©elb gteid) geben. I will give you the money directly. 3d) fjabe fptelen n>oUen (not gercotft). I have wished to play. 3d) wottte bu formteji iefct fommeti. I wish thou couldst come now. SBottie ©ott! Would to God! fCSollten ©ie V\z ©ute rjabem mir §u fagen? W^ould you have the kindness to tell me ? The Verbs. 43 3* 3d) foil, I shall; infinitive. foEetn PARTICIPLES i present, follenb. past, gcfollt. PRESENT. Indicative. Subjunctive. 3d) foil. 3d) folic. £>u follft. »u follejr. <£r foil. <£* fotte. 2Sir follen. SBfc follen. 3*>r foll(e)t. 3^ foUet. ©ie follen. ©te follen. Imperf. 3d) foUtC. 3$ fottte. Per/. 3d) i>abc defollt. 3d) fyabe gcfollt. Pft^r/. 3* $attc gcfollt. 3d) ijatte gcfollt. 1st Put. 3d) rcerbe follen. 3d) n?erbe follen. 2«d JFW. 3d) werbc gcfollt §abcn. 3d) rcerbe gcfollt rjaben. Simple Conditional, 3d) rtmrbe follen. Comp. Conditional. 3d) rcurbe gefollt rjaben. No imperative. Remarks. The signification of this verb, is generally that of the English ought or shall; it conveys command or TTzora/ necessity ; as, ©ie follen bag SSud) nid)t lefen/ You shall not read that book. (Ste follten tyt etnen 33efud) abjlatten. You ought to pay her a visit. Pollen is often used with an ellipsis, when the infinitive of some other verb is to be supplied 5 as, fBa§ foil id) ?— supply ttyxtit do. What shall I do ? 2£a$ foil bag?— -supply fep, to be. What shall that be ? What does it tend to ? Pollen signifies also to be admitted, to be supposed ; to be said ; as, (5r foil fetnen @a| bettiefen Ijaben, He is ac\mitted to have proved his position. Die gran§ofen follen gcfd)lagen tuorben fepn/ The French are said to have been beaten. €©tten like ircllen is not used to express future time. 44 The Verbs. 4* 3$ fann, I can; infinitive, fonnem PARTICIPLES. present, f&nnenb. past, gefonnt. PRESENT. Indicative. Subjunctive. 3d) fann, I can. 3d) f 6nne, I may be able. £)u fannft £)u ISnnejl @s fann. (Sr fSmte. SBtt: fSnnen. SEBir fonnen. S^t I6nn(e)t. 3$r ttnnct. ©ie lonnen. ©ie fSnnen. imperf. 3d) fonnte. 3d) fSnnte. P«/. 3* ^ohz geJonnt. 3d) *Ktbe gefonnt. Piuperf. 3d) tyatte gefonnt. 3d) JjStte gefonni ut Fut 3d) werbe I6nnen. 3d) roerbe fonnen. 2nd Fut. 3d) roerbe gef onnt rjaben. 3d) n>erbc gef onnt fjafcen. Simple Conditional. 3d) ftutbe fonnen. Comp. Conditional 3d) rounbe gef onnt fyaben. No Imperative. fonnen denotes physical and moral possibility; as, 3d) fann tefett unb fdjreiben. I can read and write. 3d) fyabt §eute nid)t fdjretbcn fSnnen (not gefonni)). I have not been able to write to-day. @c fann e§ t>erjfanben fyafcen. He may have understood it ; this differs from (Sr ^)at e§ t>erfte^)cn fSnnen. He has been able to understand it. Of this verb the imperfect of the subjunctive mood is fre- quently used, where in English might is employed \ as, ©te 1 6nnten mit Un ©efatten il;un. Ycu might do me the favour. £)u r)atteft e§ mir roof)! fagen fonnen. Thou mightst, indeed, have informed me of it. Th e Verbs. 41 5 ♦ Set) barf, I dare ; i infinitive, burfen* PARTICIPLES. present, burfen. past, geburft. PRESENT Indicative. Subjunctive. 3d) barf. 3$ burfe. £)u barfft. £u burfeft. Qt barf. dt burfe. 2Btt burfen. fGStr burfen. 3t)t burf(e)r. 3f)r burfet. oc>l tt>af)r fet)n. His assertion may be true after all. When it occurs without an infinitive it is by way of ellipsis, the infinitive being always understood ; as, (Sr- barf nid)t aus ^zva $aufe (gefyen), being understood, He dares not go out of the house. 46 The Verbs. 6* $d) mug, I must; infinitive, muffem PARTICIPLES. present, mufienb. past* gemufit. PRESENT. Indicative. Subjunctive. 3d) mug. 3d) mftffe. £)u mufti £)u muffeft. (St mug. @t mfiffe. fCStr muffen. 2Bfr muffen. 3fyt muffet. 3f)t muffet. @ie muffen. @ie mujTen. imperf. 3d) mugte. 3$ mufjte. Per/. 3d) fyabe gemugt. 3d) tyabe gemufft. Pluperf. 3d) tyatte gemugt. 3d) tyatte gemuft. 1st Fut. 3d) n?erbe muffen. 3d) werbe muffen. *2wc? Fut 3d) roetbe gemufit Ijaben. 3d) roerbe gemupt fyaben. Simple Conditional. 3d) UJUtbe muffen. Camp. Conditional. 3d) rourbe gemufit fjaben. No Imperative. The signification of muffen coincides very nearly with the English must, and exactly with the French il faut, and the Italian bisogna. It has also the signification of to be obliged, to be forced ; as, <%>at zt c§ ty\xn muffen ? Has he been obliged to do it ? 3d) mugte e§ ti)un. I was obliged to do it. It is used elliptically, an infinitive being understood ; as, 3d) mug fyeute nod) gurucf understand getyen. I must (go) back to-day. It is sometimes translated by cannot but, could not but ; as, 3d) mugte il)m feine fSittz gematjren, I could not but grant his request. The Verbs. 47 7, Scty laffe, I let ; infinitive. laffetu PARTICIPLES. present, laffenb. past, gelaffen. PRESENT. Indicative. Subjunctive. 3d) Xaffe. 3* Xaffe. £)u tdfTeft. £)u laffejt. dt (aft. @r Xaffe. 255tc Iaffen. 2Bir iaffen. 3f)t Xaffct (taft) . 3i)r laffet. ©te Iaffen. 3d) lief. ©te Iaffen. Imperf. 3d) ttefle. Perf. 3d) tjabe gelaffen. 3d) ^abe gelaffen. Pluperf. 3d) ^atte getaffen. 3d) i)dtte gelaffen. 1st Fut. 3d) fterbe Iaffen. 3d) werbe Iaffen. 2nd FuU 3d) roerbe gelaffen fyaben. 3d) irerbe gelaffen $aben Simple Conditional, 3d) rcurbe iaffen. Comp. Conditional. 3d) rourbe geXaffen tyaben. Imperative, Saf, or Saffen. Remarks. Saffen signifies to let, to suffer, to allow, to leave, to have a thing done ; as, 3d) ^alt itjn gefyen Iaffen (not gelaffen). I have suffered him to go. 2ttan Xtef tyn fret abmfen. He was allowed to depart unmolested. £)a§ laffe td) bleiben. (Sin £au§ bauen Iaffen. I leave that alone. To get a house built. With the reflective pronoun for the third person fid), it is to be rendered by may, is to be; as, £)ason Itefe ftd) mele§ fagen. Of that much might be said. £>a§ iafft ftd) ntdjt begreffen. That is not to be comprehended. £a£ iSjit ffd) nid)t tyun. That is not to be done. 48 The Verbs. CONJUGATION OF THE REGULAR VERB. ACTIVE VOICE. Steben, to love. INFINITIVE MOOD. PRESENT TENSE. PERFECT. Stebcn/ to love. (Mtebt tyaberu to have loved. PARTICIPLES. PRESENT. PAST. Stebenb/ loving. (Miebt/ loved. Indicative* 3d) liebe/ I love. 2)u iteb(e)|i/ thou lovest. (St Xicbt/ he loves. SBtt lieben^ we love. 3$e tfeb(e)t, you love. (Sie Uebeti/ they love. PRESENT. Subjunctive. 3$ Itebe, I may love. £)u liebejl/ thou mayst love. (St* liebe/ he may love. fSSir Iteben, we may love. 3|t itebct/ you may love. @te Ueben/ they may love. IMPERFECT. 3d) itcbtc/ I loved. £)u Uebtejl/ thou lovedst. (St: liebte, he loved. 2KMr Itcbten, we loved. 3^ liebtct/ you loved. @ie Itebten, they loved. 3d) Itebete/ I might love. £)u liebetcft/ thou mightst love. (Sr XtebctC/ he might love. SSit liebetetv we might love. 3^ itebetet/ you might love. @te liebetettj they might love. PERFECT. 34) ^6e getiebt/ I have loved. £)u fyaft geliebt/ thou hast loved. <5r i)at geliebt, he has loved. SStr tyctben gcliebt/ we have loved 3^ab(e)t geUebt,you haveloved ®ie fyaben gettebt/ they have loved 3d) ijabc geltebt; I may have loved £)u fyctbejl geltebt/ thou mayst &c. (St l)abe gcliebt/ he may &c. §8Mr tyaben geliebt/ we may &c. Sty* tyabet Qeliebt/ you may &c. ©ie tyaben gcliebt/ they may &c. The Verbs. 49 Indicative. PLUPERFECT. Subjunctive. 3d) tyatte geiiebt/ I had loved. £>u ^atteft geiiebt/ thouhadst &c. @r §cttte geiiebt/ he had loved. SGStr fatten geiiebt/ we had loved 3b* battet geiiebt/ you had loved ©ie fatten geiiebt/ they had loved 3d) gatte geiiebt/ I might Sec. £u §atteft geliebt/thoumightst&c (Sr §&tte geiiebt/ he might &c. SStr fatten geiiebt/ we might &c. 3^ l)dttct geiiebt/ you might &a ©ie fatten geiiebt/ they might &c. FIRST FUTURE. 3d) tt>erbe lieben, 1 shall love. 2)u nrirffc lieben/ thou wilt love. (Sr ttrirb lieben, he will love. SBMr tterben lieben/ we shall love. Sbr n>erbet lieben/ you will love. @te ttetben lieben/ they will love SECOND 3d) trerbe geiiebt Ijaben/ I shall have loved. [&e. £>u rcivft geiiebt $aben/ thou wilt (Sr irirb geiiebt baben/ he will &c. [&c* §D5if rcerben geiiebt baben/we shall 3b^ rcerbet geiiebt fyaben/ you will &c [will fee* ®ie werben geiiebt l)aben/ they 3d) rcerbe lieben/ 1 shall love, £u merbeft lieben/ thou wilt love @r rcerbe lieben/ he will love. SSir trerben lieben/ we shall love . 3$t wwbtt lieben/ you will love Bk werben lieben/ they will love FUTURE. 3d) tterbe geiiebt fjabeit/ I shall &c. [wilt&c. £)u ttcrbej! geiiebt baben, thou Qt trerbe geiiebt Ijaben/ he will &a [&c. 5Sir trerben geiiebt baben,we shall 3*>r tterbet geiiebt £aben/ you will &a [will &c. ©ie trerben geiiebt baben, they Simple. 3d) rofirbe lieben/ I should love. £>u tturbeft lieben/ thou wouldst &c [&c. (Sr rcmrbe lieben/ he would love. fffitr trurben lieben/ we should &c. [&c t 3f)E ttmrbet lieben/ you would &c. [&c. @ie rrurben lieben/ they would CONDITIONAL. Compound. 3d) trurbe geiiebt £aben/ I should have loved. £u trurbeft geiiebt l;aben/ thou wouldst &c. [&c. (Sr tttirbe geiiebt baben, he would SBir tturben geiiebt !;aben, we should &c. 3*)t ttmrbet geiiebt fjaben/ you would &c. [would &c, @te rcfirben geiiebt £aben/ they 50 The Verbs. £tebe or Uefce bit/ love or love thou. Stefce er, let him love. IMPERATIVE. Stefan tvitr let us love. Me&et or Kebt or Itebet tf)t?/ love or love you. Steben fte* let them love. PASSIVE VOICE, INFINITIVE. PRESENT. ©eliebt n>evben, to be loved. PERFECT. ©ettebt rcorben fex>n/ to have been loved. Indicative* Subjunctive. PRESENT. 3d) toerbe getfebt/I am loved. £)u ttrirjt geltebt/, thou art loved. Qtt with getiebt/ he is loved. 2Btr rcerben gettebt, we are loved S^ wttktt gelie&t/ you are loved erben# we 3l)r tuertet geliebt Herbert/ you will &c. [will &c. 3ie rcerben geliebt tt>erceri/ they 34 trerbe geliebt tterben/ I shall be loved. [wilt kc* £u tterbejt geliebt tterben, thou dt trerbe geliebt rcerben/ he will &c. [shall &c Sir trerben geliebt rcerben, we 3l;r w erbet geliebt rcerben/ you will &c. [will &c ©u trerben geliebt trerben/ they 52 The Verbs. Indicative. Subjunctive. SECOND FUTURE. 3d) werbe geltebt roorben fet)tt/ I shall have been loved. 2)u nrirfl: geliebt roorben fetjtt/ thou wilt have been loved. @r ttrirb Qdiebt roorben fetytt/ he will have been loved. fBtt rcerben geltebt rcorben fe^tt/ we shall have been loved. 3^ rcerbet geltebt rootben fep* you will have been loved. ©ie njerben geltebt worben (et)n/ they will have been loved. 3d) werbe geltebt rcorben fet)n> I shall have been loved. £>u werbejt geliebt worben fep> thou wilt have been loved. @c roerbe geltebt roorben fepn/ he will have been loved. 2£tr werben geliebt rcotben fepn, we shall have been loved. Sfyt: werbet geltebt rcorben fep, you will have been loved. @te rcerben geltebt rcorben fe*)H/ they will have been loved. CONDITIONAL. Simple. 3d) nmrbe geltebt trerberi/ I should be loved. 2)u n>firbeffc geltebt a>erben> thou wouldst be loved. (Sr rofirbe geltebt werberi/ he would be loved. 2£tr wurben geltebt n>erbert/ we should be loved. 3t)t nmrbet geltebt roorberi/ you would be loved. ©ie rourben geltebt ttetben/ they would be loved. Compound. 3d) murbe geliebt roorben fepn/ 1 should have been loved. £)u wfirbeft geliebt tvoxbzn fe^n, thou wouldst have been loved. dx rourbe geltebt rcorben fet>ri/ he would have been loved, fffitt rcftrben geltebt toorben fetjn, we should have been loved. 3tjr routbet geltebt worben fcx>ii/ you would have been loved. ©te nutrben geltebt roorben fep, they would have been loved. IMPERATIVE. 5£erbe geltebt or roerbe bu ge- ltebt; be loved or be thou loved 2£erbe er geltebt/ let him be loved fOSerben tvit geltebr,let us beloved SJBerbet geltebt or rcerbet tfyr ge 5 liebt/ be loved or be you loved SBerben fie geltebt/ let them be loved. The Verbs 53 Remarks, J. The verbs ending in elrt and ern drop generally the first c in the first person of the present indicative, in all persons of the present subjunctive and in the imperative. In the other persons of the present indicative, and the imperfect and in the past participle the last e is dropped. Therefore we conju- gate from fdjmeidjein/ to flatter, in the present indicative: id) fd)meid)le, t\x fd&meidjelji* er fdjmetdjelr, mt fd)metd)efri/ tr)t; fdjmeidjett/ fte fd)metd&efa 5 present subjunctive : id) fd)meic^le< bu fd)metd)lej!/ er fdjmetdfele/ &c; imperfect: ify fdjmetd)eXte/ &c. : imperative: fd)metd)le/ &c. 5 past participle : gefdjmeidjelt. In the same way fouberrt/ £0 demand, has in the present in- dicative: icr; forbve/ bu forberjry fee; subjunctive: id) forbre/ bu forbrejt, &c. ; imperfect : id) forberte/ &c. ; imperative : forbre/ &c. ; past participle: geforbert. 2. Verbs of foreign origin ending in iren or tevert/ and some German verbs formed by the termination terem do not take the augment ge in the past participle: bociten/ to teach ; frubiren, to study 5 cttcutirert/ to circulate ; marfdjtrett/ to march ; bud)z irabtreri/ to spell 3 tegtereri/ to reign; fpa§terert/ to walk; bctr-bierert/ to shave; participle: bceirt/ frubirt/ &c. But some true German verbs, as jterert/ to adorn; frieren/ to freeze, must not be confounded with them. The augment is also omitted when the infinitive has the prefix ge 5 as, gel; ben, to vow ; participle : Qtlobt. 3. The English form of the present and imperfect indicative of the active voice, viz. present : I do love, or I am loving ; imperfect: I did love, or I was loving, is always expressed in German by the ordinary form, 3d) Xiebe/ td) liebte. 4. It is seen by the example given above, that the regular German verb forms the present indicative, by changing the termination en of the present infinitive into z, ft/ et/ en/ et/ en 5 the imperfect indicative by changing it into ete/ eteft/ etc/ etert/ ititt cten 5 the imperative mood by omitting the n of the infinitive; and the past participles by prefixing the syllable ge/ and by taking the termination et in place of the infinitive en. But many verbs vary from this rule, and are therefore called irregular. f 2 54 The Verbs. 5. With the foregoing instruction, and after having con- sulted the conjugation of the verb ttebett/ the learner will do well to conjugate a good many verbs, with the following table before him : — PRESENT. Indicative. Sing. 1 Pers e. 2 „ 3 „ ........ Plur. 1 Pers. 2 „ eft. 2 t> et. 3 »> en. 1 >? et. 2 >> en. 3 f> Subjunctive. Sing. 1 Pers e. eft. Plur. IMPERFECT. Sing. ziZi or te. etefb or teft. ete/ or te. Plur. eten/ or ten. etet/ or tet. eten/ or ten. 1 Pers. 2 „ 1 2 3 Sing, Plur. IMPERATIVE. Sing. 2 Pers e. 3 „ e. 2 Pers. 3 „ Plur. en. et. en. ete. eteft. ete. eten. etet. eten. et. en. INFINITIVE. en. PARTICIPLES. Pres. enfc>. Pa^. et< or t The Verbs. 55 CONJUGATION OF THE IRREGULAR VERBS. Verbs are irregular in the present indicative j — the imperfect, indicative and subjunctive — in the imperative, and the past participle. Rules. 1 . All irregular verbs that have a in the radical syllable of the first person singular of the present indicative change it into & in the second and third persons singular of the same tense ; as, id) fatfe, bu fSilfr er fallt. Except only erfd&allen/ fjaben, faugen, fdjaffen, fd)nauben, fd?rauberu Note.— ®tof en makes id) ftoge/ bu fr6£ejr, er pft. 2. Ail the irregular verbs that have e in the first person singular of the same tense, change it, in the second and third persons singular into ie or i $ as, id) lefe, bu Xtefcft/ er Iteft/ id) gebe, bu gibft, er gtbr. Except beroegen/ genefen, tybtn, melfen/ pflegert/ fdieren^ weben. 3. The first person plural of the present is always the same as the present infinitive, and the other two persons are formed regularly from it. 4. In those verbs which change a into a> in the second per- son singular of the present indicative, the second person of the imperative retains a $ but all other verbs (except fyaben and ferjn) make the second person singular imperative, like the second person singular of the present indicative omitting jr. The rest of the imperative is always regular, 5. The third person singular of the imperfect is the same as the first, and the other persons terminate like the regular verb. The imperfect subjunctive is formed from the imperfect indicative by adding an e/ and changing a> o# U/ into a f h f u. The few exceptions are seen below. (7th division.) 56 The Verbs. % Q* S* .3 0) •5 C*-l o ^ ^ o> 05 1>a 09 ■**> > c3 *3 ^ S 07 •^ -C e -*J « aT ■» > g «J *^i O «La . ^3 . erfec feet in bitten 1 2 S* •S *o •** 5 *? ^ h ~o 2 ~ 6 2 £ <2> §* ,T5 .*- ^ 02 £?£ "5 2 o P 2 s 8 o *£ £ a in =5 *G ■*•* 0) o ■s i 1 § ■a CS S > 0) OQ O H o s c 5 >£ ^^iXo en .£. >e cl) J^ fc= £ S *—- ^ JS* ° x ° ° ° ° s c-> o c^ <■«* o <55 <33 CJ> <55 CJ) <55 Sh > $ | 1 g^cc O-q^ q3 « cS <3> 8 .a o o o o O o o o o o © o £ % H CCS ti:! 5r* WO °=S <3> w W-» CS c ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ c» c g c c: c g "j* s_» "^, <3j ^js »;r\ W s 4 1 ? *o C* <^» .21 5* *~* i4 $•» ?-» Si ^i *>rJ *^ *^3 d © © © £ * # ^ <^ \^z C C « C sO ^> ^O >0 <3)<55<3>cn<55<3)3 i S3 O .9 ° -2 rt y 2 — • Ck* <^ CU * * * The Verbs. 57 .& s^ & ;— « 2 , .is ,2i o ~ c J; ia_» .^* v^' i* — i3 o •"-*«-► o i ^ •§ ^ -S *3 -2 -3 ^ S-allflgS-S poooooo^o ^ 8 * o a . *- o o 1^ W «! R B M o o o o o g ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ~ K ^ ^ S C ^ ^ ^ S> g « ^ ^ S 5 *S *S *s .2 3 « ^ ^ ^ ^ •I* . 52 ,1 ,1 c s 5 c ^ Ii± ^ <=: ir=- ~ £2 S3 i£= s g Q O .£ O O ^ £S 3- l* O .^ 3 S3 £3 5 t* O * C5A ^) S3 O O CS (55 O -£> vw»4«->^«->cnc£><33<3i<=nCJ}<5)<3}^* S3 -i— > •«-» — ^ ® ® ® § &g% ZZ £ U £^'S & ^ ^^> ^-*^ Vi> ^-^ © © © © 58 The Verbs. £_ § .Si o « « -g 2 £ « n e c • S c S c l-ggllsss- * ii * 1 1 • 5 ^■•f-l S3SSS22.2 © ©©o©o©2©5 g £&■&&£.& -A^lff-isUPi * S 11 S3 1 § 1 |S S -2 3 .§ g -S -g § >4- S-^ -W >4— » -v-r S-^ }-* 1^ t-» J-> ti>OCJCi*00^^>^»* ®®®®®®fc3^ttW&&S3S3&83&&& .8 t <£f ■fffe-'g-l ill o C^ Cj^ e^> CU O O O O Cs> o n . ji c g c c •5 « « s s s a ^ s ^» O C^ O d> ^i o C^ 1 s-> »- — Ci. u* <55 ft i S^ es S3 S 2 1 2 s 5 C ^j O <« ^SJ <55 <5) /— N "55 3 _ • 09 o ? 5 bo SI 03 ^52 oa •«•* O T3 o c a> co ."S H3 ^ ^ 3 03 en P« U* •S O O »2 O bo © o o o 0030 1 J O c O 00 c G# c <53 S3 -w *=> *. •2i "^ IT ^ w ca ca ca 0) C £L S5 fe= "3 ^2 S SI ^ ^ 3 c ^ S e S3 -^5^ S3 5 5 ^ « S ©© ^ © £C © ^ 1— 1 ^t? *£T O ( 3f •Ki s a a a ^O u± v2- £. 2 ^S S S 1 <^* O c* <£> <^J o C> £> <^ o w o 'j ,— O C3 <5) 5 C5 <35 s £ OJ o > OS & o *> to > 2 ^ '3 £ o o 03 09 •E J s a- a _2; ^ ci; c2 o3 Ph co 3 -a g ^S o o o o p«a o o o c o o H ^J ^- *=> w ^ ff ^ c c 2 n S C JJ 2 1 S w s c « <3 S S S3 1 g ,2 tH. pggg S Q eoao i i 4 3 j-> S-> u £ Ck* ti* v QJ cj. <33 .a ^ 23 £ £ H3 *» o o o o o ^ c c S cj. ^ ^ 2» jO <35 « n ® s s |Ssl 2 •i2 C >S^ '»g N sg* S i ® is © a, <*> OJ £- Ck* SJ o c»» <55 <35 , g -_i 3 ft- JO .5 •H IS H .5 5 8R Q © eo © The Verbs. 61 • s £ . •S" So . ■fa* 2 1 S 5 c c «3 S » S <3> 3 p «0 S ^ £, S » w » S * ,5 C o O >0 o tS3 s ** *» e e S J-i ^ c S S S s S. g S j^ ^ — u— » S <3> <5^ | <55 r^ ^ t> <33 c?) o o c^ <^* CS <35 <5^ 03 <3 O S-* C3 Ft o -O o S|-l bO tx> 0) o c 00 ^2 as C "3 *2 s 1 2522 tn ^O G £ 2 5 o o o o -w *J ^2 *J I a s o uO a § ^ t s <3> S g s S S & S3 $ c& 1 1- 1 Ci c* O > J f pS» s C •5" 1 On 1 5* o s «J O O O o <3) <33 <3> eg o | C a cs 3 s c ^i s-» s-> e o o § vO sO £. o <^> «,> ll.il o S s j^ CTi Crf Ci> c^ be c *£ T3 ^o 'g § T3 C a 1 .s .s s. -M W t/2 W (72 a «2 o S3 c £ S o d Si O rS "2 "O •^5 = m. 1 ■ - 2? ° rt S W « GJ ^ o do 2 I o o O O o o c o o o p O O o -§ H © ® © © § s ^ s sS^-s-^o^ ^csc~~^ c 13 'S. e « « C" S» ,« S 2 ^- o ^ s-» iss. c* 2" -rf 2. o o o o <^ ;_> g SsT 62 The Verbs. l ^> C^ C# ^^ v*^ VA^ <3) CO S> » CO CO s a BBS 8 _ £ ^ o a DhpC o rt o *5 O ** ft* ft* ?-► s-> I"? S S-» t* ft* ft* JJ? ,i~ ® w a sa $ a ft* ft* ft* ft* ft* ^* CO CO CO CO CO CO O bO G OS .& £ ft* t^: ft* .ft* 5* tr= Cz- ^ ? o o S cc 5a w w w 5 2 3^5 «». ^, c n ?* *€? *& *s> S3 *t? £* ° ** +2 © ® ® ® ® ® * be a o > CD 8 .8 § 8 .t; 8 8 m •— « s 02 S3 -S3 ci5 5 5 5 2 o c o - e 5 e £ « ^ ^ «>* 4-* ft* .;£ - ft S3 ►8 ? « ^ft* ^ C^ C^ O Z^ Cy» ft* ^1* •>0 CS3 <35 <33 CD <55 <3) O a o cy "*-• « be*- - Q qj cs a * 8 P-pQ a> ♦-» ^5 -*- '*-' *5 ^5 -*5 ^^ tS i^. ^ ^> « X -= L ft* .^» «^= ?r ft* ft* ft* 8S 29 © yj)© © © ft* The Verbs. 63 f i I « S «> 55 ° £2 CJ O <^i ■§ ^S s £ C O S 2 £ 3 2 en. ^ 3 E u 5 « Jg<8 S 5=5 *8" *S* *S* S a 3 fej ^^ w S B ~ 8 » tti - , «*• 2 "g 5 5 = ca. .TT a O cj • — u± g a to a 'E o o 3 .S ^ <% O W S N S3 cd s 'g | ^ a a; ,2 nS CD ^ " M aj T3 ^ o S3 3 ■£> O O a o pq &$ 1§> o o o F c « lii o CU 64 The Verbs. ,8* «& .S ♦♦ § ~ 5 S <3 ^ 3? ^ j£ -I c S3 S3 <3 s-» 4-1 S <3 KM 4>S s S3 cs +* 3 jo S3 v* 5 ^.^2 s i C5 S3 O O c-» "Si <3> C5> <35 <5J C3 en O <5> <35 1 H Q> > Ci> S3 0» 6t a* tj o !3 S3 S3 S3 S3 jo ^> c S-> S3 t4 c 15 S ^ 3 & •fca P U CT: -< g3 t g ;3 <*» cu 3 u— 3 "5 -u* bJO fcJD « ?5 «-» C5 .,_► ._► 03 N *£> ^3 iS3^ ^cy> s-. U S-i S-. s-> M a» S3 ^ S3 <3 53 -4— f S3 S3 «* <3 s-* p cs S V» (j v.— » S3 . fe >» *■> S3 V «d 2 o ■*•» T3 a> a cs J.8 d 3 o 03 s 3 C S 31 QJ ^ 3 si o 5 J2 ^ C fe w pQ ^ *S tp ^ ^ qT .2 S *^ g _ o salt o split o do 2 O o *-> O O O o £3 3 g o o o o o .-3 o 1 S3 c ^ ' ^ S3 *•» *^ >*-» -*^ ^ S3 ^ S3 S3 c* S3 ^. A « S3 3 o S ca s-» X Si. ** ^ S3 JJ c i ?» n 53 c c v* s ! SS ^ £ 85 ® ^ § & Q ^<^£ i * t * * # # i The Verbs. 65 NEUTER VERBS. Neuter Verbs are conjugated in the same manner as active verbs : but many of them take the auxiliary fepH/ in the compound tenses ; namely, the perfect, pluperfect, and the second future of the indicative and subjunctive moods and the past conditional. Rule. Neuter Verbs denoting motion to a place or change of condition, and those beginning with vc, MXf and mt, form the compound tenses with the auxiliary fetjn: except ertjetfen/ ttermangelrt/ cer- lauten, tterwetten, serawetfein. Also the verb bkiUn requires the auxiliary fepn. 33letben, to remain. Indicative. Subjunctive. PERFECT TENSE. 3d) bin geblteben/Ihave remained £>u bijf gebtieben/ thou hast &c. Qt iffc gebltebem he has remained SBir ftnb gebtieben/ we have &c. 3fyr fenb Qcbtieben/ you have &c. 2>k ftnb geblteben/ they have &c. 3d) fep geblieberi/ I may have remained. [&c. £)u fenejr geblteben/ thou mayst @r fen ^eblteben, he may &c. £Bir ferjen gsblteben, we may &c. 3fyr fei)eb geblteben> you may &c. ©icfopen sebiteben, they may &c. PLUPERFECT. 3d) war gebtieben* I had remained £)u warft gebliebem'thou hadst &c (5c war- geblteben, he had &c. fBStt waren geblteben/ we had &c. 3i)r waret gebtieben, you had &c. ©ie waren gebtieben/ they had &c 3d) ware gebtieben; 1 might have remained. [&c. £u w&rejr gebtieben, thou mightst (5r ware geblteben/ he might &c. SBir waren geblieben/wemight&c. 3fyr waret gebtieben, you might&-c ©te waren gebtieben, they &c. g 2 66 The Verbs. Indicative. SECOND 3d) twbe geblteben fepm I shall have remained. £u nrirjt geblteben fe^n/ thou wilt have remained. @r wtrb gebUeben fct>n/ he will have remained. SBtr werben geblieben fet)n> we shall have remained. Sfyr tt>erbet geblteben fenn, you will have remained. rt/ we shall have remained. 3fyt roerbet geblteben fet)H/ you will have remained. <5te roerben geblteben fet)ri/ they will have remained. CONDITIONAL 3d) nmrbe geblteben fenn/ 2)u wurbeft geblteben fe»n/ <£r tt)urbe geblieben fenn, 2Btr iuurben geblteben fe$n/ 3b? wurbet geblteben fet)n, @ie wfirbert geblteben feum COMPOUND. I should have remained, thou wouldst have remained, he would have remained, we should have remained, you would have remained, they would have remained. IMPERSONAL VERBS. Impersonal Verbs are used only in the third person singular. The nominative being expressed by e§/ it. Most of them are conjugated with §aben/ very few with fenn. Examples, (E§ blt^et/ it lightens. <§,% bonnerty it thunders QL§ \ cfyneter, it snows. (S3 regner, it rains. @S regnete, it rained. <§§ rjctt getregntf, it has rained. (£§ fyatte geregnet/ it had rained. (SS nrirb regnen, it will rain. (S3 wurbe regnen, it would rain. @6 ift gefd)er)en/ it has happened. Remark. Of a few verbs, impersonal reflectives have been formed : e$ gtebt \i&, it will come ; e$ fragt ftd)/ it is the question 5 e$ ge^ort ftd> it behoves. The Verbs. 67 REFLECTIVE VERBS. Reflective Verbs require after them a personal pronoun, in the dative or the accusative (according to the government of the verb) ; and the compound tenses are always formed with fyaUtl 5 thus, id) Mlbe mi r ein, I imagine; id) freue mid), I rejoice; id) $ a & e mid) erfreut, I have rejoiced. (Sid) erinnern, to remember. INFINITIVE MOOD. PRESENT TENSE. PERFECT. Bid) erinnerm to remember. f Bid) erinnert fyabcn, to have remembered. PARTICIPLE PRESENT. Bid) ertnnernb, remembering. Indicative. PRES 3d) erinnere mid), I remember. £>u erinnerfi; bid), thou remem- berest. dt erinnert fid)/ he remembers. 5£ir erinnew unS/ we remember. 3fyr erinnert eud), you remember. Bit erinnew fid)/ they remember. Subjunctive. ENT. 3d) erinnere mtd),I may remember £)u erinnerfi bid)/ thou mayst &c. Gsr erinnere fid^/ he may &c. 2£ir erinneren un$/ we may &c. 3^ erinnert eud), you may &c. Bk erinnew ftdt)/ they may &c. IMPERFECT. 3d) erinnerte mid)/ 1 remembered £)u erinnertejt bid), thou remem- berest. dr erinnerte fid), he remembered SBir erinnerten un3, we remem- bered. 3fyt: erinnertet tufy, you remem- bered, they may rer member. 68 The Verbs. Indicative. PERFECT 3d) $a6e mtd) erinnert, I have remembered. £>u rjajl bid) ertnnert/ thou hast remembered. <5r rjat ftdr) ertnnert/ he has &c. 28ir r;ctben un£ ertnnert/ we have remembered. 3fyr- |jabt eud) ertnnert/ you have remembered. @te fjaben ftd) ertnnert/ they have remembered. Subjunctive. 3$ &abe mid) ertnnert/ I may have remembered. £)u f)abejr bid; ertnnert/thoumayst have remembered. (£r tyabe ftd) erinnert/ he may &c. SBtr fjaben un§ erinnert/ we may have remembered, 3^ fyabet eud) erinnert/ you may have remembered. u tt>u$ ti^) erinnern, thou wilt remember. (5r nrirb ftd) erinnern, he will re- member. SSSir roerben un§ erinnern/ we shall remember. 3r;v roerbet eud) erinnern/ you will remember* ©ie roerben ftd) erinnern, they will remember. 3d) roerbe mi§ erinnern/ I shall remember. £5u roerbeji Uu wurbefl bid) ertnnern/ thou wouldst remember. (Sc rourbe ftdr) ertnnern/ he would remembered. £Sir roirrben un§ ertnnern/ we should remember. 3$r rourbet eud) erinnern/ you would remember, ©tc murben fid) erinnern/ they would remember. Compound. 3d) ttmrbe mid) erinnert fyaben/ I should have remembered. £)u wurbeft bid) erinnert ^abenz thou wouldst have remembered @r rourbe ftdr) erinnert fyaben/ he would have remembered. 2£ir trurben un§ erinnert §aben/ we should have remembered. 3fyr rcurbet eud) erinnert i)aben/ you would have remembered, ©te rcurben fidj erinnert tyctben, they would have remembered. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Singular. ©Tinner e bi^r remember. Gmnnere er fid)/ let him remem- ber. Plural. (Srinnern ttnr ung/ let us re- member. (Srinnert t\x§, remember. (Srinnern fie fid)/ let them re- member. 70 The Verbs. Remarks. In the German language, every active verb may assume the reflective form. There are several which are never used without the reciprocal pronouns. These are. reflective, in the strictest sense of the word. I shall mention the following as being of frequent occurrence, recommending them to the student's particular attention. They are: — <§td) anmaf en, to presume. (Stdf) bercerben/ to sue. „ anfcrjtcfen, to prepare. „ entrjalten; to abstain from. „ dupern, to intimate. „ erf)or;len, to refresh. „ bebanf en, to thank. „ entfcfyliefkri/ to determine. „ bene^men,) to behave# ? > erbarmen, to have pity. ,, bettagen/ f „ freuen, to rejoice. ,, bebenfen, to consider. „ gtamen, to grieve. „ beftnbcn/ to find one's self. „ fer)neri/ to long. „ befyetfen, to put up with. „ unterfter;en, to venture. „ beftrmen, to reflect. „ rcunbern, to wonder. „ begnugen, to be contented. „ ttriberfe§en, to oppose. • COMPOUND VERBS. I. We call a verb compounded, when adding certain parti- cles as prefixes to the primitive verb, in order to modify its original signification. II. In the German language a verb compounded is either separable or inseparable ; that is, the particle or preposition, at the beginning, may either be separated from the verb or not. III. The other characteristics of these verbs are : — 1. That the inseparable compounds have the accent always on the verb, whereas the separable ones have it on the prefix. 2. That the prefixes of the separable compounds are gene- rally distinct prepositions, while those of the inseparable are only particles. 3. That the inseparable compounds do not take the augment ge in the participle past. IV. The following particles are used to form the inseparable compounds: be, ent, emp, ex f ge, rmj?, va, t>otf, xvxbcx, §er. The Verbs, Specimen. h e roe'tfen, to prove, from rcetfen, to show. e n t geV* 1 / to escape, ?> fieScn/ to go. emp fa'ngen, to receive, j» fangen, to catch. e t fja'lren, to preserve, >> rjalten, to hold. 9 e rjo'rdjen, to obey, » r;ord)en, to listen. m i jj f a'llen, to displease, >> fallen, to fall. oesge'ben, to pardon, >> geben, to give. o o tt §i'el)en, to execute, >> §tel)en, to pull. mtbecfpre'cr;en, to contradict. >> fpredjen, to speak. §erjrre'uen, to disperse, *> ffcreuen, to strew. 71 Examples. (5z fyat mit feinc gretmbfdjaft belief en, He has proved me his friendship. Qt ttrirb fetner Strafe md)t e n r g e $ c n , He will not escape his punishment. <£r befyaupter, baf? er metnen SSrtef ntd)t e mp ft ng, He maintains, that he did not receive my letter. V. The following simple and compounded prepositions are used in forming the separable compound verbs. ab, off. Wf mis. mitt with. an, on. fort, away. nacf), after. auf, upon. fret, free. nteber, down- aug, out. gletd), equal. fratt, place. bet, by. tjer, towards you. um, about* bar, there. rjin, along. ttor, before. ein, in. t0§/ off. re eg, away. empor,up. f)od), high. SU, to. §urucf, back. babet, thereby. r;erbet, to you. r)er§u, to. bafyer, therefrom. herein, in. timber, about. bason, thereof. r>ruber, over. coran ' £ before. {)erab, down. ijerum, around. rjeran, on. r)erunter, down. sorbet, by. r)erau§, out. ^eroor, forth. sorter, before. sorube*/ p assing by. uberein, agreeing. 72 The Verbs. Specimen of Verbs with sirigle prefixes. a'blegen/ a' n fatten, au'f l)6ren/ au'ggefyen/ be'i|re§en/ t> a f r bringem e' i n laufen/ e m p o'rljeben, f c' § X fd^lagen/ f o'r tbauern/ fre'tfprecfyen/ to take off, to begin, to cease, to go out, to assist, to offer, to buy in, to lift up, to miscarry, to continue, to acquit, g I e' id) fommen/ to equal, tye'tbringen/ lo r smj$en# m V t wirf en/ n a' d) folgen, ni' ebertegen/ to bring along, „ to go there, „ to tear off, „ to co-operate, „ to follow after, „ to lay down. „ from legen/ „ fangen/ „ f)6ren, t > gefyen, „ fle^en/ „ bringeti/ „ laufen/ „ r)eben/ » fdjlagen/ „ bauern, „ fpredjen, „ fommen/ brtngen/ ge§en# reifen/ nrirfen, folgen/ legen/ to lay. to catch, to listen, to go. to stand, to bring, to buy. to lift, to beat. to last. to speak. to come. to bring. to go. to tear. to operate. to follow. to lay. Specimen of Verbs with compounded prefixes. 2) a b e' i ftefyen/ to stand by, b a l) e f t i ommen, to come along, b a r; i' n geljen/ to go along, & a ao'n laufen/ tyera'bfpringen, tyeta'nnafyern/ ^era'tt§ Steven/ fjetbe'ietten/ from to run away, to leap down, to approach, to pull out, to hasten to you, r) e r e f t n bringem to bring in, % e r u' 6 e r fommen/ to come over, r) e t u' mlaufen/ to run round, l)eru'nter fallen/ to fall down, r) e r » o' t brtngen/ to produce, u m r) e' r ge$en# to go about, umf)i'n lonnen/ to forbear, t> o x cf n getyem to go before, fterjen/ fommen/ gef)en/ laufen/ fprtngen/ ndfcern/ gieljen/ eilen/ brtngen/ fommen/ laufen/ fallen/ bringen/ ge^en, fonnen/ ge^en/ to stand, to come, to go. to run. to spring, to approach. to pull, to hasten, to bring. to come. to run. to fall. to bring. to go. to be able. to go. The Verbs. 73 RULES for separating the particle of the compound verbs and for placing the component particle. VI. The separation takes place,— 1. Always in the imperative mood; as, g an get fo baib rote mogltd) ant begin as soon as possible. £ 6 1 t in etner ©tunbe au] , leave off in an hour. 2. In the indicative present and imperfect; as, 3d) fur^r bafytt mit fd)retben fort/ 1 therefore continued writing. £>a§ ©djaufpiel 9 e § t urn 7 Ut)t a R/ the play begins at 7 o'clock . Note. — In the future tense the separation never takes place ; as $Jlan rrnrb urn 7 Ufyv anfangen, they will begin at seven. VII. The compounding particle is placed, either immediately after the verb, or quite at the end of the phrase ; as, £ 5 rert ©te a u f mify §u necfen, leave off teasing me. 3d) fianb b a b e i, aU er ben SBrief lag/ I stood near, when he read the letter. (gr bring: tie metjre Sett auf bem Sanb §u, He spends most of his time in the country. VIII. The augment g e of the past participle in the separable compounds, is always placed between the prefix and the verb ; thus, angefangen/ aufger;6rt, angefletbet/ angefommen. Examples. £)er SBagen iffc ba, unb ©te ftrtb nod) md)t angefletbet, The carriage is there and you are not yet dressed. £5er erfte lilt ivat fd}on an g e fangen, The first act had already began. dx tfr berettS angefommen^ he is already arrived. IX. When the infinitive of a separable compound is used with the preposition § u, that preposition is, like the augment ge/ placed between the compounding particle and the verb \ thus, an§ur;6ren, auf % ujtefcen/ fcrt^ugerjen. H 74 The Verbs. Examples. @§ bebatf ©ebulb/ urn fo tttvaZ cm % u borenv It requires patience, to listen to such things. <5s wax rvidjt xztift, fo lange rcegjubletben/ It was not right to stay away so long. X. There are a few words compounded with burd), fiber/ untet/ and rt>ieber/ which are both separable and inseparable* They are separable, when the accent rests on the verb, and inseparable, when placed upon the component particle. They receive, according to the position of the accent, a different signification, and are finally, when separable, verbs neuter, and in the other case verbs active* The following are the principal of these compounds. Separable. b u t d) bringen/ to penetrate, to get wet through, btefer £Kegen b r t n g t burd)/ this rain makes impression. Inseparable. burd) bring en, to penetrate, [b r u n g e n 3d) bin oott Scmfbatfett burd) I am penetrated with gratitude bttrdjreifen/ to travel through I burd) ret fen/ to travel a country (5t retfte §ter gejrern bur d)/ | (Srburd)retjre£eutfd)lanb/he he passed here yesterday. was travelling in Germany. U e b e r fe^en/ to ferry over. SSollcn Sie ttng uberfe^en/ will you put us over. Untcrgefjen/ to sink. £as -Scot ge&t unter/ the boat will sink. Unter liegen/ to lie under. 3d) lag unter/ I lay under. 2£ i e b e r bolen/ to fetch back. 4? o l e n @ie eS to i e b e x, fetch it back. Ueber f e $ e n# to translate, ^onnen ©tc bte§ fur mid) fibers f e|eili can you translate this for me. Unter ger) en/ to undergo. dx unter gtng etner Unter^ fud)ung/ he passed an exam- ination. UnterUegen/ to succumb. 3d) unterliege ber Caji/ I suc- cumb with fatigue. SBteberfyoUrt/ to repeat. 3d) nrieber f) o It e e§ gum fleets ten SOdalC/ 1 repeated it for the second time. The Verbs. Note. — The learner must also bear in mind, that if the verb has the accent, the past participle does not take the augment ge — and the participles of these seven verbs are, burd)brungen, burcfymjt/ burd)brod)en/ fiberfefct/ untergangert/ unterlegen/ wit* oer^ott. But we say; — Qt f)at e3 toitbtt g e l)olt/ he has fetched it back. XL Conjugation of a compound separable reciprocal verb. PRESENT TENSE. Indicative, Subjunctive. 3d) f tetbe mta>an, I am dressing gd) fleibe mid^ait/ 1 may dress. £)u ftetbejl bicr^cm/ thou art &c. <§r fieibet fta>art/ he is &c. SBSu; ftetben uncart/ we are &c. 3$c fieibet euo>art/ you are &c (Sic Itetben fta>an/ they are &c. £)u fleibeft- bto>art/ thou mayst @r fieibet ftcf)*an, he may &c SBStr f letben uncart/ we may &c 3£)r fieibet eua>an/ you may &c ©ie f letben fto>an/ they may&c IMPERFECT. 3d)fleibete mtd^an, I was dres- sing. [&c. £u fletbetejf bidr)»an/ thou wast (Sc fletbete fta>an/ he was &c. £Btr fleibeten un^am we were &c. [&c. 3f)t fleibetet eud)*an/ you were @te fleibeten ftdrj^an/ they were dressing. 3d) fletbete mifyan, I might dress [mightst &c. £)u fteibeteji bid)?an, thou (gr fletbete ftaVart/ he might kc 2Btr fleibeten un^am we might &c. [&c. 3^ fleibetet euifyan, you might ©ie fleibeten ftd^ari/ they might dress. COMPOUND TENSES. 3d) %oht mid)sangefleibet/ I have dressed. 3d) tyatte mtd>angef(etbet/ I had dressed. 3d) roerbe mio>anfteiben, I shall dress. 3d) §o.U mi^angefleibet^ may have dressed. 3d) fyattt mtd>angefleibct/ might have dressed. 3d) tturbe midj-anfleiben^ should dress. Infinitive. Present Participle. Past Participle. Imperative. 1 lD ®' ©id) cmfletben, to dress. ®id) anfletbenb/ dressing. 2Cngeftetbet/ dressed, fleibe bidy dress thyself. fieibet cud)/ dress yourself. 7$ The Verbs. CHAPTER VII. SYNTACTICAL PART OF THE VERB. I. AGREEMENT OF THE VERB WITH ITS SUBJECT. 1. The agreement of the verb with the subject or nomina- tive, is the same as in English, except that in some instances, when the nominative consists of several substantives, in which we conceive a certain relation or unity, the verb is used in the singular] as, 9M4 unb arm i fr biefet* 9RetMHigf Rich and poor are of this opinion. ■■gimme! unb Orce t ft §euge fetner Zfyatt Heaven and earth are witness of his deed. 2. In the English language, the verb is in some instances put in the plural, after collective substantives, but this is never done in German; as, £>te gange gamilic ttar gegen feme #etratt), The whole family xcere against his marriage. £et 2Cu$fd)ttf tft ju etner (Smfdjeibung gefommem The committee have come to a decision. # II. USE OF THE TENSES. 1. To express in English an action performed in a limited space of time, and at the same time in a state of continuation, ve use the verb to be, joined to the present participle; as, / am writing, I xvas writing, I shall be writing. Such a combination is foreign to the German language, and this mode of speaking must be rendered respectively by the present, im- perfect, or simple future tense; as, id) [cl;reibe/ id) fdjrieb, id) roerbe fdjreiberu I write, I wrote, I shall write. The Verbs. 77 2. For the same reason, the present tense of the infinitive mood is generally employed in German, where in English the present participle is made use of; as, 3d) §ore 3enianben tommtn t I hear some one coming. 3d) fat; fie fo eben am genjter jlc$ctt# I saw her but a while ago, standing at the window. 3. In English the present and imperfect tenses are in nega- tive and interrogative sentences, frequently expressed by do or did, joined to an infinitive. In German this cannot be done where the simple indicative is used instead of it ; as, 3d) glaube Semen ntd)^ (Sat) en Sie ifjn? I don't believe you ; Did you see him ? 4. Whenever do or did is introduced in English, to con- vey emphasis or in answer to a question, some adverb must be substituted for it ; such as \a f benn, bod) 5 as, fSarum ubergeben ©ie benn nid)t metn SSillet? Why did you not deliver my note? ^djreiben ©tc mir bod) fcalb, ariS/ I sA/ifi go shortly to Paris. £>tefe SSodje f e r) e rt rptr un§ fd;rt>erltd) ruteber/ This week we shall hardly meet again. 6. There is a future, which is expressed in English by the verb to be, placed before an infinitive; this is rendered in German, according to the sense being more or less imperative, by rp e v b e n or f K e n 5 as, dv rcirb or foil movgen fommen/ he is to come to-morrow. 3d) foil ben Scmmer in |>amtmrg fepm I am to be at Hamburg in the summer. # * # The other tenses are employed nearly the same as in English; yet care must be taken not to mistake shall or will indicating the future, with the same word implying an ob- ligation or volition. (See page 42—43, trotlen and follen). 78 The Verbs. III. USE OF THE MOODS. The use of the indicative is the same as in English. On the subjunctive the German language offers the following rules. It is employed :— 1. When a sentence contains a sense of uncertainty and doubt, or fear ; as, Gttauben ©tc bafj cc meinen 23rief fceantroorfen ro e t b e ? Do you think he will answer my letter ? ©lau&en ©te'/ bag btc ^oft angefommen fer;/ Do you think the mail is arrived? [won't come. Wan ffird)tet/ et w c t b c rud)t f ommer*/ it is to be feared he 2. When a wish or desire is to be expressed \ as, SBte fer)r munfdje td), bag fie ijiec rcareri/ How much do I wish they were here. ©te bittet/ bag t<^> mid) i&rer erinnew m 6 9 C/ She begs that I will remember her. 3. When inquiring for the wish of others ; as, SSSunfdjen ©ie ; bag id) ben lixit I ommen t a ff e ? Do you wish me to send for the physician ? Sertangen ©te> bag id) tr)m ba$ ©etb g e b e ? Do you wish me to give him the money ? 4. When a wish is expressed, the fulfilment of which is impossible ; as, £ d 1 1 e id) irjn bod) me gefefyen ! would I had never seen him I fSSdre id) bod) nur nid)t gu tr)m gegangen! Had I but kepj/ from going to him ! 5. When we state an occurrence not of our own know- ledge, but merely as the assertion of others ; as, 98ton fagt/ bee £rieg feg befd)tofTen/ War is said to be resolved upon. ©ie ^erftcf)ert/ bag t^r 25tuber balb anlommen tv e r b e, She assures that her brother will soon arrive. The Verbs. 79 6. When an indirect question is made 3 as, @r fragt rcarum er md)t getommen ware/ He asked why I did not come. 3d) fragte t$n ob er jte lenne/ I asked him whether he knew her, 7. It may finally be considered as a rule, that unless the speaker positively asserts something, the subjunctive mood is generally employed after the conjunctions, b a$ , b a m 1 1, a u f b a$ t and the relative pronouns to c I cr) e r and b e r . (Er fprtd&t teife/ bam ft t^n memanb t' e rfl: e r) c^ He speaks softly, in order not to be understood. <5r ijr rcafyrfcrjetrtftd) ber SRarr nid)t/ w c I d) e r e§ glauben f tt t e, He is probably no such a fool as to believe it. S)o ift f ein bummer Bttzify b e n er nidjt fd)ort geftrielt i) a 1 1 c/ There is no trick that has not been played by him. IV. THE INFINITIVE. 1. The use of the infinitive, is nearly the same in both languages. In some instances, however, the German language prefers the employment of some tense of the indicative or sub- junctive, preceded by the conjunction baf, or an adverb ; as, Do you think that to be the man, ©lauben ®iti ba$ bte£ ber Sttann fer;? I don't think him to be a match for that, 3d) glaube nid;t, baf er bm gercarfjfen ifr. 2. In English the infinitive is frequently used in a passive form, where the infinitive of the active form is employed in German, though in a passive signification; as, He is much to be blamed for having said so, literally 5 dx iff fer;r §u f e 9 n g e t a b e 1 1, bap er ba$ gefagt $at f 80 The Verbs. But that would not be German : instead of to be with the particle, we use the infinitive preceded by § u 5 as, @r tft 5 u t a b e I n / he is to blame. In like manner must be translated the following sentences. He is to be found nowhere, (£r tft mrgenbs 5U ft n b e n , This is much to be feared, £>te£ iff fe$t gu befutd)tert. JVze infinitive used substantively. 1. In English, the present participle often acts as a verbal noun ; in German the infinitive is used for the like purpose ; as, £a£ 31 c 1 1 e n/ £ a u f e n, unb & a n § e n/ ftnb QUte f orperlidje Riding, running, and dancing, are good bodily SSewegungen, exercises. 2. The preposition §u is generally placed before the in- finitive, and answers the English to. It has been already remarked, that before the infinitive of a separable compound, ju is put between the component prefix and the primitive verb; as, Zctatt fjergulommcn ober fjer § u fdjicfen fcfyrieb er, Instead of coming or sending he wrote. (£r entfernte fid)/ orjrte anjufe^en ober cm§u ruljren, He went away without looking at it or touching it. 3. In English, the present participle is often used after a substantive; as, the trouble of going there, — the pleasure of seeing you. This cannot be done in German, where in such cases, the infinitive is employed; as, 3d) uutf Stjnen md)t bie Sftjtye geben bafcin §u get) en, I won't give you the trouble of going there. 3d) bin gerootynt/ fte bet btefem Sftamen & u n e n n e n, I am in the habit of calling her by that name. 4. Nor is it allowed in German, to use the pres. part, imme- diately after a verb, as it is sometimes done in English; as, He admits having said it — I intend going there myself. — I could The Verbs. 81 not avoid speaking to him. Here too, the infinitive must be used. Qt ge{rer)t e§ aefagt §u f;aben. 3d) beabftd)tige bott felbfl r;tnjuger;eru 3d) formte nidjt sermeiben mit i$m §u reben. 5. Instead of the infinitive the present participle is in English used in phrases like these : I saw her dancing* Go on talking. Have done laughing. Also here the infinitive only can be used -> as, 34 far; fie t a n 8 e n. garden fie fort § u f p r e d) e n. ^tnb ©ic fertig mit I 1 a d) e n ? 6. The infinitive of the verbs burferi/ gelfeit; fyoreri/ fSnneit/ r;eigen, Xaffen/ Ier)ren/ iernen, mcgen, mufferi/ fotfen/ and troUeri/ is usually employed instead of the imperfect or past participle in English, when the infinitive of another verb precedes ; as, Gsr t)at mix a r h e i t e n r) c If e n# He assisted or has assisted me in working. £>ct3 fatten ©ie soraus f e r) e n fbnneri/ That you might have anticipated. SGSer £at Sfynert bteS t r) u n r; e i £ e n ? Who has bid you do it ? S3) &afce fie geftern tan § en fe^eii/ I saw you yesterday dancing. This form of a passive infinitive is particularly frequent with the verb laffcn 3 as, 3d) trerbe tr>n r)olen Uffem fragen I affe rt/ etn* I a b e n laffcn/ &c. V. USE OF THE PARTICIPLES. 1. The present participle is sometimes used, besides in its verbal power, as an adjective or adverb 5 as, £et gurnertbe fGaUv, the scolding father, ©te fagte bteS Xadjelnb/ she said this smiling. There is nothing puzzling in this \ but it is of much import- 32 The Verbs. ance, to point out to the learner where he may employ this participle, and where not. 2. In treating of the infinitive, several cases have already been stated, where the present participle is used in English but not in German. To these the following must be added. In English a sentence frequently begins with the present par- ticiple 5 as, standing at the window, passing the bridge. In German similar sentences are usually turned into secondary ones headed by the conjunctions, hat as 5 tnbem or rodtyrenb, whilst ; ttemv if, &c„ with the present indicative. IB e n n fdj am gender jt$e/ (0 I ann id) e§ fer)en; Standing at the window, I can see it. Snbtm ®ic tie Sfrficfe $aftittx\, rcerben ©te etne fdf)6ne 2Cu§s ftd)t in§ 9tecfattf)al tyafcen/ passing the bridge, you will have a splendid view into the valley of the Neckar. 3. The same rule is observed, when the present participle begins in English a secondary sentence ; as, 3d) far) jte ttoru&er $ttyn t rcatyrenb id) am genfier jtanb, I saw her pass, while standing at the window. ©te muffen eg demerit fyahtxit a U ©te mtt tyr f p r a d) e n, You must have perceived it, wAiVe speaking with her. 4. In the elevated style, the present participle is sometimes suppressed, and the substantive it should govern appears like an accusative absolute; as, @tnen £)old) im ©uctet/ nafyte er ftcf)/ He approaches, carrying a dagger in his belt. 5. The past participle is frequently used as an attributive adjective, as, auSgejeufynet, eminent 3 sergniigt, rejoiced. SSetbe SSruber ftnb geadjtet unb gee^rf, Both brothers are respected and honoured. 6. The past participle is used instead of the present participle in English, in sentences like the following : (St lam g e I a u f e m geritten/ gefcitpft, &c, He came running, driving, riding, jumping. The Verbs. 83 VI. OF THE GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. 1. All active verbs govern the accusative case, that is, the object upon which the action of the verb revolves, must stand in the accusative case. ©ie Gutter Itefct x% r e ^inber^ The mother loves her children. 3d) mtct^e btefe SBofynung, I hire these lodgings. 3d) untemdjte ft e unb i § n tm £>eutfd)en/ I teach German both to him and her. 3d) ftfce, fte£;e, laufe, rufe mid) mube, I sit, stand, run, call myself tired. 2. The following active verbs require the person in the accusative and the thing (cause) in the genitive : #nflagert/ belefyrerw beraubeit/ befdjulbigeri/ enttaben, entlafiert, entlebigem entfefcem crwa^ncn/ gebenfen/ uberfufyren, uberjetgen, be- wetfen. SOfcanflagt ifyn ber 25errdtr)cret a n, He is accused of treason. 3)te @rfat)rung fyat t f) n e i n e 6 33e(Terert 6eter)rt/ Experience has taught him better. 201cm beraubte i^n alter feiner ©uter, They deprived him of all his property. Gsr befdjutbigt ft e eines £)iebftaf)l3/ He accuses them of a theft. 3. Most reflective verbs govern also the accusative, that is, the reciprocal pronoun must stand in that case ; but the object, viz. the substantive or pronoun next following is con- nected with the genitive as expressed by prepositions; as, 3d) fonnre mxti) ntdjt faum beg 2 ad) ens entfjalten, I could scarcely help laughing. 3d) erbatmte mid) uber tyn or feiner, I took pity on him. 4. Formerly the connexion of active and reflective verbs with the genitive, was very prevalent; but at present, it is 84 The Verbs. more confined to the higher style, while in common prose prepositions are often used in preference. The following verbs are, however, always used with the aforesaid form : ©tdfj annefymen/ bebtenen, beftnncrt/ bemadjtigeti/ bemetfterri/ tnfyalUn, rufjmert/ fd)dmen, ertnnerru entftnnert/ serlofynen/ unterfangen, unterrcerferi/ ubergeben, sermeffen/ tt?et)ren, weigern. @t mmrnt fid) i^rer freunttidjft an, He is concerned about her in the most friendly manner. 3cfy bebtente mid) fetrter (5m:pfet;turtg in SSerlin, In Berlin I made use of his recommendation. 3d) beftnne mid) b e IT e n gar ntd)t mtty, I do not recollect it any more. 3d) fonnte mid) be§ gorrteS md)t lartgcr entfyatteri/ I was unable to contain my anger any longer. 5. When a verb with the object in the accusative case is followed by the person for whom something is or has been done, that person must stand in the dative case ; as, 3d) leiftete ifym btefe %\xl\t, I rendered him that assistance. 3d) faufe mi r ba$ SSud), I bought the book for myself, (Sagen <§te mir bie S(Bar;tr;eir, tell me the truth. 6. The following impersonate require also the accusative case, ^ergerri/ betruberi/ befremben, bebauern, betreffert/ burjreri/ evgo§ert/ ent^'dcferi/ erfteuen, frterert/ t)ungem/ franfen, fdjauberti/ fcfyiafern, fdjmcrjett/ fd)nri£ert/ fredjert/ jucfen, uer= briefjert/ rrmnbem, ttertangen, antt>anbelrt/ and several more. Examples. (5§ burjlet mid); I am thirsty. ,, argert mid)/ it vexes me. ,, betrubt ft i, It afflicted her. „ befrembet mid), I am surprised at it. „ bauert mtd) ; I am sorry for it. „ betrifft ifyn/ It relates to him. „ friert mid)/ I am very cold. „ fd)aubert mid), I am st ' The Verbs. £5 7. But some of these impersonate can be followed by a substantive in the nominative case ; in that case the personal pronoun must stand in the dative case ; as, (Si frieren m i t tie guge, (§§ fdjaubett m i i Me %aut f I am cold at my feet. My skin is shivering, 8. Verbs governing the dative case : (a) With the dative case are connected all verbs that admit the question : fSSem ? whom ? 2Cn mm ? to whom ? and under this category come all the verbs, which are accompanied by the prepositions or particles ah$ an, auf> bet/ etn, ent< rtaa> ents gegen, unlets MXf ttriber and §u : consequently ail the separable compounds. Examples. (£t rietr; t$ mix ah, 2Bit gtngen i % m entgegen/ He advised me not to do it. We went to meet him. 3*)t SSetragen gefallt m t r nidr)t/ Your behaviour does not please me, gdttt 3 f) ne n bct§ fo fer)r auf ? Does that surprise you so much ? (St ft e lit tfym fcrjon lange nacf), He has been laying him snares this long time. 3d) liefce metnen (Sof)n, rcetl er mtr gerjord)!, I love my son because he obeys me. ©ie gab tyxtm SBruber freie £Sor;nurtg, She gave lodging to her brother free of rent. fSSaS fe()it 3!)nen berm fjeute? What is the matter with you to day ? (6) The following are reflective verbs : (Sid) anmajjen, v iate t0 one vself. „ suetgnert/ J „ getrauen/ to venture. „ einbtlberw to imagine. „ bebtngerij to make it a condition ; as, i 86 The Verbs. Examples. 3$ getrctue mix e§ ntd&t, I make it a condition. 3$ fcebtnge e$ mtr? I do not venture it. 34 wetbe mix btefe 93utf)er gueignen, I shall appropriate to myself these books. (c) The following are impersonal verbs : @§ djnet mix I anticipate. „ &ef)agt 9> I like it. 5 , bclommt 19 It agrees with me . „ beltcbt 99 It pleases me to do. „ baucfyt » It seems to me. „ entfaat, » I forget it. „ entity 99 I lose that. „ Qebufjrt, » It behoves me. „ flcfAW/ » I am pleased with it. „ ge^Strt/ 99 It belongs to me. „ gelinflt 99 I succeed. „ ge^t >, QUf, I am doing very well, „ gegtemt >> It is my duty to do. „ $lMt 99 I succeed. „ grauet 99 I am afraid. „ fojlet 99 It costs me. „ mangelt 99 I am in want of. „ txaixmtt 99 I was dreaming. (d) To these may be added nearly all sentences that begin with @§ tjl or (§§ ttjirb. Examples. indeed. Sat yes. £eine§tt)eg§, by no means. Qfttocit perhaps, nearly. $a\\m f scarcely. 9tetn, no. 9ttd)t/ not* Eg*}**-* SShUtifytt perhaps. @$metfi<$/ hardly. SBatm? when? fSSarum? why? fQ5e§tt?egcn ? wherefore? SBie ? how ? II. OF INTERROGATION. 2Bo? where? SBorjer? whence? SBo§in? whither? 2CW f as. ($ben fo, just so. (3U\d)t equally. III. OF COMPARISON. Sttefyr/ more. SStttrtbetv less. SGBte/ as, like. IV. OF QUALITY OR MANNER. 2fnber6, otherwise. ©em, willingly, dterabe fo/ exactly so. Utroermerft/ imperciptibly, Umfonft, in vain, gratis. mux, iii. fSo^O well. The Adverbs, OF QUANTITY. sRzfytt Svery. <15enu9/ enough. ©an§/ quite, £3ertigf!eri3/ at least 3u/ too. VJ. OF NUMBER AND ORDER. 2CUerlet, of all kinds. (Stnerlet/ the same. 3tt)cierlet/ of two kinds. (Strtmal, once. (SrftertS, firstly. 3roeiten3> secondly. iDrittenS/ thirdly. S5terten§/ fourthly, &c. g™*' Ifarther. ^Better, j Srcetmal/ twice. ^errtad)/ hereafter, £temad)ft/ next. SKMeber/ again. Sucrft/ at first. 3ule|lj at last. VII. OF PLACE. 2(Uentt)atben/ everywhere. 2Cnber£tt>0f elsewhere. TCufmartg/ upwards. 2Cu£eri/ outside, without, thither. SSetfctmmen, together. ~> a ' Ithere. Sort/ J ^)ar)er/ thence. J*S? Ithatway. Sorrinrt, j J g)te§fett§/ on this side. Sttaufkrt/ without, out of doors. gerri/ far. gorr, forth, off. v^etm^ home. %n, hither. $evab/ down. •fteratsf/ up. ^ctau§/ out. $emn, in. #eruber/ towards this place. £etunrer, down. ^errodrt^/ hitherward. ^iet/ here. vgrierauS/ hence. tg>icrr)er/ hither. 4>ienrieber# here below. $m, thither. $inah down. £tnauf/ up. £trtau§, out. £trteitt/ in. vgunurtter, down. cg>tnten/ behind. 3nnert/ within. 3rgenb/ anywhere. 3rgenbmo, somewhere. SenfeitS/ on that side. £inf§/ on the left. Sfttebeij down. 9ctrgenb/ nowhere. £ben, above. £>bertart/ in the first place. £>jirt>art§/ eastward. SBejtoartS/ westward, &c. fftttyti on the right side, The Adverbs. If Mno>$t around. @eitt»art§/ sideways. Uefceratf, everywhere. Untett/ below, Untermegg/ on the way. SSorn/ before. £>orwart§/ forwards. §S*eg, away. £Bofyer, whence. SBo^in/ whither. gurucf, back. 3ufammen, together. VIII. OF TIME. 2£binb$, in the evening. OTemal/ every time. 2Ctfe§eif, always. 2CX6baIb/ directly, presently. 2H§barm, then. SSalb/ soon. SSerettg/ already. 23et§ettert/ betimes. SU^er* hitherto. SSUroetten/ now and then. £>amctlS> at that time. £>arm, then. £5ann unb warm/ now and then. (gberw just now. 5*«; jformerly. <5§efren§/ at the soonest, dinjt/ once, (gnbltd)/ at last. (Srft/ first. **«' jhenceforth. gotten/ J ©ejtern, yesterday. <§ernad)/ afterwards. JqcvlUj to-day. 3mmer/ always. 3nbejTen, Sn§rtJifd)en/ 3* 3emal§/ 3c6t/ now. $ur§lta> not long ago. Sangj!/ long ago. fen, j meanwhile. £angffen3/ at the longest, sfftanfymalt sometimes. Sttorgen, to-morrow. 9ttorgeru>/ in the morning. 5Rad)i)er/ afterwards. SftacfymtttagS/ in the afternoon. Sftacf)jren3/ next time. 3^adr;t^/ by night. Stettlid)/ lately. SfttemalS/ J ^tmmermeijr/ never more, never at all. SRodj/ yet, still. Sftun/ now. Oft/ J £)efter§/ soften, frequently. £)ftmaig/3 ©d)on/ already. (Seitbem/ since then. (Scgletdb/ immediately, @onfti formerly. (Spdtejrens, at the latest. @tet$j always. [morrow. Uebermcrgen, the day after to- UnterbejTen/ meanwhile. fBorgeftettlf the day before yes- SSor^er, before. [terday. Normals, formerly. £$o?mittag§/ in the forenoon. Sugleid)/ at the same time, gutter, before. Suweitert/ sometimes. i 2 ( 90 ) L CHAPTER IX. PREPOSITIONS. »er&dttniMrter, The following prepositions govern the genitive case. 1. TCnffott or Wtatt, instead of. 2. %u$tif)aV)t without. 3. Snncrfjatt/ within. 4. £)berr;a*b/ above. 5. Unterbalb, below. 6. SSefage, according to. 7. $ctlberi/ £atber> on account 8. £)ieffett, this side. [of. 9. Scnfeit/ the other side. 10. tftaft/ by the power of. 11. Saut/ according to. 12. McfftcfytUd), 1 with regard 13. ^inftdjtlid)/ J to. 14. gjiitWft, 1 . Bemittelfi, } b y ra ™ f < 15. Ungeacfytet/ notwithstand- ding. [of. 16. Urn— nritteri/ for the sake 17. Unmetr, not far from. 18. £3erm6ge/ by means of. 19. 2Bctf)rertfc>/ during. 20. SBegen, because of. Remarks. 1. The prepositions are usually placed before their substan- tives, but ^albert and ijatber are placed after them, #alben is used when the noun has an article or adjective joined with it ; rjatber when it is without either. 2. When ^albert; ttnllen, or roegen is put after metner/ beiner, feiner, or tyrer/ the two words are united, and the t of the pronoun is changed into 1 5 thus, metnettt>egen, for my sake ; fetnetroegert/ for his sake, &c. But unfer and euer add a t to the r$ as, unfert|alben# for our sake; euertyalben, for your sake. 3. Urn — tottten are two words, and the governed noun is placed between them ; as, urn ©otteS ttrillen, for God's sake ; urn ifyre§ SBaterS Witteili for your father's sake. 4. Ungead)tet and roegert may be placed before or after the substantive which they govern. The Prepositions. 91 II. The following prepositions govern the genitive and dative case. [quenee of. 1. Eang§/ along.— 2. Sro|/ in spite of.— 3. 3ufotge/ in conse- Remarks. 1. S&rtgS and tto£ may be used indiscriminately with the genitive and dative case ; but with the former more frequently. 2. When Sufolge is placed before the substantive, it governs the gen. case; but after the substantive it requires the dative. III. The dative is governed by the following prepositions : 1. 2CU8, out of, from. 2. 2Cufer/ out of, besides. 3. S5et/ by, at, near, with. 4. SSirmert/ within. 5. (Sntgegeri/ against. 6. @egenirt>er/ opposite to. 7. ©emafi/ according to 8. SOHf, with. 9. 91 art) , after, according to. 10. 9tad)jr, 3unad)1r, next. 11. 9tebjr, together with. 12. £)fc,over,at, on account of. 13. (Sammt/ together with. 14. (Sett/ since. 15. SSotv by, of, from. 16. 3u/ at, to. 17. guttriber, against, in op- position. 'Remarks. 1. 2tuf$er is also used in the sense of on the outside of; and in one instance it governs the gen. case; viz. cutset 2anbe6> abroad. 2. GsnrgeQert, cjegenuber, gemdf? and gtmriber, are placed after the case they govern. IV. The following prepositions govern the accusative case. 6. &tyntf without. 1 S3t$, till, until 2. £>urcr;, through, by. 7. (gonbetv without. 8. Urn/ round, about, for. 9. SStber, against. 3. (Sntlartg/ along. 4. gur> for, instead of. 5. ©egert, to, towards Remarks. 1. When burd) relates to time, it is put after its case; btc gan§e Sftacfyt burd), the whole night through. 2. (Snttang is placed after its case, and governs the genitive as well as the accusative case. 3. (Sonbet: is very little used; and can be only placed with a substantive that has not the article before it, 92 The Prepositions* V. Prepositions governing the dative and accusative cases. 6. Ueber/ over, above. 7. Unter, under, among, be- neath. 1. Uxi, at, on, near, in. 2. 2Cuf/ upon, at. 3. £tnten/ behind. 4. 3*1/ in, into. 5. Sfteben/ near, by the side of. 8. SSor, before, at, ago. 9. Swiften/ between. Remarks. When these prepositions denote motion to a place they govern the accusative case; but when they signify rest or a continuance of motion, the dative case follows. If the ques- tion where ? in what place ? may be used, the dative case follows ; but when the question whereto ? to what place ? is applicable, the accusative case is required. Remark, that when neither of these questions can be applied, the accusative case is generally used after auf and ufcer/ and the dative case after an/ in, unter and son } thus, 2fuf eine (Sacfye benfen/ Ueber eine &a§t fpredjen/ . $itiit>er -bas. gu bem. SU ber/ ( 93 ) CHAPTER X. (a) CONJUNCTIONS. Sitife»fcter« They are divided into different classes; as, I. Conjunctions copulative^ which serve to join the dif- ferent parts in a phrase : Unb/ and. 2Cud> also, too. ©owofjli att aufyt as well, as, or: both; as, fie iji fowo^t fd)5n al$ tugenbr;aft^ she is both beautiful and virtuous. £)ber> or. ^ 9lid)t alletn — [onbern aucr> > not only— but also. Vlittjt nur— fonbew aud). 3 9ttd)t roemger, nidfot minber/ not less ; as, jte ifi nid)t tpemgec (nid)t minber) fd)6n aX6 tf)t:e ©d)tt>ejier/ she is not less beautiful than her sister (she is as beautiful as her sister). SKie aud)/ as also; as, er $at eine grau/ rate aud) met: briber, he has a wife, as also four children (or, and four children too). IBSte — fo# as — as, ttue ber #err fo bee Wiener/ as the master is, is his servant too (the servant follows the example of his master). Shells— $eite# part— part; as, et iji retcf) gemorbert/ tfjeils burd) ben £cmbel/ tr)eil§ burd) tie ©rbfdjaft fetneS £D$eim§# he is grown rich part by commerce, part by the inheritance of his uncle. II. Conjunctions continuative t which imply a continua- tion of a phrase or of several phrases : erftlid)/ or erftenS/ firstly, for the first time. groeiten§/ secondly; britterti/ thirdly; oierteftS* in the fourth place, &c. 94 The Conjunctions. fettle*/ further, farther. inglcidjen/ likewise. bcmn> then. ubctbiep/ moreover, besides. enblidf), lastly, at last, at length. u$tm, | at lastj ]ast of alL guie^t, J fdjHe^Ud)/ lastly, finally, in conclusion. III. Conjunctions conditional, signifying a condition under which a thing may be done : roenrt/ if. tt?o— if, in the case that. roo ntcfjt/ if not. fonji> else, otherwise. falls, xm galle/ in the case that, if; as, im galle, (or falls) w f ommert foltte^ in the case he should come, or, if he should come* IV. Conjunctions disjunctive, which serve to express an alternative : entwebet:— obet, either— or; as, \§ wrlange entweber tie $Saax?f ober ba§ ©elb> I demand either the goods or the money. V. Conjunctions adversitive, implying an objection : aUtt but. fonbern, but, (after a negation) ; as, gteb e§ nid)t t$rm fcn^ bern miXf give it not to him, but to me. alleirt, but. botf), yet. iebod)/ yet, however, bermod)/ yet, however, nevertheless, fytngegen, on the contrary. mlmtfcf rather. The Conjunctions* 95 VL Conjunctions concessive, implying a concession : of>9tetcb -\ imx, it is true ; as, fte tji groat fefct obfd&om wt^/ aber aurf) fe$t |»afti^# it is »cnn fdjon, f true, she is very rich, but very ugly wcnn gleufci ^though, too. ttriefco^l/ 1 wofjii indeed ; as, tdj gtaube e6 »of}l/ obtt>otyl# 1 I believe it indeed, (I believe it, I ungeadjtet/ J have no objection to it.) VII. Conjunctive causative signifying the cause or the reason for which a thing is done : term/ for. well/ (Meweili aHMctteil/ which are obsolete) because. (internal (which is obsolete) since, whereas, fcct/ as, since. barum# *l t ^ ere f orec bemnad)/ therefore, thus. better, J ' alfo/ fo r so, thus. mitfnn, "(consequently, ba$ f that. foldli«, Jof course. auf baf , | that> in order that mm, now. bamtr, j bajj mtf)t, ) that— not; as, nefymet eud) in Xty, bag t$t bamtt nidjt, j nid^t fatted take care, that you may not fall here, um/ to, in order to. VIII. Conjunctions explanative, serving to explain some- thing: al$f as. namltdf) (or nefymlid)) namely, viz. IX. Conjunctions comparative, serving to compare one thing with another : toxtt as, like. aU, as. gleidjitrie — fo, a!fo# as . • . likewise, gleicf) aW likewise as. X. Conjunctions proportional, implying a proportion between some things : ie — ie/ or je — beflo/- the— the; as, je reiser cc mtrb, je getjtget (or befto geijtger) roirb er* the more he grows rich, the more covetous he grows. 96 The Interjections* fo — fO/ as— as ; for instance, fo retrf) er ifr fo gctjig tjr er aud> as rich he is, as covetous he is too. XI. Conjunctions consecutive, implying a consecution of time: **??■, 1 aU ' las, after. W T J,* Muring that. " ad > bem ' * tt>a£)renb baf/ I faum, scarce. tnbem baf / J fobatb at§/ as soon as. ztyi evened)/ before. fett/ since, since the time that XII. Conjunctions illative, implying a consequence of some former condition : bafyer/ -| bemnadf), I folglxd), consequently, of course. malt, [therefore. ^^ ^ XIII. Conjunctions exceptive, implying an exception : auger, besides. fonjr, else, otherwise. auf ec bag/ besides that. XIV. Conjunctions restrictive, implying a restriction • ol$, as. nut/ only. XV. Conjunctions exclusive, implying an exclusion : tDCbcr — nod)/ neither. (6) INTERJECTIONS. (gmpftnbungSworter* The following are mostly in use : 1. Joy is expressed by 11$, %a, %%\ 2. Mirth „ $ty, £er ; fa! 3. Sorrow 4. Pain 5. Disgust 6. Surprise 7. Admiration 2Cfy ©$! 2CA, SBc§# 2ftt# burner) ! gi/ WUI 2Ccf), 2Ccr,, Si/ D| ! 8. Calling out to persons „ %t f Jjbtidf £otfa$/ ^Pjt ! ( 97 ) CHAPTER XI. THE ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. I. ORDER OF WORDS IN SENTENCES, Subject, Predicate, Copula, Object* The thing spoken of in a sentence, is called Subject. The action or quality, asserted of a thing in a sentence, is called Copula. The Predicate is that, which is said of the subject, and is commonly expressed by a verb or adjective, sometimes by a substantive. The Copula is always an auxiliary verb of tense or mood. To these comes the Object of the sentence, which must not be confounded with the Predicate. A sentence may be formed without an object, but not without a predicate. Before entering into explanations of the existing rules, I shall give a few hints, showing where the construction of the two languages is alike. 1. In most simple tenses of a regular construction and containing either only an auxiliary verb, or the present or imperfect tense of an active verb, the position of words, is generally as in English. £)er sflffcnfdj ift fterbltdj, — Man is mortal. ©tc ift Me SSefte bee SKfittct; She is the best of mothers. (St beft|t bct§ fd)6nfte £au$ trt ber ®iabt f He possesses the finest house in the town. 3d) fe$e metn Ranges SSertrauen auf ©te, I place my whole confidence in you. dt rear fo eben fyter- im 3tmmer> He was j ust now here in the room. (£t faufte e§ fefyv roofylfteil, He bought it very cheap. 93 Arrangement of Words. 2. In imperative sentences too the order of construction is commonly the same in the two languages ; as, ^enbet rtad) tern 2Cr$te, Send to the doctor. ®et)b aufmerlfam auf fetrte fSBorte; Be attentive to his words. 3. In interrogative sentences preceded by the word SB&te/ the construction is like the English ; as, fOSie tfyeuet tji tie (Site Don btefem &ud)e? JFftaJ is the yard of this cloth? 2Bte Dicte ^erfonen roaren ba? How many persons were there? 4. In most other interrogative sentences the verb, as in English, precedes its subject or nominative, and the attri- bute is put in the third person; as, ©tebt er feme lUnttoott auf metne grage? Gives he no answer to my question ? 3ft er nidjt alter aU feirt SSruber? Is he not older than his brother? Remark. From the foregoing examples the learner will notice that, like in English, the place of the predicate may be occupied, either by a substantive, an adjective, or an infinitive mood. II. ORDER OF WORDS in principal sente?ices, according to the rules of German Grammar. 1. When the verbs, which take the place of the copula, are used in a compound form, the inflected parts only take the place of the copula, and the participle or infinitive belonging to them terminates the sentence. Arrangement of Words. 99 Examples* Subject. £)er Sttann The man Copula. fjat has Object. it Predicate. fetched. (Sic You roerben will eS it gelefen §aUy\ f read have. He *)atte might lommen fonnen, come have. 2. When the member of a sentence begins with a relative pronoun; such as, roelcfyetv ber> tt>etv Jt)a^5 or a. relative ad- verb j as, &c$er# barum/ wot rcarum, rcotjer, rcofnn, &c, the verb which it contains is always placed at theend of it. 3d) ferine. einen 9Jtann, ber fidt) fo nennt, I know a man who himself thus calls. £)er Stftann welder mtr ben 23rief bracfyte/ The man who to me the letter brought. £)er £)rt/ wo tdf) t$n sulefit fa 5/ The place, where I him last saw. SBoi)in man ba$ 2Cuge nur wen.bet/ crbltdft man (Slenb/ Wherever one the eye — ■ turns, perceives one misery. III. ARRANGEMENT OF OBJECTS. 1. In German, the object, contrary to English, stands between the copula and the predicate \ as, Subject. Copula. Object. Predicate. £>er- SSJlann The man f)at has MeSKedjmmg beretts the bill already &e$ar;lt, paid. m i t>be have ba$ SSud) the book gelefen, read. Remarks. 1. When a sentence contains a verb compound separable, the verb takes the place of the copula, and the prefix occupies that of the predicate, viz. it terminates the phrase ; as, 34 gebe e§ Sfjnen gfet$ mteber wxM, I will give it to you immediately again back. (See p.73, Rule vn) 100 Arrangement of Words. 2. There are certain phrases, consisting of verbs and sub- stantives or adjectives, in which the substantives and adjectives are in a manner considered as particles of compound verbs separable. They therefore take the place of the predicate. These are, £uffe leijten, gu £utfe lommen/ §u SDHttag effen, (Sorge icagen, §u O&runbe gerjeri/ tn§ SBerl fc|en/ §u (gtanbe bringen, 2Cd)t geben, um$ £eben bringen, Sro| btetem SKatr; geben, ju Sbeil werben, urn 9fatfy fragen, ©ef)6r geben/ ©efabjr laufen, ftiltjier)en/ feji r)alten 5 as, Subject. Copula. Predicate. 33) f)abe meinert greunb urn Sfatfy gefragt, I have my friend about advice asked 33) rcerbe meinem SSruber £ulfe Xetften/ I will to my brother assistance lend. 2. When there are two objective cases in the sentence, that of the perso?i must precede that of the thing; as, Subject. Copula. Object}. Object 2. Predicate £5er5Sater r)at bem @o£)ne ba$ SSudj gegeben. The father has to the son SOStt muJTen ber grau We must to the woman 3. In the same manner, of several objects, the most im- portant always stand first — therefore pronouns are placed before notional words; as, 33) f)ftbe e§ t$m btcfcn STcorgen gefagt/ I have it to him this morning told. the book given. ten SSrtef geben, the letter give. IV. POSITION OF THE ADVERB. 1. When adverbs of manner define or modify the verb ex- clusively, they stand between the object and the predicate; as, Object. Predicate. 3d) ^okt ba§ $8ud) aufmerffam gelefen, I have the book attentively read. Arrangement of Words, 101 2. But when the adverbs define and modify the objective words as well as the verbs, they must, like the adjectives pre- cede them ; as, 3d) fyabt eittgjl einen 23cten afcgefanbt; I have speedily a messenger dispatched. 34 tyafce e*ft f firjlid) einen SSrief son i^m erfyalten, I have but shortly a letter from him received. 3. Adverbs of time or substantives that may be regarded as such precede the object ; as, SBStc werben batb Sftegen befommen/ We shall soon rain have. £8tu rourben urn 20Httemacf)t au§ bem (Sctjlafe gefd)recft, We were at midnight out of the sleep frightened* 4. When an adverb is joined to an adjective its position is, like in English, viz. it must precede it; as, 3c!) fur)le mtcf) tjeute uberauS gludticf), I feel myself to-day extremely happy. 3d) ftnbe fte ungemem fd)Sn> I find her uncommonly handsome. V. POSITION OF THE PRONOUN. 1. When the pronoun is used substantively, it may serve as the subject or as the object of the sentence, the collocation of which is seen in the preceding rules. 2. When a personal pronoun forms the direct objective case it precedes the predicate, or, in other words, the Jinite verb; as, <&t fdjltef fo fcjt/ ba$ nid)t$ ttjn wetfen lonnte/ He slept so soundly, that nothing him awaken could. din Sebtenter Urn, itym §u fagen, A servant came, him to tell. <5S M$ttt fid) bamiU roie id) 3§nen fagte, The matter stands, as I to you told. 102 Arrangement of Words. VI. STAND OF THE PRONOUN WITH PREPOSITIONS. Pronouns with such prepositions as the verb requires, gene- rally stand immediately before the predicate 5 as, 3d) rjabe mentals ubei: ben ©egenjianb mit tfem gefprorfjert/ I have never on the subject with him spoken. SBxr fjaben geftern einen SSrtef son tr)m erfyalten, We have yesterday a letter from him received. VII. POSITION OF THE ADJECTIVE. 1. The position of the attributive adjectives is, like in English, viz. they precede the substantive. When they are not united with the substantive they are considered as the object and follow the verb ; as, baS Mnb tffc gut 5 or before it, with an emphasis: gut tji baS £inb — 2. Adjectives commonly follow the cases they govern ; as, biefer (§f)re tofirbtgi worthy of this honour. They are also often put after, when they are connected with nouns that are governed by prepositions ; as, £>ie ©efunbtyett iff ^ur ®lucffeltgfett unentbefyrltd), Health is indispensably necessary to happiness. ®6 tfi $u btefem ©ebraud^e fefyr jwecSmafiig/ It is very fit for this purpose. VIII. ACCESSORY SENTENCES. 1. Subordinate or accessory sentences, like in other Ian- guages, generally begin with & relative pronoun, an adverb, or a conjunction. It has already been stated that a relative pronoun or a relative adverb brings the verb to the end of the sentence. The same must be said of all the moving conjunc- tions, which are used to connect accessory sentences with principal ones. Such conjunctions are, vodU edit bci/ \vex\x\, nad)bem/ feitbem/ obgleid)/ obfefyon/ rcerm gletd)/ tx>ierx>o^l/ totifyvenbt beocr, M§ bafevrt/ bamit, baf/ etjc/ fall!/ ic/ inbem, fobalb al§/ fo wett alS/ &c. Arrangement of Words* 103 The consequence is, that in all accessory sentences the verb is removed to the end of them. Examples, 9lctd)&em er i^n &ejar)i fjatte. g£et! er c§ fo §aben wotfte. £>bfd>on fte e§ artfangs leugnetc. 2. If an accessory sentence includes two infinitives, the copula, viz., the auxiliary verb, is placed immediately before them; as, Qx tarn ntrf)t/ o b f d) o n id) tf)n () attc rufen tajTen, He came not, though I him had called. (See page 81, Remark 6.) 3. The same order takes place when the sentence is in the second future tense ; as, 2) a id) son tym xo e r b c be§ar;U rcerben, As I by him shall paid be. 4. The negative md)t/ with the finite verb, is commonly placed at the end of the seutence; but when there is a parti- ciple or infinitive, it is put before them ; as, 3d) fat) ifyn tyeute nod) gar ntd)t$ or 3d) i)abe ityn fyeute nod) gar ntdjt geferjeri/ I have not yet seen him to-day. All other words in accessory sentences take position between the subject and predicate, in the same order as in principal sentences. IX, INVERTED SENTENCES. The German language, like the English, frequently inverts the sentence, by placing any of the parts of speech dependant on the verb at the beginning of the phrase. In German, the subject is, in such cases, invariably placed after the verb. Therefore, whenever the sentence does not begin with the subject there is inversion. This is chiefly the case: — 104 Arrangement of Words, 1 . In questions ; as, %aben ©te mein ^intcnfaf gefe^en ? Have you seen my inkstand ? 2. When in conditional sentences the conjunction mm? if, is omitted ; as, SBare trf) cm feiner ©telle/ Were I in his situation, fatten ©ie mtr Meg fnujer gefagt, Had you to me this sooner told. 3. In exclamatory sentences ; as, %abt i$ todr) Me ^ird^e me. fo soil gefefyen! Have I though the church never so full seen ! 2K6ge er eg bod) balb erfafyrenl May he it though soon learn! 4. The sentence commencing with the predicate ; as, Stiffen fonrten ©ie eg nid)t, aber wo^l erratfjen, Know can you it not, but perhaps guess. * ©at ijl 3fyr SSorfdjla^/ aber nid&t letdfot au^ufufyvem Good is your proposal, but not easy to be executed. The construction is likewise inverse when the sentence begins with an adverb or preposition ; as, greurtbtfdf) brucfre er mtr bte #anb/ Friendly pressed he to me the hand. liw% greunbfdjaft gab ©ie mtr ttn Sfang, From friendship gave she tome the ring. S3on 3§nen l)Stte td) me fo etroa6 gegtaubr, Of you had I never such a thing believed. A. Vogel, Printer, High Street, Camberwell. '['I'PI'I'rl'I'lMTi'l'iT 1 ' 'I'l'i'i'i'i'i' 'I'ri'i' q0ma+m*0 m n »■— 0t LIBRARY OF CONGRESS I II I ill I! I II I llilillilllllll 003 225 015 4